[go: up one dir, main page]

CN101568262A - Compositions and methods for treating Gram positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject - Google Patents

Compositions and methods for treating Gram positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101568262A
CN101568262A CNA2006800265932A CN200680026593A CN101568262A CN 101568262 A CN101568262 A CN 101568262A CN A2006800265932 A CNA2006800265932 A CN A2006800265932A CN 200680026593 A CN200680026593 A CN 200680026593A CN 101568262 A CN101568262 A CN 101568262A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
scd1
toll
receptor
gram
protein
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CNA2006800265932A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
布鲁斯·博伊特勒
菲利普·若热尔
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Scripps Research Institute
Original Assignee
Scripps Research Institute
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Scripps Research Institute filed Critical Scripps Research Institute
Publication of CN101568262A publication Critical patent/CN101568262A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Landscapes

  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供了在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的组合物和方法。本发明进一步提供了在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染的组合物和方法。本发明所提供的组合物和方法包括给该对象施用有效量的能激活Scd1基因表达或激活Scd1基因产物的化合物。The present invention provides compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial infections in mammalian subjects. The invention further provides compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial skin infections in a mammalian subject. The compositions and methods provided herein comprise administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound that activates the expression of the Scd1 gene or activates the product of the Scd1 gene.

Description

在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的组合物和方法 Compositions and methods for treating gram-positive bacterial infections in mammalian subjects

政府资助声明Statement of Government Funding

本发明在国家卫生研究院的资助下产生,资助号U54-AI54523。政府对本发明具有一定的权利。This invention was made with support from the National Institutes of Health under grant number U54-AI54523. The government has certain rights in this invention.

与相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications

本申请要求2005年7月20日递交的美国临时申请60/701,216以及2006年7月19日通过特快专递EV 670672061 US递交的名为《在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的组合物和方法》的美国申请的权益,其整体的公开在此引用作为参考。This application claims U.S. Provisional Application 60/701,216, filed July 20, 2005, and EMS EV 670672061 US, filed July 19, 2006, entitled "Compositions for the Treatment of Gram-Positive Bacterial Infections in a Mammalian Subject" and Methods", the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

技术领域 technical field

本发明主要涉及在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的组合物和方法。本发明进一步涉及在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染的组合物和方法。该组合物和方法进一步包括对该哺乳动物对象施用有效量的能激活Scd1基因表达或激活Scd1基因产物的化合物。The present invention generally relates to compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial infections in mammalian subjects. The invention further relates to compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial skin infections in mammalian subjects. The compositions and methods further comprise administering to the mammalian subject an effective amount of a compound that activates expression of the Scd1 gene or activates the product of the Scd1 gene.

背景技术 Background technique

表层上皮细胞构成了抵御病原体的第一道防线。该防线同时依赖于屏障功能和特异杀菌效应分子。例如,哺乳动物皮肤能提供物理保护的部分原因在于它是由覆有高度交联的角蛋白层的紧密结合的细胞组成,且对细菌通常没有透过性。在人类中,许多不同水平影响皮肤上皮构建体的遗传性疾病如黏液表皮异型增生(mucoepithelial dysplasia)或大疱性表皮松解(epidemolysis bullosa)都伴随着对感染的易感性的大幅上升。Vidal等人,Nat Genet 10:229-34,2995;Witkop等人,Am J Hum Genet 31:414-27,1979。但皮肤即使在其物理完整性被破坏的情况下仍能表现出杀菌活性。它包含了大量的生物活性分子,其中抗菌肽(AMPs)如防御素和杀菌肽对于宿主防御微生物入侵至关重要(综述见Zasloff,Nature 415:389-95,2002;Zasloff,N Engl J Med 347:1199-200,2002)。Surface epithelial cells constitute the first line of defense against pathogens. This line of defense relies on both barrier function and specific bactericidal effector molecules. For example, mammalian skin provides physical protection in part because it is composed of tightly bound cells covered with a layer of highly cross-linked keratin and is generally impermeable to bacteria. In humans, a number of hereditary diseases affecting skin epithelial constructs at different levels such as mucoepithelial dysplasia or epidermolysis bullosa are associated with a substantially increased susceptibility to infection. Vidal et al., Nat Genet 10:229-34, 2995; Witkop et al., Am J Hum Genet 31:414-27, 1979. But skin can still exhibit bactericidal activity even when its physical integrity is compromised. It contains a large number of bioactive molecules, among which antimicrobial peptides (AMPs) such as defensins and cecropins are essential for host defense against microbial invasion (for review, see Zasloff, Nature 415:389-95, 2002; Zasloff, N Engl J Med 347 : 1199-200, 2002).

尽管AMPs是得到最多研究的皮肤防御分子,仍存在其它的保护系统。在这方面涉及了由皮脂腺产生的单不饱和脂肪酸(MUFA),一些MUFA已知具有杀菌性。Miller等人,Arch Dermatol 124:209-15,1988;Wille及Kydonieus,Skin Pharmacol Appl Skin Physiol 16:176-87,2003。然而,它们对于抗菌防御的作用尚未在体内建立,且它们的生物合成不受到微生物刺激的调节。开发能够在哺乳动物对象中激发对微生物感染的先天性免疫应答的优化组合物和方法是存在于本领域的一项需求。开发能够治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染和哺乳动物对象中的革兰氏阳性细菌感染的优化组合物和方法是存在的更进一步的需求.Although AMPs are the most studied skin defense molecules, other protective systems exist. Monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs) produced by the sebaceous glands are involved in this context, some of which are known to have bactericidal properties. Miller et al., Arch Dermatol 124:209-15, 1988; Wille and Kydonieus, Skin Pharmacol Appl Skin Physiol 16:176-87, 2003. However, their role for antimicrobial defense has not been established in vivo, and their biosynthesis is not regulated by microbial stimuli. There is a need in the art to develop optimized compositions and methods capable of eliciting innate immune responses to microbial infections in mammalian subjects. A further need exists to develop optimized compositions and methods capable of treating Gram-positive bacterial infections and Gram-positive bacterial infections in mammalian subjects.

发明内容 Contents of the invention

本发明主要涉及在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的组合物和方法。本发明进一步提供了在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染的组合物和方法。本发明所提供的组合物和方法包括对该哺乳动物对象施用有效量的能激活硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1(Scd1)基因表达或激活Scd1基因产物-硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶的化合物。The present invention generally relates to compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial infections in mammalian subjects. The invention further provides compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial skin infections in a mammalian subject. The compositions and methods provided by the present invention comprise administering to the mammalian subject an effective amount of a drug capable of activating stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 (Scd1) gene expression or activating the Scd1 gene product-stearoyl-CoA desaturase compound.

人们将小鼠的先天性免疫缺陷表型归于一种突变,该突变影响了一种单不饱和脂肪酸(MUFA)合成关键酶的结构。ENU诱导的C57BL/6小鼠胚系突变被用于分离和鉴别Flake(flk)-一种隐性C57BL/6小鼠胚系突变,flk突变小鼠对化脓链球菌感染和金黄色葡萄球菌(可通过激活Toll样受体2引发先天性免疫应答的革兰氏阳性病原体)引起的皮肤感染的清除遭到损害。定位克隆和测序显示flk是硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1基因(Scdl)的新型等位基因。The congenital immunodeficiency phenotype in mice has been attributed to a mutation that affects the structure of a key enzyme for monounsaturated fatty acid (MUFA) synthesis. ENU-induced germline mutations in C57BL/6 mice were used to isolate and identify Flake(flk), a recessive C57BL/6 mouse germline mutation, flk mutant mice are resistant to Streptococcus pyogenes infection and Staphylococcus aureus ( Clearance of skin infections by Gram-positive pathogens, which can trigger an innate immune response through activation of Toll-like receptor 2, is impaired. Positional cloning and sequencing revealed that flk is a novel allele of the stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 gene (Scdl).

本发明提供了一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括对该对象施用有效量的能激活Scd1基因表达的化合物。一方面,该化合物为一种toll样受体2的激动剂。另一方面,该化合物为一种小化学分子,抗体,反义核酸,短发夹RNA,或短干扰RNA。革兰氏阳性细菌感染的示例可以为化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染。在另一方面,该方法包括对具有Scd1基因的功能缺失或功能下降突变的对象进行治疗。The present invention provides a method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound capable of activating expression of the Scd1 gene. In one aspect, the compound is an agonist of toll-like receptor 2. In another aspect, the compound is a small chemical molecule, antibody, antisense nucleic acid, short hairpin RNA, or short interfering RNA. Examples of Gram-positive bacterial infections may be Streptococcus pyogenes infection or Staphylococcus aureus infection. In another aspect, the method comprises treating a subject having a loss-of-function or a decrease-of-function mutation of the Scd1 gene.

本发明提供了一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括对该对象施用有效量的能激活Scd1基因产物的化合物。一方面,该化合物为一种toll样受体2的激动剂。另一方面,该化合物为一种小化学分子,抗体,反义核酸,短发夹RNA,或短干扰RNA。革兰氏阳性细菌感染可以是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染等。在另一方面,该方法包括对具有Scd1基因的功能缺失或功能下降突变的对象进行治疗。The present invention provides a method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound that activates the Scd1 gene product. In one aspect, the compound is an agonist of toll-like receptor 2. In another aspect, the compound is a small chemical molecule, antibody, antisense nucleic acid, short hairpin RNA, or short interfering RNA. Gram-positive bacterial infection can be Streptococcus pyogenes infection or Staphylococcus aureus infection etc. In another aspect, the method comprises treating a subject having a loss-of-function or a decrease-of-function mutation of the Scd1 gene.

本发明提供了一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括对该对象施用有效量的一种单不饱和脂肪酸。该单不饱和脂肪酸可以是棕榈油酸盐或油酸盐等。革兰氏阳性细菌感染可以是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染等。一方面,有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸可以通过局部或皮内施用。另一方面,有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸可以通过肌内,皮下,腹腔或静脉施用。The present invention provides a method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a monounsaturated fatty acid. The monounsaturated fatty acid may be palm oleate or oleate or the like. Gram-positive bacterial infection can be Streptococcus pyogenes infection or Staphylococcus aureus infection etc. In one aspect, an effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acids can be administered topically or intradermally. In another aspect, an effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acid can be administered intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally or intravenously.

本发明提供了一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括对该对象施用有效量的作为Scd1生物合成途径产物的化合物。一方面,该化合物为一种单不饱和脂肪酸。该单不饱和脂肪酸可以是棕榈油酸盐或油酸盐等。革兰氏阳性细菌感染可以是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染等。一方面,有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸可以通过局部或皮内施用。另一方面,有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸可以通过肌内,皮下,腹腔或静脉施用。The present invention provides a method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound that is a product of the Scd1 biosynthetic pathway. In one aspect, the compound is a monounsaturated fatty acid. The monounsaturated fatty acid may be palm oleate or oleate or the like. Gram-positive bacterial infection can be Streptococcus pyogenes infection or Staphylococcus aureus infection etc. In one aspect, an effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acids can be administered topically or intradermally. In another aspect, an effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acid can be administered intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally or intravenously.

本发明提供了一种对调节细胞内革兰氏阳性杀菌活性的化合物进行鉴定的方法,其包括:将测试化合物与包含了细胞表达的toll样受体2的基于细胞的分析系统进行接触,向分析系统提供经选定可有效激活toll样受体2信号转导的数量的配体,其中toll样受体2信号转导可以向配体发出响应信号并调节Scd1基因表达,然后检测测试化合物对toll样受体2信号转导和Scd1基因表达调控的作用,测试化合物在分析中的有效性作为革兰氏阳性杀菌活性的指示。一方面,该配体是一种内源性配体或一种外源性配体。一方面,该外源配体具体可以是脂多糖,类脂A,双酰脂酰肽,三酰脂酰肽,S-MALP-2,R-MALP-2,细菌脂酰肽,Pam2CSK4,脂磷壁酸或酵母聚糖A。另一更具体的方面,该外源配体为MALP-2。另一更具体的方面,该外源配体为来自Salmonella Minnesota的粗糙型脂多糖,光滑型脂多糖或类脂A。一个具体的方面,该外源配体为革兰氏阳性细菌的成分,而非革兰氏阴性细菌的成分。另一更具体的方面,该内源配体具体为一种脂质。该化合物可以是toll样受体2途径信号转导的激动剂等。The present invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates intracellular Gram-positive bactericidal activity, comprising: contacting a test compound with a cell-based assay system comprising cell-expressed toll-like receptor 2, to The assay system provides an amount of ligand selected to be effective in activating toll-like receptor 2 signaling, which can signal a response to the ligand and modulate Scd1 gene expression, and then detects the pair of test compounds against Role of toll-like receptor 2 signaling and regulation of Scd1 gene expression, effectiveness of test compounds in assays as indicators of Gram-positive bactericidal activity. In one aspect, the ligand is an endogenous ligand or an exogenous ligand. In one aspect, the exogenous ligand can specifically be lipopolysaccharide, lipid A, diacyl fatty acyl peptide, triacyl fatty acyl peptide, S-MALP-2, R-MALP-2, bacterial fatty acyl peptide, Pam2CSK4, lipid Teichoic acid or zymosan A. In another more specific aspect, the exogenous ligand is MALP-2. In another more specific aspect, the exogenous ligand is rough lipopolysaccharide, smooth lipopolysaccharide or lipid A from Salmonella Minnesota. In a specific aspect, the exogenous ligand is a component of a Gram-positive bacterium rather than a Gram-negative bacterium. In another more specific aspect, the endogenous ligand is specifically a lipid. The compound may be an agonist of signal transduction of toll-like receptor 2 pathway and the like.

在一个实施例中,该方法所包含的检测步骤进一步包括对细胞中Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物的激活进行检测,其中Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物通过响应细胞与外源配体的接触而被激活。In one embodiment, the method comprises the detecting step further comprising detecting Scd1 gene expression or activation of Scd1 gene product in the cell, wherein Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product is activated in response to contact of the cell with an exogenous ligand activation.

在一个更进一步的实施例中,所提供的方法中的检测步骤进一步包括对该化合物增强的配体与toll样受体2的结合进行检测。所提供的方法中的测试步骤进一步包括对细胞分析中提高的Scd1基因产物进行检测。所提供的方法中的测试步骤进一步包括对细胞分析中提高的Scd1基因产物活性进行检测。所提供的方法中的测试步骤进一步包括对细胞分析中提高的单不饱和脂肪酸合成进行检测。在另一方面,该检测步骤进一步包括对标记配体与toll样受体2的结合的检测。该标记配体可以是经过放射性标记或荧光标记。In a further embodiment, the detecting step of the provided method further comprises detecting the compound-enhanced ligand binding to toll-like receptor 2. The testing step of the provided methods further comprises detecting an elevated Scd1 gene product in the cell assay. The testing step of the provided methods further comprises detecting increased Scd1 gene product activity in a cellular assay. The testing step in the provided methods further comprises detecting increased monounsaturated fatty acid synthesis in cell assays. In another aspect, the detecting step further comprises detecting binding of the labeled ligand to toll-like receptor 2. The labeled ligand may be radiolabeled or fluorescently labeled.

在另一方面,该细胞分析可以包括巨噬细胞或来自于皮脂腺的细胞。该种来自皮脂腺的细胞可以是皮脂腺细胞。In another aspect, the cellular analysis can include macrophages or cells from the sebaceous glands. The sebaceous gland-derived cells may be sebocytes.

在一个实施例中,该方法进一步包括向分析系统提供toll样受体2,并在分析系统内检测测试化合物对toll样受体2的信号转导的作用,测试化合物在分析中的有效性被作为对调节的指示。In one embodiment, the method further comprises providing toll-like receptor 2 to an assay system, and detecting the effect of the test compound on signal transduction of toll-like receptor 2 in the assay system, the effectiveness of the test compound in the assay being determined by as an indication of adjustment.

在一个实施例中,该检测步骤进一步包括通过该化合物实现配体与toll样受体2的结合的减弱。在另一个实施例中,该检测步骤进一步包括通过该化合物实现配体与toll样受体2的结合的增强。在一个更进一步的实施例中,该测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中检测硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1活性的提高。在一个更进一步的实施例中,该测试步骤进一步包括对细胞分析中提高的单不饱和脂肪酸合成进行检测。在一个更进一步的实施例中,该测试步骤进一步包括对细胞分析中革兰氏阳性杀菌活性的提高进行检测。In one embodiment, the detecting step further comprises reducing the binding of the ligand to toll-like receptor 2 by the compound. In another embodiment, the detecting step further comprises enhancing the binding of the ligand to toll-like receptor 2 by the compound. In a further embodiment, the testing step further comprises detecting an increase in stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 activity in a cellular assay. In a further embodiment, the testing step further comprises detecting increased monounsaturated fatty acid synthesis in a cell assay. In a further embodiment, the testing step further comprises detecting an increase in Gram-positive bactericidal activity in a cell assay.

本发明提供了一种在哺乳动物对象中诊断革兰氏阳性细菌感染的风险因子的方法,其包括对从该对象中去除细胞或组织,将细胞或组织与toll样受体2的内源性配体或外源性配体接触,检测与配体接触的细胞或组织的Scd1基因产物的产生,检测哺乳动物对象中Scd1基因产物的功能下降或功能缺失。该细胞或组织可以是来自巨噬细胞,皮脂腺细胞或皮脂腺。The present invention provides a method of diagnosing risk factors for Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject, comprising removing cells or tissues from the subject, combining the cells or tissues with endogenous toll-like receptor 2 Ligand or exogenous ligand exposure, detection of Scd1 gene product production in cells or tissues contacted with the ligand, detection of decreased function or loss of function of the Scd1 gene product in a mammalian subject. The cells or tissues may be from macrophages, sebocytes or sebaceous glands.

一方面,通过该方法导致的功能下降或Scd1基因产物的缺失增加了革兰氏阳性细菌感染的风险。另一方面,其中所述的功能下降或Scd1基因产物的缺失减少了细胞内单不饱和脂肪酸的合成。另一方面,该功能下降或Scd1基因产物的缺失降低了对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的炎症反应。在一个具体的方面,该功能下降或Scd1基因产物的缺失降低了患者受伤部位的炎症反应。另一方面,该Scd1基因产物的缺失增加了以发炎作为预期防御机制的情况下的风险。该配体可以是一种外源性配体,脂磷壁酸(LTA),双酰脂酰肽,三酰脂酰肽,S-MALP-2,细菌脂酰肽,肽聚糖,甘露聚糖,非甲基化CpG DNA,鞭毛蛋白或单链RNA。该配体可以是一种内源性配体,脂质,脂肪,固醇,脂蛋白,脂肪酸,氧化LDL,血小板反应素或β淀粉样蛋白。In one aspect, the loss of function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product by this approach increases the risk of Gram-positive bacterial infection. In another aspect, the decreased function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product described therein reduces the synthesis of monounsaturated fatty acids in cells. On the other hand, this decreased function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product reduced the inflammatory response to Gram-positive bacterial infection. In a specific aspect, the decreased function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product reduces the inflammatory response at the site of injury in the patient. On the other hand, deletion of the Scd1 gene product increases the risk in cases where inflammation is the intended defense mechanism. The ligand can be an exogenous ligand, lipoteichoic acid (LTA), diacyl fatty acyl peptide, triacyl fatty acyl peptide, S-MALP-2, bacterial fatty acyl peptide, peptidoglycan, mannan Sugars, unmethylated CpG DNA, flagellin or single-stranded RNA. The ligand can be an endogenous ligand, lipid, fat, sterol, lipoprotein, fatty acid, oxidized LDL, thrombospondin or beta amyloid.

本发明提供了一种诊断Scd1基因功能缺失引起的紊乱或因此在哺乳动物对象中引起的遗传倾向的方法,其包括从哺乳动物对象中获取的细胞样本,蛋白样本或核酸样本中检测突变的Scd1蛋白或编码突变Scd1蛋白的核酸的存在,其中该蛋白或核酸的存在指示了Scd1基因功能缺失引起的紊乱或因此引起的遗传倾向。一方面,该Scd1基因功能缺失引起的紊乱为对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性的增强。The present invention provides a method for diagnosing disorders caused by the loss of function of the Scd1 gene or thus causing genetic predisposition in a mammalian subject, which comprises detecting mutated Scd1 in a cell sample, protein sample or nucleic acid sample obtained from a mammalian subject The presence of a protein or nucleic acid encoding a mutant Scd1 protein, wherein the presence of the protein or nucleic acid is indicative of a disorder caused by a loss of function of the Scd1 gene or a genetic predisposition thereby. In one aspect, the disorder caused by loss of function of the Scd1 gene is increased susceptibility to Gram-positive bacterial infection.

在一个实施例中,该方法进一步包括将蛋白样本或细胞样本与抗Scd1抗体接触,并检测野生或突变Scd1蛋白的存在。在本方法的另一方面,该检测步骤进一步包括对来自哺乳动物的单核巨噬细胞或巨噬细胞进行荧光激活细胞分类(FACS)分析。另一方面,该方法进一步包括在杂交条件下将核酸样本与编码突变Scd1基因的标记DNA或RNA分子进行接触,并在杂交后检测标记DNA或RNA分子,其中标记DNA或RNA的检测指示了样本中编码突变Scd1基因的核酸分子的存在。另一方面,该方法包括了将核酸样品与识别序列受突变Scd1基因的突变影响的限制性内切酶接触,并检测与限制性内切酶接触后核酸片段的存在或缺失或者变异片段的存在,其中与限制性内切酶接触后核酸片段的缺失或变异片段的存在指示了样品中编码突变Scd1基因的核酸分子的存在。In one embodiment, the method further comprises contacting the protein sample or the cell sample with an anti-Scd1 antibody, and detecting the presence of wild-type or mutant Scd1 protein. In another aspect of the method, the detecting step further comprises performing fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) analysis on the mononuclear macrophages or macrophages from the mammal. In another aspect, the method further comprises contacting the nucleic acid sample with a labeled DNA or RNA molecule encoding the mutant Scd1 gene under hybridization conditions, and detecting the labeled DNA or RNA molecule after hybridization, wherein the detection of the labeled DNA or RNA indicates that the sample The presence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the mutant Scd1 gene in the In another aspect, the method comprises contacting a nucleic acid sample with a restriction enzyme whose recognition sequence is affected by the mutation of the mutant Scd1 gene, and detecting the presence or absence of nucleic acid fragments or the presence of variant fragments following contact with the restriction enzyme , wherein the absence of nucleic acid fragments or the presence of variant fragments after contact with a restriction enzyme indicates the presence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a mutant Scd1 gene in the sample.

本发明提供了一种包含了外源核酸的转基因非人类动物,其中所述的核酸包括了Scd1基因的功能缺失等位基因,并且该动物显示一种与野生型的表型相对的包含对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性的表型。该转基因非人类动物的表型Scd1突变动物可以用萎缩型皮脂腺或丧失合成单不饱和脂肪酸的能力来表征。该转基因非人类动物可具有Scd1基因中的功能缺失等位基因,例如在T227K的氨基酸替换。该转基因非人类动物可以是小鼠或大鼠。一方面,可从该转基因非人类动物中衍生得到细胞或细胞系。The present invention provides a transgenic non-human animal comprising an exogenous nucleic acid comprising a loss-of-function allele of the Scd1 gene, and the animal exhibits a wild-type Phenotypes of susceptibility to infection with Lambert-positive bacteria. The phenotype of the transgenic non-human animal Scd1 mutant animals can be characterized by atrophied sebaceous glands or loss of ability to synthesize monounsaturated fatty acids. The transgenic non-human animal may have a loss-of-function allele in the Scd1 gene, such as an amino acid substitution at T227K. The transgenic non-human animal can be a mouse or a rat. In one aspect, a cell or cell line can be derived from the transgenic non-human animal.

本发明提供了一种筛选Toll样受体2信号转导活性调节剂的体外方法,其包括:将可以从转基因非人类动物中衍生得到的细胞或细胞系与测试化合物接触,并检测细胞中单不饱和脂肪酸合成量、对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性或者Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的增加或减少,从而鉴定该测试化合物为Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的调节剂。本发明提供了一种筛选Toll样受体2信号转导活性调节剂的体内方法,其包括:将可以从转基因非人类动物中衍生得到的细胞或细胞系与测试化合物接触,并检测细胞中单不饱和脂肪酸合成量、对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性或者Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的增加或减少,从而鉴定该测试化合物为Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的调节剂。The present invention provides an in vitro method for screening modulators of Toll-like receptor 2 signal transduction activity, which comprises: contacting cells or cell lines derived from transgenic non-human animals with a test compound, and detecting single Increase or decrease in unsaturated fatty acid synthesis, susceptibility to Gram-positive bacterial infection, or Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage activation, thereby identifying the test compound as a Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage Modulator of activation activity. The present invention provides an in vivo method for screening for modulators of Toll-like receptor 2 signaling activity, comprising: contacting cells or cell lines derivable from transgenic non-human animals with a test compound, and detecting single Increase or decrease in unsaturated fatty acid synthesis, susceptibility to Gram-positive bacterial infection, or Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage activation, thereby identifying the test compound as a Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage Modulator of activation activity.

附图说明 Description of drawings

图1A,1B,1C和1D显示了在flake突变小鼠中观察到的可见表型。Figures 1A, 1B, 1C and 1D show the visible phenotypes observed in flake mutant mice.

图2A,2B和2C显示了flake突变小鼠在暴露于革兰氏阳性细菌时形成了持续的皮肤感染。Figures 2A, 2B and 2C show that flake mutant mice developed persistent skin infections when exposed to Gram-positive bacteria.

图3A,3B和3C显示了flake突变的图谱。Figures 3A, 3B and 3C show maps of flake mutations.

图4A和4B显示了flake突变的分子特征。Figures 4A and 4B show the molecular characterization of flake mutations.

图5A和5B显示了野生型和flake突变小鼠中的脂含量的薄层色谱分析。Figures 5A and 5B show thin-layer chromatographic analysis of lipid content in wild-type and flake mutant mice.

图6A,6B,6C,6D,6E和6F显示了在体内具有抗菌活性的棕榈油酸。Figures 6A, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E and 6F show palmitoleic acid with antibacterial activity in vivo.

图7A,7B,7C和7D显示了小鼠中的感染和TLR2依赖诱导的Scd1基因表达。Figures 7A, 7B, 7C and 7D show infection and TLR2-dependent induction of Scd1 gene expression in mice.

图8A,8B,8C和8D显示了以MALP-2刺激人皮脂腺细胞所显示的炎症反应和SCD1和FADS2基因的上调。Figures 8A, 8B, 8C and 8D show the inflammatory response and upregulation of SCD1 and FADS2 genes in human sebocytes stimulated with MALP-2.

图9显示了通过SCD1生物合成途径进行的不饱和脂肪酸生物合成。Figure 9 shows unsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis via the SCD1 biosynthetic pathway.

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

本发明主要涉及在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的组合物和方法。本发明进一步提供了在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染的组合物和方法。本发明所提供的组合物和方法包括给该对象施用有效量的能激活硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1(Scd1)基因表达或激活Scd1基因产物-硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1的化合物。本发明提供了一种包括给该对象施用有效量的一种单不饱和脂肪酸来治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法。The present invention generally relates to compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial infections in mammalian subjects. The invention further provides compositions and methods for treating Gram-positive bacterial skin infections in a mammalian subject. The compositions and methods provided herein comprise administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound capable of activating expression of the Stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 (Scd1) gene or activating the product of the Scd1 gene, Stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 . The present invention provides a method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a monounsaturated fatty acid.

Flake(flk)为一种ENU诱导的C57BL/6小鼠隐性胚系突变,它损害了对化脓链球菌感染和金黄色葡萄球菌(可通过激活Toll样受体2(TLR2)引发先天性免疫应答的革兰氏阳性病原体)引起的皮肤感染的清除。定位克隆和测序显示flk是硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1基因(Scd1)的新型等位基因。Flake纯合体无法合成单不饱和脂肪酸(MUFA)棕榈油酸盐(C16:1)和油酸盐(C18:1),后两者可杀灭革兰氏阳性(而非革兰氏阴性)细菌。对金黄色葡萄球菌感染的小鼠进行皮内MUFA施用可以提高细菌的清除率。在普通小鼠中,Scd1(一种在启动子中带有多个NF-κB元件的基因)的转录可由TLR2信号转导进行强烈而且特异的诱导。类似地,SCD1基因在人皮脂腺细胞中也通过TLR2信号转导进行诱导。这些发现揭示了在哺乳动物中存在一种受调控的基于脂质的抗菌效应途径,并提示了一种治疗或预防革兰氏阳性细菌感染的新方法。Flake (flk), an ENU-induced recessive germline mutation in C57BL/6 mice, impairs innate immunity to S. pyogenes infection and S. Clearance of skin infections caused by responsive Gram-positive pathogens). Positional cloning and sequencing revealed that flk is a novel allele of the stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 gene (Scd1). Flake homozygotes are unable to synthesize the monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs) palmitoleate (C16:1) and oleate (C18:1), which kill Gram-positive (but not Gram-negative) bacteria . Intradermal MUFA administration to S. aureus-infected mice enhanced bacterial clearance. In normal mice, the transcription of Scd1, a gene with multiple NF-κB elements in the promoter, is strongly and specifically induced by TLR2 signaling. Similarly, the SCD1 gene is also induced in human sebocytes by TLR2 signaling. These findings reveal a regulated lipid-based pathway for antimicrobial effects in mammals and suggest a new approach to treat or prevent Gram-positive bacterial infections.

“患者”,“对象”,“脊椎动物”或“哺乳动物”可相互替换,并指哺乳动物,如人类患者或非人类的灵长类动物,以及兔子,大鼠,小鼠及其它实验动物。动物包括所有的脊椎动物如哺乳动物和非哺乳动物,例如羊,狗,牛,鸡,两栖动物和爬行动物。"Patient", "subject", "vertebrate" or "mammal" are used interchangeably and refer to mammals, such as human patients or non-human primates, as well as rabbits, rats, mice and other laboratory animals . Animals include all vertebrates such as mammals and non-mammals such as sheep, dogs, cows, chickens, amphibians and reptiles.

“治疗”包括采用本发明的抗体组合物,化合物或试剂进行施用以预防或延缓一种疾病的症状,并发症或生化指标的发作,减轻症状或者阻止或抑制疾病,病症或紊乱(如癌症或转移癌症)的进一步发展。治疗可以是预防性的(预防或延缓疾病的发作,或是预防相关的临床或亚临床症状的显现)或是对疾病显现后的症状进行治疗性抑制或减缓。"Treatment" includes administration of the antibody composition, compound or reagent of the present invention to prevent or delay the onset of symptoms, complications or biochemical indicators of a disease, alleviate symptoms or prevent or inhibit a disease, disease or disorder (such as cancer or the further development of metastatic cancer). Treatment can be prophylactic (preventing or delaying the onset of disease, or preventing the development of associated clinical or subclinical symptoms) or therapeutic suppression or alleviation of symptoms after disease has manifested.

所用的细胞中Toll样受体的“抑制剂”“激活剂”和“调节剂”分别指可通过Toll样受体结合或信号转导的体外和体内分析进行鉴别的抑制,激活或调节分子,如配体,激动剂,拮抗剂以及它们的同源物和类似物。As used herein, "inhibitors", "activators" and "modulators" of Toll-like receptors in cells refer to inhibitory, activating or modulatory molecules, respectively, which can be identified by in vitro and in vivo assays of Toll-like receptor binding or signal transduction, Such as ligands, agonists, antagonists and their homologues and analogs.

“调节剂”包括抑制剂和激活剂。抑制剂指结合,部分或完全阻止激发,减少,防止,延缓激活,灭活,脱敏或下调Toll样受体活性的试剂,如拮抗剂。激活剂指结合,刺激,增加,打开,激活,促进,强化激活,致敏或上调Toll样受体活性的试剂,如激动剂。调节剂可包括能够改变Toll样受体与下列对象相互作用的试剂:能够与激活剂或抑制剂结合的蛋白,受体,包括蛋白,肽,脂质,糖,多糖,或其结合,如脂蛋白,糖蛋白及类似物。调节剂包括天然存在的Toll样受体配体经基因修饰(如改变了活性)的产物,以及天然存在和合成的配体,拮抗剂,激动剂,小化学分子及类似物。对抑制剂和激活剂“基于细胞的分析”包括如:对表达Toll样受体的细胞采用推定的调节剂化合物然后如本处所述检测对Toll样受体信号转导的功能性作用。“基于细胞的分析”包括但不限于,来自哺乳动物对象的体内组织或细胞样本或是包含经潜在的激活剂,抑制剂或调节剂处理的Toll样受体与未经抑制剂,激活剂或调节剂处理的对照样本的体外基于细胞的分析以检测抑制的程度。可指定对照样本(未经抑制剂处理)相对于Toll样受体活性值为100%。当Toll样受体活性值为对照的约80%,任选50%或25-0%时便实现了Toll样受体的抑制。当Toll样受体活性值高于对照110%,任选150%,任选200-500%,或1000-3000%时便实现了Toll样受体的激活。"Modulator" includes both inhibitors and activators. Inhibitor refers to an agent, such as an antagonist, that binds, partially or completely prevents excitation, reduces, prevents, delays activation, inactivates, desensitizes or down-regulates Toll-like receptor activity. Activator refers to an agent, such as an agonist, that binds, stimulates, increases, opens, activates, facilitates, potentiates activation, sensitizes or upregulates the activity of Toll-like receptors. Modulators may include agents capable of altering the interaction of Toll-like receptors with: proteins, receptors, including proteins, peptides, lipids, sugars, polysaccharides, or combinations thereof, such as lipids, capable of binding to activators or inhibitors Proteins, glycoproteins and the like. Modulators include products of naturally occurring Toll-like receptor ligands that have been genetically modified (eg, altered in activity), as well as naturally occurring and synthetic ligands, antagonists, agonists, small chemical molecules and the like. "Cell-based assays"for inhibitors and activators include, for example, applying putative modulator compounds to cells expressing Toll-like receptors and then testing for functional effects on Toll-like receptor signaling as described herein. "Cell-based assays" include, but are not limited to, in vivo tissue or cell samples from mammalian subjects or containing Toll-like receptors treated with potential activators, inhibitors or modulators versus those without inhibitors, activators or modulators. In vitro cell-based assays of modulator-treated control samples to detect the extent of inhibition. Control samples (no inhibitor treatment) can be assigned a value of 100% relative to Toll-like receptor activity. Toll-like receptor inhibition is achieved when the Toll-like receptor activity value is about 80%, optionally 50% or 25-0% of the control. Toll-like receptor activation is achieved when the Toll-like receptor activity value is 110%, optionally 150%, optionally 200-500%, or 1000-3000% higher than the control.

分子与Toll样受体结合的能力可通过如推定配体与免疫粘附涂布于分析平板上的Toll样受体的结合能力进行确定。结合的特异性可通过比较与非Toll样受体的结合进行检测。The ability of a molecule to bind Toll-like receptors can be determined, for example, by the ability of a putative ligand to bind Toll-like receptors immunoadherently coated on an assay plate. The specificity of binding can be tested by comparing binding to non-Toll-like receptors.

“测试化合物”指任何作为Scd1或toll样受体2调节剂进行测试的化合物。测试化合物可以是任何小有机分子,或生物实体,例如蛋白质(例如抗体或肽)、糖、核酸(例如反义寡核苷、RNAi),或核糖酶或脂质。另外,测试化合物可以是Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白基因修饰的产物。典型地,测试化合物是小有机分子,肽,脂质或脂质类似物。"Test compound" refers to any compound that is tested as a modulator of Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2. A test compound can be any small organic molecule, or biological entity, such as a protein (such as an antibody or peptide), a sugar, a nucleic acid (such as an antisense oligonucleotide, RNAi), or a ribozyme or a lipid. In addition, the test compound may be a product of gene modification of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein. Typically, test compounds are small organic molecules, peptides, lipids or lipid analogs.

在一个实施例中,结合至Toll样受体的抗体可以通过固定化配体或受体进行分析。例如,该分析可包括将融合到His标签的Toll样受体固定化至Ni激活的NTA树脂珠。抗体可溶于适当的缓冲液中进行添加,随后将珠子在给定温度下培养一段时间。经过洗涤去除未结合材料后,结合的蛋白可通过SDS,高pH缓冲液及类似物等释放并进行分析。In one example, antibody binding to Toll-like receptors can be assayed by immobilizing the ligand or receptor. For example, the assay may involve immobilization of Toll-like receptors fused to a His-tag to Ni-activated NTA resin beads. Antibodies are added in an appropriate buffer and the beads are incubated at a given temperature for a period of time. After washing to remove unbound material, bound proteins can be released and analyzed by SDS, high pH buffers, and the like.

“信号转导响应”指通过toll样受体如toll样受体2所进行的信号转导。信号转导响应可以指依赖于由Toll样受体2(TLR2)和Scd1形成的可传递信号的跨膜复合物的LPS响应等。TLR2信号直接或间接地经MALP2诱导并提高Scd1表达。TLR2信号转导可在巨噬细胞或皮脂腺细胞等细胞中发生。在基于细胞的分析中供检测的信号生成化合物可通过与酶或荧光基团等结合生成。作为标记的目标酶主要为水解酶,特别是磷酸酶,酯酶和糖苷酶,或是氧化酶,特别是过氧化酶。荧光化合物包括荧光素及其衍生物,若丹明及其衍生物,丹磺酰,伞形酮等。化学发光化合物包括虫荧光素以及2,3-二氢酞嗪二酮,例如发光氨。"Signal transduction response" refers to signal transduction by toll-like receptors, such as toll-like receptor 2. The signal transduction response may refer to an LPS response dependent on a signal-transmitting transmembrane complex formed by Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) and Scd1, among others. TLR2 signaling is directly or indirectly induced by MALP2 and increases Scd1 expression. TLR2 signaling can occur in cells such as macrophages or sebocytes. Signal-generating compounds for detection in cell-based assays can be generated by conjugation with enzymes or fluorophores, among others. The target enzymes used as labels are mainly hydrolases, especially phosphatases, esterases and glycosidases, or oxidases, especially peroxidases. Fluorescent compounds include fluorescein and its derivatives, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, umbelliferone, etc. Chemiluminescent compounds include luciferin and 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones such as luminol.

“检测一种测试化合物对toll样受体2信号转导的作用”可以指对哺乳动物对象的治疗或预防作用,如该对象中疾病,疾病的症状,或疾病的副作用的减弱,消除或预防。“检测一种测试化合物对toll样受体2信号转导的作用”可以指在诊断分析等基于细胞的分析中具有以MALP2对TLR2信号转导的刺激和Scd1基因表达的上调所测量的作用的化合物。Scd1基因的功能缺失突变如Flake突变损害了对化脓链球菌感染和金黄色葡萄球菌(可通过激活Toll样受体2引发先天性免疫应答的革兰氏阳性病原体)引起的皮肤感染的清除。Flake纯合体无法合成单不饱和脂肪酸(MUFA)棕榈油酸盐(C16:1)和油酸盐(C18:1),后两者可杀灭革兰氏阳性(而非革兰氏阴性)细菌。对金黄色葡萄球菌感染的小鼠进行皮内MUFA施用可以提高细菌的清除率。"Detecting the effect of a test compound on toll-like receptor 2 signal transduction" may refer to a therapeutic or prophylactic effect on a mammalian subject, such as attenuation, elimination or prevention of a disease, a symptom of a disease, or a side effect of a disease in the subject . "Detecting the effect of a test compound on toll-like receptor 2 signaling" may refer to one having an effect as measured by MALP2 stimulation of TLR2 signaling and upregulation of Scd1 gene expression in a cell-based assay such as a diagnostic assay compound. Loss-of-function mutations of the Scd1 gene, such as the Flake mutation, impair the clearance of S. pyogenes infections and skin infections caused by S. aureus, a Gram-positive pathogen that can elicit an innate immune response by activating Toll-like receptor 2. Flake homozygotes are unable to synthesize the monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs) palmitoleate (C16:1) and oleate (C18:1), which kill Gram-positive (but not Gram-negative) bacteria . Intradermal MUFA administration to S. aureus-infected mice enhanced bacterial clearance.

应当理解本发明不限于特定的方法,试剂,化合物,组合物或生物系统,它们应当是可变的。还应当理解此处所用的术语仅为描述特定实施例之目的,而非进行限定。除非另行明确指明,本说明书和权利要求书所用的单数形式“一个”,“一种”和“该”包含了复数对象。因此,如“一个细胞”包括了两个或多个细胞的组合或类似物。It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to particular methods, reagents, compounds compositions or biological systems, which may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in this specification and claims, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" include plural referents unless expressly stated otherwise. Thus, reference to "a cell" includes combinations or the like of two or more cells.

此处所用的术语“约”指一个如数量,时间期限等测量值可包含相对特定数值±20%或±10%的变化量,该变化量优选±5%,更优选±1%,更优选±0.1%,因为这样的变化适于实施所披露的方法。As used herein, the term "about" means that a measurement such as quantity, time period, etc. may contain a variation of ± 20% or ± 10% relative to the specified value, the variation is preferably ± 5%, more preferably ± 1%, more preferably ±0.1%, as such variations are suitable for practicing the disclosed methods.

除非另行说明,此处所用的技术和科学术语的含义等同于本发明所属领域普通技术人员的普遍理解。尽管其它与此处所述类似或等同的方法和材料也可用于对本发明进行测试,但优选的材料和方法已在此处描述。下列术语可用于描述和主张本发明。Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although other methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the testing of the present invention, the preferred materials and methods are described herein. The following terms may be used to describe and claim the present invention.

作为SCD1基因表达或SCD1基因产物或TOLL样受体2的调节剂的抗体Antibodies that act as modulators of SCD1 gene expression or SCD1 gene product or TOLL-like receptor 2

此处所述的抗体和其抗原结合片段特异地结合和/或激活toll样受体2(TLR2)或特异地结合和/或激活Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物,并可调节或激活对哺乳动物对象中革兰氏阳性细菌感染的先天性免疫应答。The antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof described herein specifically bind to and/or activate toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) or specifically bind to and/or activate Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product, and may regulate or activate the expression of the Scd1 gene in mammals Innate immune response to gram-positive bacterial infection in subjects.

能够结合TLR2或Scd1基因产物的抗体可用作在细胞中通过toll样受体2途径调节信号转导的化合物。例如,可参见Takeda andAkira,Cell Microbiol 5:143-153,2003。Antibodies capable of binding TLR2 or Scd1 gene products are useful as compounds that modulate signal transduction through the toll-like receptor 2 pathway in cells. See, eg, Takeda and Akira, Cell Microbiol 5:143-153, 2003.

在一些实施例中,抗体或其抗原结合片段可与由杂交瘤细胞系产生的抗体选择性结合的抗原进行选择性地结合(例如,竞争性结合或结合至同一表位,如构型或线性表位)。因此,该表位可以与抗体结合的已知表位空间上相近或功能相关,如在线性序列或构型空间中重叠或邻近的表位。潜在的表位可采用肽穿引程序进行计算机鉴定,并使用本领域已知的方法进行验证,例如通过对抗体与toll样受体2或Scd1基因产物的突变体或片段的结合(如toll样受体2或Scd1基因产物的一个结构域的突变体或片段)进行分析。In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof can selectively bind (e.g., competitively bind or bind to the same epitope, such as a conformational or linear gauge). Thus, the epitope may be spatially close or functionally related to a known epitope to which the antibody binds, such as an epitope that overlaps or is adjacent in linear sequence or conformational space. Potential epitopes can be identified in silico using a peptide threading program and verified using methods known in the art, for example, by binding of antibodies to mutants or fragments of the toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1 gene product (e.g., toll-like receptor 2 Mutants or fragments of one domain of receptor 2 or Scd1 gene product) were analyzed.

此处所述的检测抗体序列的方法已为本领域所公知;例如,抗体的序列可通过采用已知技术对来自杂交瘤细胞系的编码该抗体的cDNA的分离和鉴定进行测定。cDNA的测序方法已为本领域所公知。Methods for detecting antibody sequences described herein are well known in the art; for example, the sequence of an antibody can be determined by isolating and identifying cDNA encoding the antibody from a hybridoma cell line using known techniques. Methods for sequencing cDNA are well known in the art.

此处所述的抗体通常具有至少一或两个重链可变区(VH),以及至少一或两个轻链可变区(VL)。该VH和VL结构域可被进一步细分为高可变结构域,即决定簇互补区(CDR),其中分布了高度保守的框架区(FR)。这些结构域已被明确描述(参见Kabat等人,Sequences ofProteins of Immunological Interest,Fifth Edition,U.S.Department ofHealth and Human Services,NIH Publication No.91-3242,1991以及Chothia等人,J.MoI.Biol.196:901-917,1987)。包含一个或多个框架区的抗体或抗体片段也在本发明中使用。该种片段能够与toll样受体2特异结合并在脂多糖诱导的细胞中调节或激活Scd1基因产物活性,或者能够调节或激活对革兰氏阳性细菌的先天性免疫应答。Antibodies described herein typically have at least one or two heavy chain variable regions ( VH ), and at least one or two light chain variable regions ( VL ). The VH and VL domains can be further subdivided into hypervariable domains, Complementary Determinant Regions (CDRs), in which are distributed highly conserved framework regions (FRs). These domains have been clearly described (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, USDepartment of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, 1991 and Chothia et al., J. MoI. Biol. 196: 901-917, 1987). Antibodies or antibody fragments comprising one or more framework regions are also useful in the present invention. The fragment can specifically bind to toll-like receptor 2 and regulate or activate Scd1 gene product activity in lipopolysaccharide-induced cells, or can regulate or activate innate immune response to Gram-positive bacteria.

此处所述的抗体可包括一个重和/或轻链恒定区(恒定区通常可介导抗体和宿主组织或因子之间的结合,后者包括了免疫系统的效应细胞以及经典补体系统中的第一成分(Clq)),并因此分别形成了免疫球蛋白轻链和免疫球蛋白重链。例如该抗体可以为一个四聚物(可用二硫键等进行连接的两个免疫球蛋白重链和两个免疫球蛋白轻链)。该抗体可以仅包含重链恒定区的一部分(例如名为CH1,CH2和CH3的三个重链区中的一个),或轻链恒定区的一部分(例如名为CL的结构域的一部分)。The antibodies described herein may include a heavy and/or light chain constant region (constant regions typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, the latter including effector cells of the immune system as well as components of the classical complement system. first component (Clq)), and thus form immunoglobulin light chains and immunoglobulin heavy chains, respectively. For example, the antibody may be a tetramer (two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains linked by disulfide bonds or the like). The antibody may comprise only a portion of the heavy chain constant region (e.g., one of the three heavy chain regions designated CH1 , CH2 , and CH3 ), or a portion of the light chain constant region (e.g., CL part of the domain).

本发明同样包含了抗原结合片段。该种片段可以是:(i)一种Fab片段(即一种由VL,VH,CL和CHl结构域构成的单价片段);(ii)一种F(ab′)2片段(即一种包含了在铰链区由二硫键连接的两个Fab片段的二价片段);(iii)一种由VH和CHl结构域构成的Fd片段;(iv)一种由抗体的单臂中的VL和VH结构域组成的FV片段,(v)一种由VH结构域构成的dAb片段(Ward等人,Nature 341:544-546,1989);和/或(vi)一种分离的决定簇互补区(CDR)。The invention also encompasses antigen-binding fragments. The fragment may be: (i) a Fab fragment (i.e. a monovalent fragment consisting of VL, VH , CL and CHl domains); ( ii) a F( ab ') 2 fragment (i.e. a bivalent fragment comprising two F ab fragments linked by a disulfide bond at the hinge region); (iii) an F d fragment composed of VH and CHl domains; (iv) A F V fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains in a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment consisting of the VH domain (Ward et al., Nature 341:544-546, 1989) and/or (vi) an isolated complementary determinant region (CDR).

抗体片段(包括前述抗原结合片段)可通过本领域公知的方法如自动肽合成仪进行合成,或通过全长基因或基因片段进行表达,例如可通过胃蛋白酶消化抗体分子得到的Scd1基因产物F(ab′)2片段,可通过还原F(ab′)2片段的二硫键得到Fab片段。此外,还可以构建Fab表达库(Huse等人,Science 246:1275-81,1989)对具有所需特异性的单克隆Fab片段进行相对快速的鉴定。Antibody fragments (including the aforementioned antigen-binding fragments) can be synthesized by methods known in the art such as an automatic peptide synthesizer, or expressed by full-length genes or gene fragments, for example, Scd1 gene product F( ab ') 2 fragment, the F ab fragment can be obtained by reducing the disulfide bond of the F( ab ') 2 fragment. In addition, Fab expression libraries can be constructed (Huse et al., Science 246: 1275-81, 1989) for relatively rapid identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity.

其它抗体和抗体片段的制备方法已为本领域所公知。例如,尽管Fv片段的两个结构域VL和VH由两个独立的基因编码,它们可通过重组方法或合成接头以VL和VH结构域配对形成单价分子的单蛋白链(被称为单链Fv(scFv);参见Bird等人,Science 242:423-426,1988;Huston等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 85:5879-5883,1988;Colcher等人,Ann.NY Acad.Sci.880:263-80,1999;and Reiter,Clin.Cancer Res.2:245-52,1996)。Methods for making other antibodies and antibody fragments are known in the art. For example, although the two domains VL and VH of the Fv fragment are encoded by two separate genes, they can be paired with the VL and VH domains by recombinant methods or synthetic linkers to form a single protein chain of a monovalent molecule (known as Known as single-chain Fv ( scFv ); see Bird et al., Science 242:423-426, 1988; Huston et al., Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 85:5879-5883, 1988; Colcher et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 880:263-80, 1999; and Reiter, Clin. Cancer Res. 2:245-52, 1996).

制备单链抗体的技术已在U.S.Pat.No.4,946,778和4,704,692得到了描述。该种单链抗体被包含在抗体的“抗原结合片段”这一术语中。这些抗体片段可通过本领域普通人员所了解的传统技术获得,且该片段可通过筛选完整抗体的方法进行筛选使用。此外,一种单链抗体可以形成复合物或多聚体,从而成为对同一靶标蛋白的不同表位均具有特异性的多价抗体。Techniques for preparing single-chain antibodies are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,946,778 and 4,704,692. Such single chain antibodies are encompassed within the term "antigen-binding fragment" of an antibody. These antibody fragments can be obtained by conventional techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and the fragments can be screened for use by screening intact antibodies. In addition, a single chain antibody can form complexes or multimers, thereby becoming multivalent antibodies with specificity for different epitopes of the same target protein.

此处所述的抗体及其部分可以是单克隆抗体,由单克隆抗体产生,或可通过本领域所公知的合成方法得到。抗体可进行重组制备(例如:通过噬菌体展示或组合方法进行制备,可参见U.S.Pat.No.5,223,409;WO 92/18619;WO 91/17271;WO 92/20791;WO 92/15679;WO 93/01288;WO 92/01047;WO 92/09690;WO 90/02809;Fuchs等人,Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372,1991;Hay等人,Human AntibodyHybridomas 3:81-85,1992;Huse et al,Science 246:1275-1281,1989;Griffiths等人,EMBO J.12:725-734,1993;Hawkins等人,J.MoI.Biol.226:889-896,1992;Clackson等人,Nature 352:624-628,1991;Gram等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 89:3576-3580,1992;Garrad等人,Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377,1991;Hoogenboom等人,NuclAcids Res.19:4133-4137,1991;以及Barbas等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 88:7978-7982,1991)。The antibodies and portions thereof described herein may be monoclonal antibodies, may be produced from monoclonal antibodies, or may be obtained synthetically by methods known in the art. Antibodies can be produced recombinantly (e.g., by phage display or combinatorial methods, see U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; WO 92/18619; WO 91/17271; WO 92/20791; WO 92/15679; WO 93/01288 WO 92/01047; WO 92/09690; WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al., Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372, 1991; Hay et al., Human Antibody Hybridomas 3:81-85, 1992; Huse et al, Science 246:1275-1281, 1989; Griffiths et al., EMBO J.12:725-734, 1993; Hawkins et al., J.MoI.Biol.226:889-896, 1992; Clackson et al., Nature 352:624- 628, 1991; Gram et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:3576-3580, 1992; Garrad et al., Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377, 1991; -4137, 1991; and Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:7978-7982, 1991).

举例来说,一种toll样受体2的抗体或Scd1基因产物的抗体可通过采用TLR2多肽或Scd1多肽,或由TLR24或相应的Scd1基因产物片段衍生(即具有其部分的序列)得到抗原肽片段,或表达TLR2抗原或Scd1抗原或相应抗原片段的细胞对动物进行免疫处理后制备。在一些实施例中,此处所述的抗体或其抗原结合片段可结合至纯化的TLR2或Scd1基因产物。在一些实施例中,抗体或其抗原结合片段可以结合至组织切片,全细胞(活细胞,溶解细胞或分馏细胞)或膜组分中的TLR2或Scd1基因产物。抗体可在体外系统中进行测试,例如可通过MALP-2对巨噬细胞的激活检测Scd1基因表达或Scd1蛋白活性的调节,激活或抑制。For example, an antibody to toll-like receptor 2 or an antibody to a Scd1 gene product can be obtained by using a TLR2 polypeptide or a Scd1 polypeptide, or a fragment derived from TLR24 or a corresponding Scd1 gene product (i.e., having a sequence of a portion thereof) to obtain an antigenic peptide Fragments, or cells expressing TLR2 antigen or Scd1 antigen or corresponding antigen fragments are prepared after immunization of animals. In some embodiments, an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof described herein binds to purified TLR2 or Scd1 gene product. In some embodiments, antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof can bind to TLR2 or Scdl gene products in tissue sections, whole cells (live, lysed, or fractionated cells), or membrane fractions. The antibody can be tested in an in vitro system, for example, the modulation, activation or inhibition of Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 protein activity can be detected by MALP-2 activation of macrophages.

在使用从TLR2或Scd1基因产物衍生得到的抗原肽时,其通常包括至少8个(如10,15,20,30,50,100或更多)TLR2或Scd1基因产物的区域的连续氨基酸残基。在一些实施例中,该抗原肽将包含TLR2或Scd1基因产物的所有区域。所产生的抗体将以其天然形态(这样,具有线性或构型表位的抗体被包括在发明中),变性或其它非天然形态,或同时以两种形态特异地结合至蛋白之一。可能具有抗原性的肽可通过本领域公知的方法进行鉴别,例如基于计算机的抗原性预测算法。有些时候构型表位可通过以自然形态,而非变性形态与蛋白相结合的抗体的鉴别进行鉴定。When using an antigenic peptide derived from a TLR2 or Scd1 gene product, it generally includes at least 8 (eg, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100 or more) contiguous amino acid residues of a region of the TLR2 or Scd1 gene product . In some embodiments, the antigenic peptide will comprise all regions of the TLR2 or Scd1 gene product. The antibody produced will specifically bind to one of the proteins in its native form (thus, antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are encompassed by the invention), in a denatured or other non-native form, or in both forms. Potentially antigenic peptides can be identified by methods known in the art, such as computer-based antigenicity prediction algorithms. Sometimes conformational epitopes can be identified by identifying antibodies that bind to proteins in their native, rather than non-denatured, form.

宿主动物(如兔子,小鼠,豚鼠或大鼠)可采用抗原进行免疫,可选地,该抗原可与载体(即可以稳定或以其它方式提高相连分子免疫原性的物质)相连接,并且可选地可以与佐剂一起施用(例如,参见Ausubel等人,supra)示例性的载体包括匙孔血蓝蛋白(KLH),示例性的佐剂(通常根据宿主动物的种类进行选择)包括弗氏佐剂(完全或不完全),辅助矿物凝胶(如氢氧化铝),表面活性物质如溶血卵磷脂,多元醇,聚阴离子,肽,油乳剂,二硝基酚,BCG(卡介苗)以及短小棒状杆菌。KLH有时也指一种佐剂。宿主中产生的抗体可通过亲和层析等方法进行纯化,该方法中多肽抗原或其片段被固定在树脂上。A host animal (such as a rabbit, mouse, guinea pig or rat) can be immunized with an antigen, optionally linked to a carrier (i.e., a substance that stabilizes or otherwise enhances the immunogenicity of the linked molecule), and Adjuvants may optionally be administered (see, for example, Ausubel et al., supra) Exemplary carriers include keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), Exemplary adjuvants (usually selected based on the species of host animal) include Freud Adjuvants (complete or incomplete), auxiliary mineral gels (such as aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances such as lysolecithin, polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, dinitrophenol, BCG (BCG) and Corynebacterium brevis. KLH is also sometimes referred to as an adjuvant. Antibodies produced in the host can be purified by methods such as affinity chromatography, in which polypeptide antigens or fragments thereof are immobilized on resins.

包含在抗原肽中的表位通常位于蛋白的表面(例如亲水区域),或在具有高度抗原性的区域(例如由于含有多个带电残基而被首先选择的区域)。一种对人蛋白序列的Emini表面概率分析可被用于指示具有极高概率被定位于蛋白表面的结构域。Epitopes contained in antigenic peptides are usually located on the surface of a protein (eg, a hydrophilic region), or in a region that is highly antigenic (eg, a region that is first selected for containing multiple charged residues). An Emini surface probabilistic analysis of human protein sequences can be used to indicate domains with a high probability of being localized on the protein surface.

抗体可以为完全的人抗体(例如,由经过基因工程改造的小鼠或其它哺乳动物所制备的来源于人免疫球蛋白序列的抗体,该免疫球蛋白序列可以来自人免疫球蛋白基因(κ,λ,α(IgA1和IgA2),γ(IgG1,IgG2,IgG3,IgG4),δ,ξ以及μ恒定区基因或各种免疫球蛋白可变区基因)。此外,抗体还可以是非人抗体(例如,啮齿动物(如小鼠或大鼠),羊,兔子或非人类灵长动物(如猴子)的抗体)。Antibodies can be fully human antibodies (e.g., antibodies derived from human immunoglobulin sequences derived from human immunoglobulin genes (κ, λ, α (IgA 1 and IgA 2 ), γ (IgG 1 , IgG 2 , IgG 3 , IgG 4 ), δ, ξ, and μ constant region genes or various immunoglobulin variable region genes). In addition, antibodies also Can be a non-human antibody (eg, a rodent (eg, mouse or rat), goat, rabbit, or non-human primate (eg, monkey) antibody).

人单克隆抗体可由携带人而非小鼠的免疫球蛋白基因的转基因小鼠生成。由这些小鼠(使用目标抗原进行免疫后)获得的脾细胞可被用于制备能够分泌对人蛋白的表位具有特异亲和性的人mAbs的杂交瘤(例如,参见WO 91/00906,WO 91/10741;WO92/03918;WO 92/03917;Lonberg等人,Nature 368:856-859,1994;Green等人,Nature Genet.7:13-21,1994;Morrison等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 81:6851-6855,1994;Bruggeman等人,Immunol.7:33-40,1993;Tuaillon等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 90:3720-3724,1993;以及Bruggeman等人,Eur.J.Immunol.21:1323-1326,1991)。Human monoclonal antibodies are produced by transgenic mice carrying human rather than mouse immunoglobulin genes. Splenocytes obtained from these mice (after immunization with an antigen of interest) can be used to generate hybridomas capable of secreting human mAbs with specific affinity for epitopes of human proteins (see, e.g., WO 91/00906, WO 91/00906, WO 91/10741; WO92/03918; WO 92/03917; Lonberg et al., Nature 368:856-859, 1994; Green et al., Nature Genet. 7:13-21, 1994; Morrison et al., Proc.Natl.Acad .Sci.USA 81:6851-6855,1994; Bruggeman et al., Immunol.7:33-40,1993; Tuaillon et al., Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 90:3720-3724,1993; and Bruggeman et al. People, Eur. J. Immunol. 21:1323-1326, 1991).

抗TLR2抗体或抗Scd1抗体可以是一种其可变区或其部分(如CDR)由非人类有机体(如大鼠或小鼠)生成的抗体。因此,本发明包含了嵌合的,CDR嫁接的,人源化抗体以及由非人类有机体生成并随后经修饰(例如,在可变框架或恒定区)以降低在人体内的抗原性的抗体。嵌合抗体(即不同的部分衍生自不同的动物种属(如鼠mAb的可变区和人免疫球蛋白的恒定区)的抗体)可通过本领域已知的重组技术制备。例如,可采用限制性内切酶消化编码鼠(或其它种属)单克隆抗体分子Fc恒定区的基因以去除编码鼠Fc的基因,然后以编码人Fc恒定区的基因的等效部分进行取代(例如,参见欧洲专利申请,申请号125,023;184,187;171,496以及173,494;还可参见WO 86/01533;U.S.Pat.No.4,816,567;Better等人,Science240:1041-1043,1988;Liu等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 84:3439-3443,1987;Liu等人,J.Immunol.139:3521-3526,1987;Sun等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 84:214-218,1987;Nishimura等人,Cancer Res.47:999-1005,1987;Wood等人,Nature 314:446-449,1985;Shaw等人,J.Natl.Cancer Inst.80:1553-1559,1988;Morrison等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 81:6851,1984;Neuberger等人,Nature 312:604,1984;and Takeda等人,Nature 314:452,1984)。The anti-TLR2 antibody or anti-Scd1 antibody can be an antibody whose variable regions or portions thereof (eg, CDRs) are produced by a non-human organism (eg, rat or mouse). Thus, the invention encompasses chimeric, CDR-grafted, humanized antibodies as well as antibodies produced by non-human organisms and subsequently modified (eg, in variable framework or constant regions) to reduce antigenicity in humans. Chimeric antibodies (ie, antibodies in which different portions are derived from different animal species (eg, variable regions of a murine mAb and constant regions of a human immunoglobulin)) can be prepared by recombinant techniques known in the art. For example, the gene encoding the mouse Fc constant region can be removed by restriction endonuclease digestion of the gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule, and then the equivalent of the gene encoding the human Fc constant region Partially substituted (see, for example, European Patent Application Application Nos. 125,023; 184,187; 171,496 and 173,494; see also WO 86/01533; USPat. No. 4,816,567; Better et al., Science 240:1041-1043, 1988; Liu USA 84: 3439-3443, 1987; Liu et al., J. Immunol. 139: 3521-3526, 1987; Sun et al., Proc. Natl. : 214-218, 1987; Nishimura et al., Cancer Res.47: 999-1005, 1987; Wood et al., Nature 314: 446-449, 1985; Shaw et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 80: 1553- 1559, 1988; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851, 1984; Neuberger et al., Nature 312:604, 1984; and Takeda et al., Nature 314:452, 1984).

在人源化或CDR嫁接的抗体中,至少一或两个,通常所有三个(免疫球蛋白重或轻链的)受体CDRs会被供体CDR所替代(例如,参见U.S.Pat.No.5,225,539;Jones等人,Nature 321:552-525,1986;Verhoeyan等人,Science 239:1534,1988;以及Beidler等人,J.Immunol.141:4053-4060,1988)。人们仅需要替换将人源化抗体结合至toll样受体2,Scd1基因或Scd1基因产物所需的CDRs的数量。该供体可以是一种啮齿动物的抗体,该受体可以是一种人框架或人共有框架。通常提供CDRs的免疫球蛋白被称为“供体”(并通常来自于啮齿动物),而提供框架的免疫球蛋白被成为“受体”。该受体框架可以是一种天然存在(例如,人)的框架,一种共有框架或序列,或至少与此具有85%(如90%,95%,99%)一致性的序列。“共有序列”是由一个相关序列族中最频繁出现的氨基酸(或核苷酸)构成的序列(例如,参见Winnaker,From Genes to Clones,Verlagsgesellschaft,Weinheim,Germany,1987)。共有序列中的每一个位点均由该族中相同位点上最常出现的氨基酸残基所占据(当两个氨基酸残基以相同频率出现时,可包括其中任意一个)。“共有框架”指共有免疫球蛋白序列中的框架区域。对toll样受体2,Scd1基因或Scd1基因产物的人源化抗体可在其特定氨基酸残基被替代,去除或增加(例如在框架区域以增加抗原结合)的情况下进行制备。例如,一个人源化抗体将具有与供体的框架残基或是受体的氨基酸而非受体框架残基相同的框架残基。欲生成该种抗体,少量经选择的人源化免疫球蛋白链的受体框架残基被相应的供体氨基酸所替代。该替代可以发生在CDR附近或在与CDR相互作用的区域(U.S.Pat.No.5,585,089,特别参见12-16行)。其它对人源化抗体的技术的描述参见EP 519596A1。In a humanized or CDR-grafted antibody, at least one or two, and usually all three, acceptor CDRs (of the immunoglobulin heavy or light chain) will be replaced by donor CDRs (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5, 225, 539; Jones et al., Nature 321:552-525, 1986; Verhoeyan et al., Science 239:1534, 1988; and Beidler et al., J. Immunol. 141:4053-4060, 1988). One need only replace the number of CDRs required to bind the humanized antibody to toll-like receptor 2, the Scd1 gene or the Scd1 gene product. The donor can be a rodent antibody and the acceptor can be a human framework or human consensus framework. Usually the immunoglobulin that provides the CDRs is called the "donor" (and is often of rodent origin), while the immunoglobulin that provides the framework is called the "acceptor". The acceptor framework can be a naturally occurring (eg, human) framework, a consensus framework or sequence, or a sequence at least 85% (eg, 90%, 95%, 99%) identical thereto. A "consensus sequence" is a sequence consisting of the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (see, for example, Winnaker, From Genes to Clones, Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany, 1987). Each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the most frequently occurring amino acid residue at the same position in the family (when two amino acid residues occur with the same frequency, either can be included). "Consensus framework" refers to the framework regions in the consensus immunoglobulin sequences. Humanized antibodies against toll-like receptor 2, the Scd1 gene or the Scd1 gene product can be prepared with specific amino acid residues substituted, removed or added (eg, in the framework regions to increase antigen binding). For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues that are identical to those of the donor or amino acids of the acceptor but not the acceptor framework residues. To generate such antibodies, a small number of acceptor framework residues of selected humanized immunoglobulin chains are replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. This substitution can occur near a CDR or in a region that interacts with a CDR (U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, see especially lines 12-16). Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in EP 519596A1.

对toll样受体2或Scd1基因产物的抗体可采用如上所述的方法或本领域所公知的其它方法进行人源化。例如,可将不直接参与抗原结合的Fv可变区替换为人Fv可变区的等同序列以生成人源化抗体。生成人源化抗体的常规方法参见Morrison,Science 229:1202-1207,1985;Oi等人,BioTechniques 4:214,1986,以及Queen等人(U.S.Pat.Nos.5,585,089;5,693,761以及5,693,762).这些方法所需的核酸序列可由杂交瘤获得,该杂交瘤可制备具有所需性质(如能够通过MALP-2激活的巨噬细胞检测Scd1基因表达或Scd1蛋白活性的调节,激活或抑制)的TLR2或Scd1或其片段的抗体。编码人源化抗体或其片段的重组DNA可随后被克隆进入合适的表达载体。Antibodies to the toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1 gene product can be humanized as described above or other methods known in the art. For example, Fv variable regions not directly involved in antigen binding can be replaced with equivalent sequences of human Fv variable regions to generate humanized antibodies. Conventional methods for generating humanized antibodies are described in Morrison, Science 229:1202-1207, 1985; Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214, 1986, and Queen et al. (US Pat. Nos. 5,585,089; 5,693,761 and 5,693,762). The desired nucleic acid sequence can be obtained from a hybridoma that can produce TLR2 or Scd1 or TLR2 or Scd1 with desired properties (such as the ability to detect Scd1 gene expression or the regulation, activation or inhibition of Scd1 protein activity by MALP-2-activated macrophages). Antibodies to its fragments. Recombinant DNA encoding humanized antibodies or fragments thereof can then be cloned into suitable expression vectors.

在某些实施例中,抗体具有效应器功能并能固定补体,而在其它实施例中它既不能募集效应细胞也不能固定补体。该抗体还可微弱地结合Fc受体或者不结合。例如,它可以是不能结合Fc受体的同型或亚型,或是一种片段或其它突变体(例如,该抗体可能在Fc受体结合区域产生突变(如缺失))。Fc区域缺失的抗体通常无法固定补体,因而引起与之结合的细胞死亡的可能性也更小。In certain embodiments, the antibody has effector function and is capable of fixing complement, while in other embodiments it neither recruits effector cells nor fixes complement. The antibody may also bind weakly to Fc receptors or not bind at all. For example, it may be an isotype or subtype that does not bind the Fc receptor, or a fragment or other mutant (eg, the antibody may have a mutation (eg, deletion) in the Fc receptor binding region). Antibodies lacking the Fc region are generally unable to fix complement and are therefore less likely to cause cell death to which they bind.

在其它实施例中,抗体可被偶联至外源物质,如治疗剂(如抗生素),或是一种可检测的标记。可检测的标记可包括酶(如辣根过氧化酶,碱性磷酸酶,beta-半乳糖苷酶或是乙酰胆碱酯酶),辅基(如抗生蛋白链菌素-生物素和亲和素-生物素),或荧光的,发光的,生物发光的或是放射性的材料(如伞形酮,荧光素,异硫氰酸萤光素,若丹明,二氯三嗪野芝麻碱荧光素,丹磺酰氯或藻红素(非荧光性),发光氨(具发光性),荧光素酶,虫荧光素以及水母发光蛋白(具生物发光性),以及99mTc,188Re,111In,125I,131I,35S或者3H(具有放射性))。In other embodiments, the antibody can be conjugated to an exogenous substance, such as a therapeutic agent (eg, antibiotic), or a detectable label. Detectable labels can include enzymes (such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase or acetylcholinesterase), prosthetic groups (such as streptavidin-biotin and avidin-biotin fluorescein), or fluorescent, luminescent, bioluminescent or radioactive materials (such as umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazine sesamine fluorescein, dandelion Sulfonyl chloride or phycoerythrin (non-fluorescent), luminol (luminescent), luciferase, luciferin and aequorin (bioluminescent), and 99 mTc, 188 Re, 111 In, 125 I , 131 I, 35 S or 3 H (radioactive)).

此处所述的抗体(如单克隆抗体)还可以用于分离toll样受体2或Scd1蛋白或其片段,如有关通过MALP-2激活巨噬细胞(如通过亲和层析或免疫沉淀反应)调节,激活或抑制Scd1基因表达或Scd1蛋白活性的片段,或可以在细胞溶解物或上清液中(通过Western印迹,酶联免疫吸附法(ELISAs),放射免疫分析及其它方法)或组织切片中对其进行检测。这些方法支持了对特定蛋白表达的丰度和模式的测定。这些信息在进行诊断时或在评估临床试验或治疗的功效时将非常有用。Antibodies (e.g., monoclonal antibodies) described herein can also be used to isolate toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1 proteins or fragments thereof, as in relation to activation of macrophages by MALP-2 (e.g., by affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation ) regulates, activates or inhibits Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 protein activity fragments, or can be present in cell lysates or supernatants (by Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays and other methods) or tissue detect it in slices. These methods support the determination of the abundance and pattern of expression of specific proteins. This information will be useful when making a diagnosis or when evaluating the efficacy of a clinical trial or treatment.

本发明还包括了编码上述抗体的核酸以及包含了该核酸的载体和细胞(例如,哺乳动物细胞如CHO细胞或淋巴细胞)(例如,以编码能特异结合至toll样受体2或Scd1蛋白的抗体的核酸进行转化的细胞)。同样地,本发明包括了可制备本发明抗体的细胞系(如杂交瘤)以及制备这些细胞系的方法。The present invention also includes nucleic acid encoding the above-mentioned antibody, as well as vectors and cells (for example, mammalian cells such as CHO cells or lymphocytes) comprising the nucleic acid (for example, to encode a protein that can specifically bind to toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1 protein) Antibody nucleic acid transformed cells). Likewise, the invention includes cell lines (eg, hybridomas) capable of producing antibodies of the invention and methods of producing these cell lines.

对SCD1多肽或TOLL样受体2多肽及其调节剂的免疫学检测Immunological detection of SCD1 polypeptide or TOLL-like receptor 2 polypeptide and its modulators

除了采用核酸杂交技术对Scd1基因或toll样受体2基因及基因表达进行检测外,人们还可以采用免疫测定来检测Scd1或toll样受体2蛋白。这种测定对于筛选Scd1或toll样受体2的调节剂,以及对于治疗和诊断应用都非常有用。免疫测定可用于定性或定量分析Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白。对适用技术的综述可参见Harlow&Lane,Antibodies:A Laboratory Manual,1988。In addition to detecting Scd1 gene or toll-like receptor 2 gene and gene expression by nucleic acid hybridization technology, people can also use immunoassay to detect Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2 protein. This assay is very useful for screening modulators of Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2, as well as for therapeutic and diagnostic applications. Immunoassays can be used for qualitative or quantitative analysis of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein. A review of suitable techniques can be found in Harlow & Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 1988.

A.抗体的制备A. Antibody Preparation

能与Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白进行特异性反应的多克隆和单克隆抗体的制备方法已为本领域技术人员所公知(例如,参见Coligan,Current Protocols in Immunology,1991;Harlow&Lane,supra;Goding,Monoclonal Antibodies:Principles and Practice,2d ed.1986;以及Kohler等人,Nature 256:495-497,1975.该类技术包括从噬菌体或类似载体的重组抗体库中选择抗体进行抗体制备,以及通过免疫兔子或小鼠制备多克隆和单克隆抗体(例如,参见Huse等人,Science 246:1275-1281,1989;Ward等人,Nature 341:544-546,1989)。Preparation methods of polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies capable of specifically reacting with Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein are known to those skilled in the art (for example, see Coligan, Current Protocols in Immunology, 1991; Harlow & Lane, supra; Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, 2d ed.1986; and Kohler et al., Nature 256:495-497, 1975. This type of technology includes selecting antibodies from recombinant antibody libraries of phage or similar vectors for antibody preparation, and by Polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies are produced by immunizing rabbits or mice (see, eg, Huse et al., Science 246:1275-1281, 1989; Ward et al., Nature 341:544-546, 1989).

一系列包含了Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的部分的免疫原可被用于制备与Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白特异性反应的抗体。例如,重组Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白或其抗原片段可参照此处所述进行分离。重组蛋白可参照如上所述在真核或原核细胞中表达,并参照上文的常规描述进行纯化。重组蛋白是单克隆或多克隆抗体制备的优选免疫原。此外,一种衍生自此处披露的序列且与载体蛋白结合的合成肽可被用作免疫原。不管是纯化还是不纯形态的天然蛋白也可被采用。随后该产物被注射入能够生产该抗体的动物体内。单克隆或多克隆抗体均会被生成,以供检测蛋白的免疫测定中使用。A series of immunogens comprising portions of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein can be used to prepare antibodies specifically reactive with Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein. For example, recombinant Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein or antigenic fragments thereof can be isolated as described herein. Recombinant proteins can be expressed in eukaryotic or prokaryotic cells as described above, and purified as generally described above. Recombinant proteins are the preferred immunogens for monoclonal or polyclonal antibody production. In addition, a synthetic peptide derived from the sequences disclosed herein conjugated to a carrier protein can be used as an immunogen. Native proteins, either in purified or impure form, may also be used. The product is then injected into animals capable of producing the antibody. Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies are produced for use in immunoassays that detect proteins.

多克隆抗体的方法的制备方法已为本领域技术人员所公知。用该蛋白采用标准佐剂(如弗氏佐剂)以及标准免疫方案对近交系小鼠(如BALB/C小鼠)或兔子进行免疫。动物对免疫原制备物的免疫应答可以通过采集血样并测定对beta亚基的反应滴度来进行监测。当得到对免疫原的适当高滴度的抗体时,收集动物血液并制备抗血清。如需要可对抗血清进行进一步分离以富集对蛋白具有反应性的抗体(参见Harlow&Lane,supra)。Methods for preparing polyclonal antibodies are well known to those skilled in the art. The protein is used to immunize inbred mice (such as BALB/C mice) or rabbits with standard adjuvants (such as Freund's adjuvant) and standard immunization schemes. The animal's immune response to the immunogen preparation can be monitored by taking a blood sample and determining the titer of the response to the beta subunit. When suitably high titers of antibodies to the immunogen are obtained, the animal's blood is collected and antiserum is prepared. Antisera can be further isolated to enrich for antibodies reactive with the protein if desired (see Harlow & Lane, supra).

单克隆抗体可通过本领域技术人员所熟知的不同技术获取。简单而言,从采用所需抗原进行免疫的动物取得的脾细胞一般通过与骨髓瘤细胞融合进行永生化(参加Kohler等人,Eur.J.Immunol.6:511-519,1976)。其它永生化方法包括采用Epstein Barr病毒,致癌基因或逆转录酶病毒进行转化,或采用其它为本领域熟知的方法。从单独的永生化的细胞中筛选得到克隆可制备对该抗原具有所需特异性和亲和性的抗体,且该细胞制备单克隆抗体的产量可通过多种技术进行提高,包括注射进入脊椎动物宿主的腹腔。此外,人们还可以参照Huse等人,Science 246:1275-1281,1989中概述的常规方案对人类B细胞的DNA库进行筛选以分离编码单克隆抗体或其结合片段的DNA序列。Monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by various techniques well known to those skilled in the art. Briefly, spleen cells obtained from animals immunized with the desired antigen are generally immortalized by fusion with myeloma cells (see Kohler et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 6:511-519, 1976). Other methods of immortalization include transformation with Epstein Barr virus, oncogene or retroviruses, or other methods well known in the art. Clones selected from individual immortalized cells can produce antibodies with the desired specificity and affinity for the antigen, and the yield of monoclonal antibodies produced by the cells can be enhanced by a variety of techniques, including injection into vertebrate hosts of the abdominal cavity. Alternatively, one can screen DNA libraries of human B cells to isolate DNA sequences encoding monoclonal antibodies or binding fragments thereof by following the general protocol outlined in Huse et al., Science 246:1275-1281, 1989.

收集单克隆抗体和多克隆血清并在免疫测定(如用固定在固相支持物上的免疫原进行的固相免疫测定)中对免疫原蛋白进行滴定。通常选择滴度为104或更高的多克隆抗血清并采用竞争性结合免疫测定测试其对非Scd1或toll样受体2蛋白的交叉反应性。特异性的多克隆抗血清和单克隆抗体将通常与至少约0.1mM的Kd结合,更常见时至少为约1μM,更优选至少为约0.1μM或更多,最优选0.01μM或更多。仅对特定Scd1直系同源物或toll样受体2的直系同源物(例如人Scd1蛋白或人toll样受体2)具有特异性的抗体也可以通过从一个种属如非人类哺乳动物减去其它交叉反应直系同源物进行制备。通过这一方法可获取仅结合Scd1或toll样受体2的抗体。Monoclonal antibodies and polyclonal sera are collected and titrated against the immunogenic protein in an immunoassay (eg, a solid phase immunoassay with the immunogen immobilized on a solid support). Polyclonal antisera with a titer of 104 or higher are usually selected and tested for cross-reactivity to non-Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2 proteins using a competitive binding immunoassay. Specific polyclonal antisera and monoclonal antibodies will generally bind with a Kd of at least about 0.1 mM, more usually at least about 1 μM, more preferably at least about 0.1 μM or more, most preferably 0.01 μM or more. Antibodies specific only for a particular Scd1 ortholog or toll-like receptor 2 ortholog (e.g., human Scd1 protein or human toll-like receptor 2) can also be obtained by subtracting from one species, such as a non-human mammal. Prepare from other cross-reactive orthologs. Antibodies that bind only Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2 can be obtained by this method.

一旦得到针对Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的特异性抗体后,该蛋白可采用各种免疫测定方法进行检测。此外,该抗体可作为Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2的调节剂实现治疗用途。有关免疫学及免疫测定程序可参见Basic and Clinical Immunology(Stites&Terreds.,7th ed.1991)。此外,本发明的免疫测定可通过多种构型中的任意一种进行,这些构型已得到详尽的综述,见Enzyme Immunoassay(Maggio,ed.,1980)以及Harlow&Lane,supra。Once specific antibodies against Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein are obtained, the protein can be detected by various immunoassay methods. In addition, the antibody may be therapeutically useful as a modulator of the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2. See Basic and Clinical Immunology (Stites & Terreds., 7 th ed. 1991) for immunology and immunoassay procedures. Furthermore, the immunoassays of the present invention can be performed in any of a variety of configurations, which have been thoroughly reviewed, see Enzyme Immunoassay (Maggio, ed., 1980) and Harlow & Lane, supra.

B.免疫学结合测定B. Immunological Binding Assays

Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白可通过一系列被广泛接受的免疫结合测定中的任何一种进行检测和/或定量(例如,参见U.S.Patents4,366,241;4,376,110;4,517,288以及4,837,168)。有关常规免疫测定的综述,也可参见Methods in Cell Biology:Antibodies in CellBiology,volume 37(Asai,ed.1993);Basic and Clinical Immunology(Stites&Terr,eds.,7th ed.1991)。免疫学结合测定(或免疫测定)通常采用一种能特异地与目标蛋白或抗原(在本发明中为Scd 1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白或其抗原性子序列)结合的抗体。该抗体(例如抗Scd1基因产物或抗toll样受体2)可采用如上所述的本领域技术人员所熟知的一系列方法中的任意一种进行制备。Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein can be detected and/or quantified by any one of a series of widely accepted immunological binding assays (eg, see U.S. Patents 4,366,241; 4,376,110; 4,517,288 and 4,837,168). For a review of conventional immunoassays, see also Methods in Cell Biology: Antibodies in Cell Biology, volume 37 (Asai, ed. 1993); Basic and Clinical Immunology (Stites & Terr, eds., 7th ed. 1991). Immunological binding assays (or immunoassays) generally employ an antibody that can specifically bind to a target protein or antigen (in the present invention, Scd 1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein or an antigenic subsequence thereof). The antibody (such as anti-Scd1 gene product or anti-toll-like receptor 2) can be prepared by any one of a series of methods well known to those skilled in the art as described above.

免疫测定中经常采用一种标记试剂特异性地结合并标记抗体和抗原形成的复合物。标记试剂本身可以包含抗体/抗原复合物的部分之一。因此,标记试剂可以是标记Scd1基因产物或标记toll样受体2。此外,标记试剂还可以是第三部分,如能够特异地结合抗体/Scd1基因产物或抗体/toll样受体2复合物的第二抗体(第二抗体通常特异性地针对可衍生得到第一抗体的种类的抗体)。其它能够特异性地结合免疫球蛋白恒定区的蛋白,如蛋白A或蛋白G也可以用作标记试剂。这些蛋白表现出了对来自各个种类的免疫球蛋白恒定区的强非免疫原反应性(例如,参见Kronval等人,J.Immunol.111:1401-1406,1973;Akerstrom等人,J.Immunol.135:2589-2542,1985)。标记试剂可使用一种可检测部分(如生物素)进行修饰,该成分可被链霉亲和素等分子特异性结合。各种可检测部分已为本领域技术人员所熟知。In immunoassays, a labeling reagent is often used to specifically bind and label the complex formed by the antibody and the antigen. The labeling reagent may itself comprise one of the parts of the antibody/antigen complex. Thus, the labeling reagent can be to label the Scd1 gene product or to label toll-like receptor 2. In addition, the labeling reagent can also be a third moiety, such as a second antibody capable of specifically binding the antibody/Scd1 gene product or antibody/toll-like receptor 2 complex (the second antibody is usually specific for the first antibody from which the first antibody can be derived). type of antibody). Other proteins capable of specifically binding to the constant regions of immunoglobulins, such as protein A or protein G, can also be used as labeling reagents. These proteins exhibit strong non-immunogenic reactivity to immunoglobulin constant regions from various classes (see, e.g., Kronval et al., J. Immunol. 111:1401-1406, 1973; Akerstrom et al., J. Immunol. 135:2589-2542, 1985). Labeling reagents can be modified with a detectable moiety, such as biotin, that can be specifically bound by molecules such as streptavidin. Various detectable moieties are well known to those skilled in the art.

在整个测定过程中,每一次试剂合并后均可能要求采取培养和/或洗涤步骤。培养步骤可持续5秒钟到几小时不等,可选择约5分钟至约24小时。然而,培养的时间将取决于测定的形式,抗原,溶液体积,浓度等因素。尽管测定可在一定温度范围下进行(如10℃至40℃),其通常在室温下进行。Incubation and/or washing steps may be required after each reagent pool throughout the assay. The incubation step can last anywhere from 5 seconds to several hours, optionally from about 5 minutes to about 24 hours. However, the time of incubation will depend on the assay format, antigen, solution volume, concentration and other factors. Although the assay can be performed at a range of temperatures (eg, 10°C to 40°C), it is usually performed at room temperature.

非竞争性测定形式:检测样本中Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2的免疫测定可以是竞争性或非竞争性的。非竞争性免疫测定是一种直接检测抗原数量的测定。例如,如果人们选择“三明治”测定,抗Scd1基因产物或抗toll样受体2抗体可直接结合至固相底物上进行固定化。这些固定化的抗体可以捕获测试样本中的Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2。Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白从而被固定化并被标记试剂(如携带标记物的Scd1基因产物的第二抗体或toll样受体2的抗体)结合。备选地,第二抗体可缺失标记,但可被标记的第三抗体结合,该第三抗体特异性地针对可衍生得到第二抗体的种类的抗体。该第二或第三抗体通常可使用一种可检测部分(如生物素)进行修饰,该成分可被链霉亲和素等分子特异性结合以提供可检测部分。Noncompetitive assay formats: Immunoassays that detect the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 in a sample can be competitive or noncompetitive. A noncompetitive immunoassay is an assay that directly detects the amount of antigen. For example, if one chooses a "sandwich" assay, an anti-Scd1 gene product or an anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody can be directly bound to a solid substrate for immobilization. These immobilized antibodies can capture the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 in the test sample. The Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein is thus immobilized and bound by a labeling reagent (eg, a secondary antibody to the Scd1 gene product carrying the label or an antibody to toll-like receptor 2). Alternatively, the second antibody may lack a label, but may be bound by a labeled third antibody specific for an antibody of the species from which the second antibody was derived. The second or third antibody will typically be modified with a detectable moiety, such as biotin, that can be specifically bound by a molecule such as streptavidin to provide the detectable moiety.

竞争性测定形式:在竞争性测定中,样本中Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的数量可通过检测抗Scd1蛋白或抗toll样受体2抗体上被样本中未知的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白替换(竞争走)的已知的添加(外源性)Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的数量。在一个竞争性测定中,已知数量的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白被加入样本,随后将该样本与能够特异结合Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的抗体结合。与抗体结合的外源Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白数量与样本中的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白浓度成反比。在一个特定优选实施例中,该抗体被固定在固相底物上。与抗体结合的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白数量可通过测量Scd1蛋白/抗体复合物或toll样受体2蛋白/抗体复合物中的Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2的数量得到,或是通过检测残留的未复合蛋白的数量得到。可通过提供标记Scd1蛋白分子或toll样受体2分子对Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的数量进行测定。Competitive assay format: In a competitive assay, the amount of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein in the sample can be detected by detecting the unknown Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor protein in the sample by anti-Scd1 protein or anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody. Known amount of added (exogenous) Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein replaced (competed away) by body 2 protein. In a competition assay, a known amount of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein is added to a sample, which is subsequently bound to an antibody that specifically binds Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein. The amount of exogenous Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein bound to the antibody is inversely proportional to the concentration of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein in the sample. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the antibody is immobilized on a solid substrate. The amount of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein bound to the antibody can be obtained by measuring the amount of Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 in the Scd1 protein/antibody complex or toll-like receptor 2 protein/antibody complex, or It is obtained by detecting the amount of residual uncomplexed protein. The amount of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein can be determined by providing labeled Scd1 protein molecule or toll-like receptor 2 molecule.

半抗原抑制测定是另一种优选的竞争性测定。在该测定中已知Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白被固定在一种固相底物上。将已知数量的抗Scd1抗体或抗toll样受体2抗体添加至样本,然后将样本与固定化Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2接触。与已知的固定化Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2结合的抗Scd1抗体或抗toll样受体2抗体的数量与样本中的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白数量成反比。此外,固定化抗体的数量还可通过检测抗体的固定化部分或是其残留在溶液中的部分进行检测。该检测可在抗体被标记时直接进行,也可按上文所述通过后续添加能与抗体特异性结合的标记部分间接进行。Hapten inhibition assays are another preferred competitive assay. In this assay it is known that Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein is immobilized on a solid substrate. A known amount of anti-Scd1 antibody or anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody is added to the sample, and the sample is then contacted with immobilized Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2. The amount of anti-Scd1 antibody or anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody bound to a known immobilized Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 is inversely proportional to the amount of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein in the sample. In addition, the amount of immobilized antibody can be detected by detecting the immobilized portion of the antibody or the portion remaining in solution. This detection can be performed directly when the antibody is labeled, or indirectly by the subsequent addition of a labeling moiety that specifically binds to the antibody, as described above.

交叉反应性测定:竞争性结合形式的免疫测定也可用于交叉反应性测定。例如,可将Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白固定在一种固相支持物上。将能够与固定化抗原竞争竞争结合抗血清的蛋白(例如,Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2及同源物)添加至测定中。添加的蛋白与固定化蛋白竞争结合抗血清的能力被用来与Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白与其自身的竞争能力进行比较。采用标准算法计算上述蛋白的交叉反应性百分比。选择并汇集对上述列举的每一种添加蛋白的交叉反应性小于10%的抗血清。使用添加的经考虑的蛋白(如远缘同源物)进行免疫吸附,选择性地从汇集的抗血清中去除交叉反应抗体。Cross-reactivity assays: Competitive binding format immunoassays can also be used for cross-reactivity assays. For example, Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein can be immobilized on a solid support. Proteins capable of competing with the immobilized antigen for binding to the antiserum (eg, Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 and homologues) are added to the assay. The ability of the added protein to compete with the immobilized protein for antiserum binding was compared to the ability of the Scd1 protein or the toll-like receptor 2 protein to compete with itself. The percent cross-reactivity for the above proteins was calculated using standard algorithms. Antisera with less than 10% cross-reactivity to each of the added proteins listed above were selected and pooled. Cross-reactive antibodies are selectively removed from pooled antisera by immunoadsorption with added proteins of interest (eg, distant homologues).

将该免疫吸附并汇集的抗血清用于如上所述的竞争性结合免疫测定中,以对被认为可能是Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的等位基因或多形态变体的第二蛋白与免疫原蛋白进行比较。为了进行该比较,两种蛋白在测定中均采用了较大的浓度范围,并对各蛋白抑制抗血清和固定化蛋白50%的结合时所需的浓度进行了测定。如果抑制50%结合所需的第二蛋白的数量少于抑制50%结合所需的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的数量的10倍,则第二蛋白被认为可以与针对Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2免疫原的多克隆抗体进行特异性结合。The immunoadsorbed and pooled antisera were used in a competitive binding immunoassay as described above for a second protein thought to be likely an allelic or polymorphic variant of the Scd1 protein or the toll-like receptor 2 protein Compare with immunogenic protein. For this comparison, a wide concentration range was used for both proteins in the assay and the concentration required for each protein to inhibit 50% of the binding of the antiserum to the immobilized protein was determined. If the amount of the second protein required to inhibit 50% binding is less than 10 times the amount of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein required to inhibit 50% binding, the second protein is considered to be able to bind to the Scd1 gene product or Polyclonal antibodies to the toll-like receptor 2 immunogen specifically bind.

其它测定形式:Western印迹(免疫印迹)分析可用于对样本中存在的Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白进行检测和定量。该技术通常包括通过凝胶电泳根据分子量分离样本蛋白,将分离蛋白转入合适的固相支持物(如硝化纤维过滤器,尼龙过滤器或衍生尼龙过滤器),然后将样本与能够特异结合Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的抗体进行培养。将抗Scd1蛋白抗体或抗toll样受体2抗体特异地结合至固相支持物上的Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2。这些抗体可进行直接标记,或采用能够特异性结合抗Scd1蛋白抗体或抗toll样受体2抗体的标记抗体(例如标记羊抗小鼠抗体)进行后续检测。Other assay formats: Western blot (immunoblot) analysis can be used to detect and quantify the presence of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein in a sample. This technique usually involves separating sample proteins by gel electrophoresis according to molecular weight, transferring the separated proteins to a suitable solid support (such as nitrocellulose filter, nylon filter or derivatized nylon filter), and then mixing the sample with a protein that can specifically bind to Scd1 Protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein antibodies were incubated. The anti-Scd1 protein antibody or the anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody is specifically bound to the Scd1 gene product or the toll-like receptor 2 on the solid support. These antibodies can be directly labeled, or a labeled antibody capable of specifically binding to an anti-Scd1 protein antibody or an anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody (such as a labeled goat anti-mouse antibody) can be used for subsequent detection.

其它测试形式包括脂质体免疫测定(LIA),该测试采用设计的与特定分子(如抗体)结合并释放被封装的试剂或标记物的脂质体。然后参照标准技术测定释放的化学物质(参见Monroe等人,Amer.CHn.Prod.Rev.5:34-41,1986)。Other test formats include liposome immunoassays (LIAs), which employ liposomes designed to bind to specific molecules, such as antibodies, and release encapsulated reagents or labels. The released chemicals are then measured according to standard techniques (see Monroe et al., Amer. CHn. Prod. Rev. 5:34-41, 1986).

非特异性结合的减少:本领域的技术人员均可理解在免疫测定中经常需要最小化非特异性结合。特别当测定包含了固定在固相底物上的抗原或抗体时,需要最小化对底物的非特异性结合的数量。减少该种非特异性结合的方法已为本领域技术人员所熟知。通常该技术包括采用蛋白质类组合物对底物进行包被。蛋白组合物如牛血清白蛋白(BSA),脱脂奶粉以及白明胶得到了特别广泛的应用,其中特别优选奶粉。Reduction of Non-Specific Binding: Those skilled in the art will appreciate that in immunoassays there is often a need to minimize non-specific binding. Especially when assays involve antigens or antibodies immobilized on solid substrates, there is a need to minimize the amount of non-specific binding to the substrate. Methods of reducing this non-specific binding are well known to those skilled in the art. Typically the technique involves coating the substrate with a proteinaceous composition. Protein compositions such as bovine serum albumin (BSA), skim milk powder and gelatin are particularly widely used, with milk powder being particularly preferred.

标记:只要不通过与本测定中所用的抗体特异性结合形成明显的干扰,本测定所用的特定标记或可检测基团不构成本发明的重要方面。可检测基团可以是任何具有可检测物理或化学属性的材料。这类可检测标记在免疫测定领域已得到了很好的发展,并且一般来说大部分可在该方法中使用的标记都可用于本发明。因此,标记是指任何可通过分光的,光化学的,生物化学的,免疫化学的,电子的,光学的或是化学的手段进行测定的组合物。可用于本发明的标记包括磁珠(如DYNABEADSTM),荧光染料(如异硫氰酸萤光素,德州红,若丹明等),放射性标记(例如3H,125I,35S,14C或32P),酶(例如辣根过氧化酶,碱性磷酸酶以及其它ELISA中常用的酶),化学发光标记,以及比色标记如胶体金或有色玻璃或塑料珠(例如聚苯乙烯,聚丙烯,乳胶等)。Labels: The specific labels or detectable groups used in the assay do not form an essential aspect of the invention as long as they do not significantly interfere by specific binding to the antibodies used in the assay. A detectable group can be any material having detectable physical or chemical properties. Such detectable labels are well developed in the field of immunoassays, and in general most labels that can be used in this method are useful in the present invention. Thus, a label refers to any composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, electronic, optical or chemical means. Labels that can be used in the present invention include magnetic beads (such as DYNABEADS TM ), fluorescent dyes (such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, Texas red, rhodamine, etc.), radioactive labels (such as 3 H, 125 I, 35 S, 14 C or 32 P), enzymes (such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, and other enzymes commonly used in ELISA), chemiluminescent labels, and colorimetric labels such as colloidal gold or colored glass or plastic beads (such as polystyrene , polypropylene, latex, etc.).

该标记可参照本领域所熟知的方法直接或间接地偶联至测定中所需的成分。如上文所示,可供采用的标记种类繁多,而标记的选择取决于所需的灵敏度,与化合物结合的容易程度,所需的稳定性,现有的仪器以及处理的规定。The label can be directly or indirectly coupled to the desired components in the assay according to methods well known in the art. As indicated above, a wide variety of labels are available, and the choice of label depends on the desired sensitivity, ease of conjugation to the compound, desired stability, available instrumentation, and handling regulations.

无放射性的标记常通过间接的方法进行附着。通常配体分子(如生物素)与该分子间为共价结合。然后将配体结合至另一分子(如链霉亲和素分子),该分子既可以是天然可检测的,也可以共价结合至一个信号系统,例如一种可检测的酶,荧光化合物或化学发光化合物。该配体及其靶标可用于与能够识别Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白的抗体,或是能够识别抗Scd1蛋白抗体或抗toll样受体2抗体的第二抗体进行适当的组合。Non-radioactive labels are often attached by indirect methods. Usually the ligand molecule (such as biotin) is covalently bound to the molecule. The ligand is then bound to another molecule (such as a streptavidin molecule) that is either naturally detectable or covalently bound to a signaling system such as a detectable enzyme, fluorescent compound or Chemiluminescent compounds. The ligand and its target can be used in appropriate combination with an antibody that can recognize Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein, or a second antibody that can recognize anti-Scd1 protein antibody or anti-toll-like receptor 2 antibody.

该分子也可与信号生成化合物直接结合,例如与酶或荧光团进行结合。作为标记的目标酶主要为水解酶,特别是磷酸酶,酯酶和糖苷酶,或是氧化酶,特别是过氧化酶。荧光化合物包括荧光素及其衍生物,若丹明及其衍生物,丹磺酰,伞形酮等。化学发光化合物包括虫荧光素以及2,3-二氢酞嗪二酮,例如发光氨。对各种可供采用的标记或信号生成系统的综述参见U.S.Patent No.4,391,904。The molecule can also be directly conjugated to a signal generating compound, such as an enzyme or a fluorophore. The target enzymes used as labels are mainly hydrolases, especially phosphatases, esterases and glycosidases, or oxidases, especially peroxidases. Fluorescent compounds include fluorescein and its derivatives, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, umbelliferone, etc. Chemiluminescent compounds include luciferin and 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones such as luminol. For a review of various available label or signal generating systems see U.S. Patent No. 4,391,904.

检测标记的方法已为本领域技术人员所熟知。因此,例如当该标记为一种放射性标记时,检测的方法包括闪烁计数器或自动射线摄影的摄影软片。当该标记为一种荧光标记时,它可以通过以合适波长的光激发荧光染料并测定所得的荧光进行检测。该荧光可通过使用电荷耦合器件(CCDs)等电子检测器或是光电倍增器等类似仪器进行直观检测。类似地,酶标记的检测可通过提供合适的该酶的底物后检测所得的反应产物。最后简单的比色标记可以简单地通过观察与标记关联的色彩进行检测。因此,在各种试纸测定中,共轭金常显粉红色,而各种共轭珠则显示珠子的颜色。Methods for detecting labels are well known to those skilled in the art. Thus, for example when the label is a radioactive label, methods of detection include scintillation counters or autoradiographic film. When the label is a fluorescent label, it can be detected by exciting the fluorochrome with light of the appropriate wavelength and measuring the resulting fluorescence. This fluorescence can be detected visually using electronic detectors such as charge-coupled devices (CCDs) or similar instruments such as photomultipliers. Similarly, enzyme labeling can be detected by providing an appropriate substrate for the enzyme and then detecting the resulting reaction product. Finally simple colorimetric markers can be detected simply by observing the color associated with the marker. Therefore, in various test paper assays, conjugated gold often appears pink, while various conjugated beads show the color of the beads.

一些测定形式不要求使用标记的成分。例如,凝集测定可用于检测目标抗体的存在。在该测定中,包被了抗原的颗粒被包含了目标抗体的样本所凝集。在该形式中,所有的成分均无需标记,目标抗体的存在可通过简单的视觉观察进行检测。Some assay formats do not require the use of labeled components. For example, agglutination assays can be used to detect the presence of antibodies of interest. In this assay, antigen-coated particles are agglutinated by a sample containing the antibody of interest. In this format, all components are label-free, and the presence of the antibody of interest can be detected by simple visual inspection.

对SCD1基因产物或TOLL样受体2的调节剂的高通量测定High-throughput assay for modulators of the SCD1 gene product or TOLL-like receptor 2

作为Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2调节剂进行测试的化合物可以是任意的小有机分子,或生物实体,如蛋白(例如抗体或肽),糖,核酸(例如反义寡核苷酸,RNAi)或核酶,或脂质。另外,调节剂可以是Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白基因修饰的产物。典型地,测试化合物是小有机分子,肽,脂质或脂质类似物。Compounds to be tested as modulators of the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 can be any small organic molecule, or biological entity such as a protein (e.g. antibody or peptide), sugar, nucleic acid (e.g. antisense oligonucleotide, RNAi ) or ribozymes, or lipids. In addition, the modulator may be the product of gene modification of Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein. Typically, test compounds are small organic molecules, peptides, lipids or lipid analogs.

尽管多数情况下会使用能够溶解于水溶液或有机(特别是基于DMSO的)溶液的化合物,本质上任何化合物都可用作本发明的测定中的潜在调节剂或配体。该测定可通过使测定步骤自动化并将任何来源方便的化合物进行测定以筛选大型化学库,该测定通常平行进行(例如,在机器人测定中的微量滴定板上通过微量滴定形式)。应当意识到化合物的供应商为数众多,其中包括Sigma(St.Louis,MO),Aldrich(St.Louis,MO),Sigma-Aldrich(St.Louis,MO),Fluka Chemika-Biochemica Analytika(Buchs Switzerland)等等。Essentially any compound can be used as a potential modulator or ligand in the assays of the invention, although compounds that are soluble in aqueous or organic (particularly DMSO-based) solutions will most likely be used. The assay can screen large chemical libraries by automating the assay step and assaying compounds from any source conveniently, often in parallel (eg, by microtiter format on microtiter plates in robotic assays). It should be appreciated that there are numerous suppliers of compounds including Sigma (St.Louis, MO), Aldrich (St.Louis, MO), Sigma-Aldrich (St.Louis, MO), Fluka Chemika-Biochemica Analytika (Buchs Switzerland) etc.

在一个优选实施例中,高通量筛选法包括提供一种包含了大量潜在治疗性化合物(潜在调节剂或配体化合物)的组合小有机分子或肽库。然后参照此处所述在一个或多个测定中筛选该“组合化学库”或“配体库”以鉴定显示所需特征活性的库成员(特别是化学物种或亚类)。由此鉴定的化合物可用作传统的“先导化合物”或其自身可用作潜在或实际的治疗剂。In a preferred embodiment, the high throughput screening method involves providing a combinatorial small organic molecule or peptide library comprising a large number of potential therapeutic compounds (potential modulator or ligand compounds). This "combinatorial chemical library" or "ligand library" is then screened in one or more assays as described herein to identify library members (particular chemical species or subclasses) that exhibit the desired characteristic activity. The compounds thus identified may be used as traditional "lead compounds" or may themselves be used as potential or actual therapeutic agents.

组合化学库是通过合并一定量的化学“砌块”如试剂所获取的(不管是化学合成还是生物合成得到的)各类化合物的集合。例如,一个线性组合化学库如多肽库可通过以各种可能的途径在给定的化合物长度(即在一个多肽化合物中氨基酸的数量)下组合一批化合物砌块(氨基酸)形成。通过该种化学砌块的组合混合可以合成得到成千上万的化合物。A combinatorial chemical library is a collection of various compounds (whether obtained by chemical synthesis or biosynthesis) obtained by combining a certain amount of chemical "building blocks" such as reagents. For example, a linear combinatorial chemical library such as a polypeptide library can be formed by combining a batch of compound building blocks (amino acids) at a given compound length (ie, the number of amino acids in a polypeptide compound) in every possible way. Thousands of compounds can be synthesized through the combination and mixing of such chemical building blocks.

组合化学库的制备和筛选已为本领域技术人员所熟知。该组合化学库包括,但不限于,肽库(例如,参见U.S.Patent 5,010,175,Furka,Int.J.Pept.Prot.Res.37:487-493,1991and Houghton等人,Nature354:84-88,1991)。其它能够产生化学多样库的化学物质可被采用。该类化学物质包括,但不限于:类肽(例如PCT公开号WO91/19735),编码肽类(例如PCT公开号WO 93/20242),随机生物低聚体(例如PCT公开号WO 92/00091),苯(并)二氮类(例如U.S.Pat.No.5,288,514),乙内酰脲类,苯(并)二氮类以及二肽类(diversomers)(Hobbs等人,Proc.Nat.Acad.Sci.USA 90:6909-6913,1993),vinylogous多肽(Hagihara等人,J.Amer.Chem.Soc.114:6568,1992),带有葡萄糖支架的非肽类肽类似物(Hirschmann等人,J.Amer.Chem.Soc.114:9217-9218,1992),小化合物库的有机合成类似物(Chen等人,J.Amer.Chem.Soc.116:2661,1994),低聚氨基甲酸酯(Cho等人,Science 261:1303,1993),和/或肽基磷酸酯(Campbell等人,J.Org.Chem.59:658,1994),核酸库(参见Ausubel,Berger and Sambrook,all supra),肽核酸库(例如,参见U.S.Patent5,539,083),抗体库(例如,参见Vaughn等人,Nature Biotechnology,14:309-314,1996以及PCT/US96/10287),糖库(例如,参见Liang等人,Science 274:1520-1522,1996以及U.S.Patent 5,593,853),小有机分子库(例如,参见苯(并)二氮类Baum C&EN,Jan 18,page 33(1993);异戊烯类,U.S.Patent 5,569,588;噻唑啉酮类及间噻嗪酮类,U.S.Patent 5,549,974;吡咯烷类,U.S.Patents 5,525,735以及5,519,134;吗啉化合物,U.S.Patent 5,506,337;苯(并)二氮类5,288,514等等)。Preparation and screening of combinatorial chemical libraries is well known to those skilled in the art. Such combinatorial chemical libraries include, but are not limited to, peptide libraries (see, for example, U.S. Patent 5,010,175, Furka, Int. J. Pept. Prot. Res. 37:487-493, 1991 and Houghton et al., Nature 354:84-88, 1991 ). Other chemistries capable of generating chemically diverse libraries can be used. Such chemicals include, but are not limited to: peptoids (e.g. PCT Publication No. WO 91/19735), encoded peptides (e.g. PCT Publication No. WO 93/20242), random biooligomers (e.g. PCT Publication No. WO 92/00091 ), benzo(a)diazepines (such as U.S.Pat.No. 5,288,514), hydantoins, benzo(a)diazepines and dipeptides (diversomers) (Hobbs et al., Proc.Nat.Acad. Sci.USA 90:6909-6913,1993), vinyllogous polypeptides (Hagihara et al., J.Amer.Chem.Soc.114:6568,1992), non-peptidic peptide analogs with glucose scaffolds (Hirschmann et al., J.Amer.Chem.Soc.114:9217-9218,1992), organic synthetic analogs of small compound libraries (Chen et al., J.Amer.Chem.Soc.116:2661,1994), oligocarbamic acid ester (Cho et al., Science 261:1303, 1993), and/or peptidyl phosphate (Campbell et al., J.Org.Chem.59:658, 1994), nucleic acid library (see Ausubel, Berger and Sambrook, all supra), peptide nucleic acid library (see, for example, U.S. Patent 5,539,083), antibody library (see, for example, Vaughn et al., Nature Biotechnology, 14:309-314, 1996 and PCT/US96/10287), sugar library (see, for example, Liang et al., Science 274:1520-1522, 1996 and U.S. Patent 5,593,853), libraries of small organic molecules (see, for example, benzodiazepines Baum C&EN, Jan 18, page 33 (1993); isopentenes, U.S. Patent 5,569,588; thiazolinones and m-buprofezinones, U.S. Patent 5,549,974; pyrrolidines, U.S. Patents 5,525,735 and 5,519,134; morpholine compounds, U.S. Patent 5,506,337; benzodiazepines 5,288,514, etc.).

用于制备组合库的仪器已在市场上销售(例如,参见357MPS,390MPS,Advanced Chem Tech,Louisville KY,Symphony,Rainin,Woburn,MA,433A Applied B iosystems,Foster City,CA,9050Plus,Millipore,Bedford,MA)。此外,许多组合库本身也已经进入市场(例如,参见ComGenex,Princeton,N.J.,Asinex,Moscow,Ru,Tripos,Inc.,St.Louis,MO,ChemStar,Ltd,Moscow,RU,3D Pharmaceuticals,Exton,PA,Martek Biosciences,Columbia,MD等)Instruments for preparing combinatorial libraries are commercially available (see, e.g., 357MPS, 390MPS, Advanced Chem Tech, Louisville KY, Symphony, Rainin, Woburn, MA, 433A Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA, 9050Plus, Millipore, Bedford , MA). In addition, many combinatorial libraries themselves have entered the market (see, for example, ComGenex, Princeton, N.J., Asinex, Moscow, Ru, Tripos, Inc., St. Louis, MO, ChemStar, Ltd, Moscow, RU, 3D Pharmaceuticals, Exton, PA, Martek Biosciences, Columbia, MD, etc.)

候选化合物可作为鉴定能够治疗紊乱的药物的策略的一部分,其中所述紊乱涉及由MALP-2通过toll样受体2/Scd1交互作用途径对巨噬细胞的诱导。与TLR2或Scd1结合的测试化合物被认为是候选化合物。Candidate compounds may be used as part of a strategy to identify drugs capable of treating disorders involving the induction of macrophages by MALP-2 through the toll-like receptor 2/Scd1 interaction pathway. Test compounds that bind to TLR2 or Scd1 are considered candidate compounds.

本发明中还包括了鉴定能与TLR2或Scd1结合,或能调节TLR2或Scd1蛋白或多肽或其生物活性部分的活性的候选或测试化合物的筛选测定。测试化合物的获取可采用本领域已知多种组合库方法中的任意一种,其包括但不限于:生物库;空间可寻址并行固相或液相库;要求重叠合法的合成库法;“一珠一化合物”库法;以及采用亲和层析选择的合成库法。生物库法可用于肽库等,而其它四种方法适用于肽,非肽低聚物或化合物的小化学分子库(Lam,Anticancer Drug Des.12:145,1997)。本领域中已有小分子库合成方法的示例,例如:De Witt等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.90:6909,1993;Erb等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 91:11422,1994;Zuckermann等人,J.Med.Chem.37:2678,1994;Cho等人,Science261:1303,1993;Carrell等人,Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.Engl.33:2059,1994;Carrell等人,Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.Engl.33:2061,1994;以及Gallop等人,J.Med.Chem.37:1233,1994。在一些实施例中,测试化合物为TLR2或Scd1的激活变体。Also included in the invention are screening assays to identify candidate or test compounds that bind to TLR2 or Scdl, or that modulate the activity of a TLR2 or Scdl protein or polypeptide, or a biologically active portion thereof. The test compound can be acquired by any one of various combinatorial library methods known in the art, including but not limited to: biological library; space-addressable parallel solid-phase or liquid-phase library; synthetic library method requiring overlapping legality; " one-bead-one-compound” libraries; and synthetic libraries using affinity chromatography selection. The biobank method can be used for peptide libraries etc., while the other four methods are suitable for small chemical molecule libraries of peptides, non-peptide oligomers or compounds (Lam, Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145, 1997). Examples of small molecule library synthesis methods exist in the art, for example: De Witt et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909, 1993; 11422, 1994; Zuckermann et al., J.Med.Chem.37:2678, 1994; Cho et al., Science 261:1303, 1993; Carrell et al., Angew.Chem.Int.Ed.Engl.33:2059, 1994; Carrell et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2061, 1994; and Gallop et al., J. Med. Chem. In some embodiments, the test compound is an activating variant of TLR2 or Scd1.

化合物库可存在于溶液中(例如Houghten,Bio/Techniques 13:412-421,1992),或是在珠上(Lam,Nature 354:82-84,1991),芯片上(Fodor,Nature 364:555-556,1993),细菌中(U.S.Pat.No.5,223,409),孢子中(U.S.Pat.Nos.5,571,698,5,403,484,以及5,223,409),质粒中(Cull等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 89:1865-1869,1992)或在噬菌体上(Scott等人,Science 249:386-390,1990;Devlin,Science 249:404-406,1990;Cwirla等人,Proc.NatlAcad.Sci.USA.S7:6378-6382,1990;以及Felici,J.Mol Biol.222:301-310,1991)。Compound libraries can exist in solution (e.g. Houghten, Bio/Techniques 13:412-421, 1992), or on beads (Lam, Nature 354:82-84, 1991), on a chip (Fodor, Nature 364:555 -556, 1993), in bacteria (U.S.Pat.No.5,223,409), in spores (U.S.Pat.Nos.5,571,698, 5,403,484, and 5,223,409), in plasmids (Cull et al., Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 89 : 1865-1869, 1992) or on phage (Scott et al., Science 249: 386-390, 1990; Devlin, Science 249: 404-406, 1990; Cwirla et al., Proc.NatlAcad.Sci.USA.S7: 6378-6382, 1990; and Felici, J. Mol Biol. 222:301-310, 1991).

测试化合物调节TLR2或Scd1或其生物活性部分的能力可进行测定,例如,可通过监测在测试化合物存在时形成TLR2/Scd1复合物的能力进行测定。对TLR2或Scd1或其生物活性部分活性的调节可通过测量MALP-2通过包含了toll样受体2/Scd1交互作用的途径对巨噬细胞的诱导进行测定。测试化合物调节toll样受体2或Scd1或其生物活性部分活性的能力也可以通过监测toll样受体2结合Scd1的能力进行检测。该结合测定可以基于细胞或在无细胞状态下进行。The ability of a test compound to modulate TLR2 or Scd1 or a biologically active portion thereof can be determined, for example, by monitoring the ability to form a TLR2/Scd1 complex in the presence of the test compound. Modulation of the activity of TLR2 or Scd1 or biologically active parts thereof can be determined by measuring the induction of macrophages by MALP-2 through a pathway involving toll-like receptor 2/Scd1 interaction. The ability of a test compound to modulate the activity of toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1 or a biologically active portion thereof can also be detected by monitoring the ability of toll-like receptor 2 to bind Scd1. The binding assay can be cell-based or performed in a cell-free state.

toll样受体2蛋白与Scd1结合或交互作用的能力可通过此处所述或本领域公知的测定直接结合的方法之一进行测定。在一个实施例中,toll样受体2蛋白与Scd1结合或交互作用的能力可通过监测MALP-2对巨噬细胞的诱导进行检测。MALP-2对巨噬细胞诱导的检测可包括对同时编码FLAG序列或荧光素酶等可检测标记的重组Scd1的表达的检测。该测定可附加于直接结合的测定。总体而言,该测定被用于检测测试化合物影响toll样受体2蛋白结合Scd1或toll样受体2激活Scd1蛋白或基因表达的能力。The ability of a toll-like receptor 2 protein to bind or interact with Scdl can be determined by one of the methods for measuring direct binding described herein or known in the art. In one embodiment, the ability of the toll-like receptor 2 protein to bind or interact with Scd1 can be detected by monitoring the induction of MALP-2 on macrophages. Detection of macrophage induction by MALP-2 may include detection of expression of recombinant Scd1 that simultaneously encodes a FLAG sequence or a detectable marker such as luciferase. This assay can be added to the direct binding assay. In general, the assay is used to detect the ability of a test compound to affect toll-like receptor 2 protein binding to Scdl or toll-like receptor 2 to activate Scdl protein or gene expression.

总体而言,测试化合物结合Scd1,通过toll样式受体2干扰信号转导,或是影响MALP-2诱导巨噬细胞的能力被用来与对照进行比较,其中对照中的结合或MALP-2对巨噬细胞的诱导均在无测试化合物的情况下测定。在一些情况下会采用预定参考值。该参考值可相对对照进行测定,其中一种与参考不同的测试样本将对化合物结合目标分子(例如toll样受体2)或调节表达(例如,调节,激活或抑制细胞中MALP-2所诱导的巨噬细胞,或者调节,激活或抑制响应革兰氏阳性细菌感染的巨噬细胞)进行指示。当用一个标准(例如,抗体对toll样受体2的亲和性,或对MALP-2诱导的Scd 1表达的调节)观察时,参考值同样能够反映结合或MALP-2诱导巨噬细胞的数量。在这一情况下,测试化合物与参考类似(例如,等于或少于)时将显示该化合物是一种候选化合物(例如,与toll样受体2结合的程度等于或大于参考抗体)。Overall, the ability of test compounds to bind Scd1, interfere with signal transduction through toll-like receptor 2, or affect MALP-2 induction of macrophages was compared to controls in which binding or MALP-2 Induction of macrophages was all measured in the absence of test compounds. In some cases predetermined reference values are used. The reference value can be determined relative to a control, wherein a test sample different from the reference will be responsive to the compound binding to the target molecule (e.g., toll-like receptor 2) or modulating expression (e.g., modulating, activating or inhibiting the induction of MALP-2 in cells). macrophages, or regulation, activation or inhibition of macrophages in response to Gram-positive bacterial infection) are indicated. When looking at a criterion (e.g., antibody affinity for toll-like receptor 2, or modulation of MALP-2-induced Scd 1 expression), reference values can also reflect binding or MALP-2-induced macrophage activity. quantity. In this case, a test compound that is similar to (eg, equal to or less than) the reference would indicate that the compound is a candidate compound (eg, binds toll-like receptor 2 to an equal or greater extent than the reference antibody).

本发明进一步涉及通过上述筛选测定鉴别得到的新型试剂及其在此处所述的治疗中的用途。The invention further relates to novel agents identified by the screening assays described above and their use in the treatments described herein.

在一个实施例中本发明提供了使用天然或重组的Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2蛋白,或表达Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2蛋白的细胞或组织所进行的可溶性测定。在另一实施例中,本发明提供了高通量形式的基于固相的体外测定,其中Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2蛋白或其配体通过共价或非共价作用连接至固相底物。此处所述的任一种测定均可用于高通量筛选。In one embodiment the invention provides a solubility assay using native or recombinant Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 protein, or cells or tissues expressing Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 protein. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a high-throughput format of a solid phase-based in vitro assay wherein the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 protein or its ligand is attached to the solid phase either covalently or non-covalently. substrate. Any of the assays described herein can be used for high throughput screening.

在本发明的高通量测定中,不管是可溶性还是固相测定,均有可能在一天内筛选数千种不同的调节剂或配体。本方法可被用于体外Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2蛋白,或用于包含Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2蛋白的基于细胞或基于膜的测定。特别地,微量滴定板上的每一个孔均可用于对所选潜在调节剂进行一次独立的测定,或在对浓度或培养时间作用进行观察时每5-10个孔可测试一个单独的调节剂。因此,一个单独的标准微量滴定板可以测定约100(例如96)个调节剂。如果采用一块1536孔板,则一块单独的板便可容易地测定约100至约1500个不同的化合物。一天内可进行多块板的测定;采用本发明的集成系统每天可以进行约6,000,20,000,50,000或超过100,000个不同化合物的测定筛选。In the high throughput assays of the present invention, whether soluble or solid phase assays, it is possible to screen thousands of different modulators or ligands in one day. The method can be used for the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 protein in vitro, or for cell-based or membrane-based assays comprising the Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 protein. In particular, each well of a microtiter plate can be used for an independent assay of selected potential modulators, or every 5-10 wells can be tested for an individual modulator when observing the effect of concentration or incubation time . Thus, about 100 (eg 96) modulators can be assayed in a single standard microtiter plate. If a 1536-well plate is used, about 100 to about 1500 different compounds can easily be assayed on a single plate. Multiple plate assays can be performed in one day; approximately 6,000, 20,000, 50,000 or more than 100,000 assay screens per day of different compounds can be performed using the integrated system of the present invention.

在固相反应中,目标蛋白或其片段(例如胞外区),或包含了作为融和蛋白一部分的目标蛋白或其片段的细胞或膜可直接或间接地通过共价或非共价连接(例如,通过标签)结合至固相组分。该标签可以是任意种类的组分。总体而言,先将一种可与标签结合的分子(标签结合剂)固定至固相支持物,然后将带标签的目标分子通过标签与标签结合剂的相互作用附着在固相支持物上。In a solid phase reaction, the target protein or its fragment (e.g. extracellular region), or cells or membranes containing the target protein or its fragment as part of the fusion protein can be directly or indirectly linked covalently or non-covalently (e.g. , via a label) bound to the solid-phase component. The tag can be any kind of component. Generally speaking, a molecule that can be combined with a tag (tag-binding agent) is first immobilized on a solid-phase support, and then a tagged target molecule is attached to the solid-phase support through the interaction between the tag and the tag-binding agent.

根据文献中对已知分子间反应的详细描述,有多种标签和标签结合剂可供使用。例如,当一种标签具有天然的结合剂(如生物素,蛋白A或蛋白G)时,它可被用于与适当的标签结合剂(抗生物素蛋白,链霉亲和素,中和亲和素,免疫球蛋白的Fc区等)进行结合。对带有自然结合剂(如生物素)的分子的抗体也广泛存在并且是适当的标签结合剂(参见SIGMA Immunochemicals 1998catalogueSIGMA,St.Louis MO)。A variety of tags and tag-binding agents are available, based on detailed descriptions of known intermolecular reactions in the literature. For example, when a tag has a natural binding agent (such as biotin, protein A or protein G), it can be used with the appropriate tag binding agent (avidin, streptavidin, neutralizing affinity Proteins, Fc regions of immunoglobulins, etc.) for binding. Antibodies to molecules with natural binders such as biotin also exist widely and are suitable tag binders (see SIGMA Immunochemicals 1998 catalog SIGMA, St. Louis MO).

类似的,任何半抗原或是抗原的化合物均可用于与适当的抗体结合形成标签/标签结合剂对。目前市场上已经有成千种特异性抗体,在文献中还描述了许多其它的抗体。例如,在一个常规构型中,标签为第一抗体而标签结合剂是识别第一抗体的第二抗体。除了抗体抗原反应外,受体配体反应也可作为适当的标签和标签结合剂对。例如,细胞膜受体的激动剂和拮抗剂(例如,细胞受体-配体反应如toll样受体,铁传递蛋白,c-kit,病毒受体配体,细胞因子受体,趋化因子受体,白介素受体,免疫球蛋白受体以及抗体,钙粘附素家族,整合素家族,选择素家族等等;例如,参见Pigott&Power,The Adhesion Molecule Facts Book I,1993。类似地,毒素和毒液,病毒表位,激素(如阿片类药物,类固醇等),胞内受体(例如可介导各类小配体作用的受体,包括类固醇,甲状腺激素,维甲酸以及维生素D;肽),药物,外源凝集素,糖,核酸(线性和环状聚合物构型),低聚糖,蛋白,磷酯以及抗体均可与各种细胞受体相互作用。)Similarly, any hapten or antigenic compound can be used for conjugation with an appropriate antibody to form a tag/tag-binding agent pair. There are thousands of specific antibodies already on the market and many others described in the literature. For example, in one conventional configuration, the tag is a primary antibody and the tag-binding agent is a secondary antibody that recognizes the primary antibody. In addition to antibody-antigen responses, receptor-ligand responses are also available as appropriate tag and tag-binding agent pairs. For example, agonists and antagonists of cell membrane receptors (e.g., cell receptor-ligand responses such as toll-like receptors, transferrin, c-kit, viral receptor ligands, cytokine receptors, chemokine receptors body, interleukin receptor, immunoglobulin receptor and antibody, cadherin family, integrin family, selectin family, etc.; see, for example, Pigott & Power, The Adhesion Molecule Facts Book I, 1993. Similarly, toxins and venoms , viral epitopes, hormones (such as opioids, steroids, etc.), intracellular receptors (such as receptors that mediate the action of various small ligands, including steroids, thyroid hormones, retinoic acid, and vitamin D; peptides), Drugs, lectins, sugars, nucleic acids (linear and cyclic polymer configurations), oligosaccharides, proteins, phospholipids, and antibodies all interact with a variety of cellular receptors.)

合成聚合物,如聚氨酯,聚酯,聚碳酸酯,聚脲,聚酰胺,聚乙烯亚胺,聚芳硫醚,聚硅醚,聚酰亚胺以及聚乙酸酯均能够形成适当的标签和标签结合剂。如本领域技术人员在阅读本披露的基础上所能理解,许多其它的标签/标签结合剂对也可用于此处所述的测定系统。Synthetic polymers such as polyurethanes, polyesters, polycarbonates, polyureas, polyamides, polyethyleneimines, polyarylene sulfides, polysiloxanes, polyimides and polyacetates are capable of forming suitable labels and Label binder. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art upon reading this disclosure, many other tag/tag-binding agent pairs can also be used in the assay systems described herein.

常见的接头如肽,聚醚等也可用作标签,其中还包括多肽序列,如约5至200氨基酸之间的聚甘氨酸序列。该种柔性接头已为本领域技术人员所公知。例如,聚乙二醇接头可从Shearwater Polymers,Inc.Huntsville,Alabama获得。这些接头可选择具有酰胺键,巯基键和杂官能键。Common linkers such as peptides, polyethers, etc. can also be used as tags, which also include polypeptide sequences, such as polyglycine sequences between about 5 and 200 amino acids. Such flexible joints are known to those skilled in the art. For example, polyethylene glycol linkers are available from Shearwater Polymers, Inc. Huntsville, Alabama. These linkers can optionally have amide linkages, sulfhydryl linkages and heterofunctional linkages.

标签结合剂可通过各种现有方法中的任意一种固定至固相底物。固相底物通常可通过将全部或部分底物暴露至一种化学试剂进行衍生化或功能化,其中该试剂将能够与标签结合剂中一部分产生反应的化学基团固定至表面。例如,适于连接更长链部分的基团包括胺,羟基,硫醇以及羧基基团。氨基烷基硅烷和羟基烷基硅烷可被用于对多种表面(如玻璃表面)进行功能化。该种固相生物聚合物阵列的构建已在文献中得到具体描述。例如,参见Merrifield,J.Am.Chem.Soc.85:2149-2154,1963(描述肽等固相合成);Geysen等人,J.Immun.Meth.102:259-274,1987(描述在针上的固相成分合成);Frank&Doring,Tetrahedron 44:6031-6040,1988(描述在纤维素板上各种肽序列的合成);Fodor等人,Science 251:767-777,1991;Sheldon等人,Clinical Chemistry 39:718-719,1993;以及Kozal等人,Nature Medicine 2:753-759,1996(均描述固定至固相底物的生物聚合物的阵列)。将标签结合剂固定至底物的非化学方法包括其它常用的方法,如加热,通过UV辐射交联等。Tag-binding agents can be immobilized to a solid substrate by any of a variety of known methods. Solid phase substrates can typically be derivatized or functionalized by exposing all or a portion of the substrate to a chemical reagent that immobilizes to the surface a chemical group capable of reacting with a portion of the tag-binding agent. For example, groups suitable for attachment of longer chain moieties include amine, hydroxyl, thiol and carboxyl groups. Aminoalkylsilanes and hydroxyalkylsilanes can be used to functionalize a variety of surfaces, such as glass surfaces. The construction of such solid-phase biopolymer arrays has been described in detail in the literature. See, for example, Merrifield, J.Am.Chem.Soc.85:2149-2154, 1963 (describing solid-phase synthesis of peptides, etc.); Geysen et al., J.Immun.Meth.102:259-274, 1987 (described in Solid-phase component synthesis on cellulose plates); Frank & Doring, Tetrahedron 44:6031-6040, 1988 (describing the synthesis of various peptide sequences on cellulose plates); Fodor et al., Science 251:767-777, 1991; Sheldon et al., Clinical Chemistry 39:718-719, 1993; and Kozal et al., Nature Medicine 2:753-759, 1996 (both describe arrays of biopolymers immobilized to solid substrates). Non-chemical methods of immobilizing tag-binding agents to substrates include other commonly used methods such as heating, cross-linking by UV radiation, and the like.

作为SCD1和TOLL样受体2调节剂的双特异性化合物Bispecific compounds as modulators of SCD1 and TOLL-like receptor 2

一方面,本发明提供了一种鉴定候选物或测试双特异性化合物的方法,通过该方法可降低一种物质在非人类动物体内的血清和/或循环中的浓度。采用该快速方法选择或优化的化合物可被用于治疗能通过给服该种化合物受益的对象,例如人类对象。In one aspect, the invention provides a method of identifying a candidate or testing a bispecific compound by which the serum and/or circulating concentration of a substance in a non-human animal can be reduced. Compounds selected or optimized using this rapid method can be used to treat subjects, such as human subjects, who would benefit from administration of such compounds.

可在本发明中该方法的实施例中进行测试的候选化合物为双特异性化合物。如此处所用,术语“双特异性化合物”包括了具有两种不同的结合特异性的化合物。示例性的双特异性化合物包括,双特异性抗体,杂聚物以及基于抗原的杂聚物。Candidate compounds that can be tested in embodiments of this method of the invention are bispecific compounds. As used herein, the term "bispecific compound" includes compounds that have two different binding specificities. Exemplary bispecific compounds include bispecific antibodies, heteropolymers, and antigen-based heteropolymers.

可在本发明的实施例中进行测试的双特异性分子优选包含对Scd1(优选人Scd1)具有特异性的结合部分,交联至对目标物质(例如一种独特的抗体或抗原)具有特异性的第二结合部分。对toll样受体2具有特异性的结合部分的示例包括,但不限于,toll样受体2配体,如MALP-2或者在更优选的实施例中为针对toll样受体2的抗体。Bispecific molecules that can be tested in embodiments of the invention preferably comprise a binding moiety specific for Scd1, preferably human Scd1, cross-linked to a target substance (e.g. a unique antibody or antigen) the second binding part. Examples of binding moieties specific for toll-like receptor 2 include, but are not limited to, toll-like receptor 2 ligands, such as MALP-2 or in more preferred embodiments, antibodies against toll-like receptor 2.

在另一实施例中,新型toll样受体2结合分子可根据其结合toll样受体2的能力进行鉴定。例如,化合物或小化学分子库可通过无细胞结合测定进行测试。任意数量的测试化合物,如肽类似物,小化学分子或其它药物可被用于测试,并可通过本领域公知的组合库方法中众多方法中的任意一种获取,其包括:生物库;空间可寻址并行固相或液相库;要求重叠合法的合成库法;“一珠一化合物”库法;以及采用亲和层析选择的合成库法。生物库法局限于肽库,而其它四种方法适用于肽,非肽低聚物或化合物的小化学分子库(Lam,Anticancer Drug Des.12:145,1997)。In another example, novel toll-like receptor 2 binding molecules can be identified based on their ability to bind toll-like receptor 2. For example, libraries of compounds or small chemical molecules can be tested by cell-free binding assays. Any number of test compounds, such as peptide analogs, small chemical molecules or other drugs, can be tested and can be obtained by any of a number of combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biobanking; spatial Addressable parallel solid-phase or liquid-phase libraries; synthetic libraries requiring overlap legality; "one-bead-one-compound" libraries; and synthetic libraries using affinity chromatography selection. Biolibrary methods are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four methods are applicable to small chemical molecule libraries of peptides, non-peptide oligomers, or compounds (Lam, Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145, 1997).

在许多对调节剂和天然提取物库进行测试的药物筛选程序中均要求使用高通量测定,从而使给定时间范围内所考察的调节剂数量达到最大化。在无细胞系统中进行的测定(如通过纯化或半纯化蛋白)常被选为“初级”筛选,通过该筛选可对由测试调节剂介导的目标分子的改造进行快速开发和相对简便的检测。此外,测试调节剂在体外系统中的细胞毒性和/或生物利用度的作用通常可被忽略,从而使测定可以主要聚焦于药物对分子目标的作用,如上游或下游元件对结合亲和性的改造所显示。High-throughput assays are required in many drug screening programs testing libraries of modulators and natural extracts to maximize the number of modulators examined within a given time frame. Assays performed in cell-free systems (e.g., by purified or semi-purified proteins) are often chosen as "primary" screens that allow rapid development and relatively easy detection of modification of target molecules mediated by test modulators . In addition, the effects of test modulators on cytotoxicity and/or bioavailability in in vitro systems can often be ignored, allowing assays to focus primarily on the effect of the drug on the molecular target, such as upstream or downstream elements on binding affinity. Remodel as shown.

在另一实施例中,本领域公知的噬菌体展示技术可被用于鉴定新型TLR2或Scd1结合分子。In another example, phage display techniques known in the art can be used to identify novel TLR2 or Scd1 binding molecules.

在一个实施例中,本发明提供了筛选能够结合TLR2或Scd1或其生物活性部分的候选物或测试化合物的测定。In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds capable of binding TLR2 or Scd1 or biologically active portions thereof.

可鉴定能够结合TLR2或Scd1的分子的基于细胞的测定可被用于鉴定用于本发明中双特异性化合物的其它试剂。例如,表达TLR2或Scd1的细胞可在筛选测定中采用。例如,可以鉴定能够对TLR2或Scd1的结合产生统计性显著差异的化合物。Cell-based assays that can identify molecules capable of binding TLR2 or Scdl can be used to identify other agents useful in the bispecific compounds of the invention. For example, cells expressing TLR2 or Scd1 can be employed in screening assays. For example, compounds capable of producing a statistically significant difference in binding of TLR2 or Scd1 can be identified.

在一个实施例中,该测定是一种无细胞测定,其中toll样受体2结合分子的鉴定基于其在体外结合TLR2或Scd1蛋白的能力。该TLR2或Scd1蛋白结合分子可被提供,且该蛋白对TLR2或Scd1蛋白的结合能力可采用本领域认可的测定直接结合的方法进行测试。该蛋白对目标分子的结合能力的检测可通过实时生物分子相互作用分析(BIA)等技术实现。Sjolander等人,Anal.Chem.63:2338-2345,1991,以及Szabo等人,Curr.Opin.Struct.Biol.5:699-705,1995。此处所述的“BIA”是一种无需标记任何相互作用物,实时研究生物特异性相互作用的技术(如BIAcore)。表面等离子共振(SPR)中光学现象的变化可用作生物分子间实时反应的指示。In one embodiment, the assay is a cell-free assay wherein the toll-like receptor 2 binding molecule is identified based on its ability to bind TLR2 or Scd1 protein in vitro. The TLR2 or Scd1 protein binding molecule can be provided, and the ability of the protein to bind to the TLR2 or Scd1 protein can be tested using art-recognized methods for assaying direct binding. The detection of the binding ability of the protein to the target molecule can be realized by techniques such as real-time biomolecular interaction analysis (BIA). Sjolander et al., Anal. Chem. 63: 2338-2345, 1991, and Szabo et al., Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5: 699-705, 1995. "BIA" as described here is a technique (such as BIAcore) for studying biologically specific interactions in real time without labeling any interactants. Changes in optical phenomena in surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as indicators of real-time reactions between biomolecules.

本发明中的无细胞测定可适于使用可溶和/或膜结合型蛋白。在使用膜结合型蛋白进行无细胞测定的情况下,需要采用助溶剂使该膜结合型蛋白保持在溶液中。该类助溶剂的示例包括非离子型洗涤剂如正辛基葡萄糖苷,正十二烷基葡萄糖苷,辛酰基-N-甲基葡糖胺,癸酰基-N-甲基葡糖胺,

Figure A20068002659300481
X-100,
Figure A20068002659300482
X-114,
Figure A20068002659300483
,异十三烷基聚乙二醇醚,3-[3-(胆酰氨丙基)二甲铵基]丙磺酸内盐(CHAPS),3-[3-(胆酰氨丙基)二甲铵基]-2羟基-丙磺酸内盐(CHAPSO)或N-十二烷基=N,N-二甲基-3-铵基-丙磺酸内盐。Cell-free assays in the present invention may be adapted to use soluble and/or membrane-bound proteins. In the case of cell-free assays using membrane-bound proteins, co-solvents are required to keep the membrane-bound proteins in solution. Examples of such co-solvents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octyl glucoside, n-dodecyl glucoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamine, capryl-N-methylglucosamine,
Figure A20068002659300481
X-100,
Figure A20068002659300482
X-114,
Figure A20068002659300483
, Isotridecyl polyethylene glycol ether, 3-[3-(cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]propanesulfonic acid inner salt (CHAPS), 3-[3-(cholamidopropyl) Dimethylammonio]-2hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid inner salt (CHAPSO) or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-propanesulfonic acid inner salt.

可检测蛋白-蛋白相互作用的适当测定已为本领域所公知(如免疫沉淀反应,双杂交测定等)。在测试化合物存在或缺失的情况下进行的该测试可用于鉴定能够调节(例如,抑制或增强)本发明的蛋白与目标分子相互作用的化合物。Suitable assays that detect protein-protein interactions are known in the art (eg, immunoprecipitation, two-hybrid assays, etc.). This test, performed in the presence or absence of a test compound, can be used to identify compounds capable of modulating (eg, inhibiting or enhancing) the interaction of a protein of the invention with a molecule of interest.

该蛋白与目标分子结合或相互作用的能力的检测可通过直接结合等方法实现。在直接结合测定中,将该蛋白与放射性同位素或酶标记偶联,从而可通过测定复合物中的标记蛋白检测该蛋白与目标分子的结合。例如,蛋白可直接或间接地采用1251,35S,14C或3H进行标记,然后可通过直接辐射计数或闪烁计数检测放射性同位素。此外,还可以采用酶标记来标记分子,例如,辣根过氧化酶,碱性磷酸酶,或荧光素酶,然后可通过测定适当底物向产物的转化来检测酶标记。The detection of the ability of the protein to bind or interact with the target molecule can be achieved by methods such as direct binding. In direct binding assays, the protein is coupled to a radioactive isotope or enzymatic label so that binding of the protein to the target molecule can be detected by detecting the labeled protein in the complex. For example, proteins can be directly or indirectly labeled with 125 1, 35 S, 14 C or 3 H, and the radioisotope can be detected by direct radiation counting or scintillation counting. Alternatively, the molecule can be labeled with an enzymatic label, eg, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, which can then be detected by measuring the conversion of the appropriate substrate to product.

通常需要将本发明的蛋白或其结合蛋白固定化以帮助复合物从一种或全部两种蛋白的未复合形式进行分离,并适应自动化测定。在候选试剂存在或缺失的情况下与上游或下游结合元件的结合可在任何适于容纳反应物的容器内完成。其示例包括微量滴定板,试管以及微量离心管。在一个实施例中提供了一种补充了可使蛋白与基质结合的区域的融和蛋白。例如,谷胱甘肽s-转移酶/TLR2(GST/TLR2)融合蛋白可被谷胱甘肽琼脂糖珠(Sigma Chemical,St.Louis,Mo.)或谷胱甘肽微量滴定板所吸附,然后将后者之一与细胞溶解物(例如35S标记)和测试调节剂合并,将混合物在有利于复合物形成的条件下进行培养(例如在生理盐度和pH下,也可采用较为苛刻的条件)。在培养后,洗涤珠子去除未结合标记,固定化基质并直接检测放射性标记(例如将珠子置于闪烁体中),或当复合物后续解离后在上清液中检测。此外,可将复合物从基质中解离,并用SDS-PAGE分离,然后使用标准电泳技术从凝胶中测定珠子部分TLR2结合蛋白的水平。Often it is desirable to immobilize the protein of the invention or its binding protein to facilitate the separation of the complex from the uncomplexed form of one or both proteins and to accommodate automated assays. Binding to upstream or downstream binding elements, in the presence or absence of a candidate reagent, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes. In one embodiment a fusion protein is provided that is supplemented with a region that allows the protein to bind to a matrix. For example, glutathione s-transferase/TLR2 (GST/TLR2) fusion proteins can be adsorbed to glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione microtiter plates, One of the latter is then combined with cell lysates (e.g. 35 S markers) and test modulators, and the mixture is incubated under conditions favorable for complex formation (e.g. at physiological salinity and pH, harsher conditions may also be used). conditions of). After incubation, the beads are washed to remove unbound label, the matrix is immobilized and the radioactive label is detected directly (eg, by placing the beads in scintillant), or in the supernatant after subsequent dissociation of the complexes. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix and separated by SDS-PAGE, and the levels of TLR2-bound protein in the bead fraction determined from the gel using standard electrophoretic techniques.

其它在基质上固定蛋白的技术也可用于该对象测定。例如,可采用本领域熟知的技术(例如生物素化试剂盒,Pierce Chemicals,Rockford,H1.)由生物素-NHS(N-羟基-琥珀酰亚胺)制备生物素化分子,然后固定在链霉亲和素涂布的96孔板的孔上(PierceChemical)。Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on substrates can also be used for this subject assay. For example, biotinylated molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Hi.), and then immobilized on chains. Wells of mycoavidin-coated 96-well plates (Pierce Chemical).

在不对任一相互作用物进行标记的情况下对化合物调节TLR2和Scd1之间相互作用的能力的测定同样在本发明的范围之内。例如,可采用微生理计在不标记本发明蛋白或目标分子的情况下检测两者之间的相互作用。McConnell等人,Science 257:1906-1912,1992.如此处所述,“微生理计”(例如细胞传感仪)是一种使用光寻址电位传感器(LAPS)检测细胞酸化其环境时的比率的分析仪器。酸化率的变化可以作为化合物和受体之间相互作用的指示。It is also within the scope of the present invention to determine the ability of a compound to modulate the interaction between TLR2 and Scd1 without labeling either interactor. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction between the protein of the present invention or the target molecule without labeling the two. McConnell et al., Science 257:1906-1912, 1992. As described therein, a "microphysiometer" (e.g., a cell sensor) is a system that uses light-addressable potentiometric sensors (LAPS) to detect the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment. analytical instruments. Changes in the acidification rate can be an indicator of the interaction between the compound and the receptor.

本发明中可被测试的基于抗原的杂聚物优先包括对TLR2或Scd1(优选人TLR2或Scd1)具有特异性的结合部分,并交联至可被自体抗体识别的抗原。可被自体抗体识别的抗原的示例包括,但不限于,以下的任一一种:VIII因子(通过替换重组VIII因子治疗血友病的有关抗体);肌肉乙酰胆碱受体(与疾病重症肌无力相关的抗体);双磷脂酰甘油(与疾病狼疮相关);血小板相关蛋白(与疾病特发性血小板减少性紫癜相关);与干燥综合症相关的复合抗原;组织移植自身免疫反应涉及的抗原;心肌中发现的抗原(与疾病自身免疫性心肌炎相关);与免疫复合物介导的肾病相关的抗原;dsDNA和ssDNA抗原(与狼疮性肾炎相关);桥粒糖蛋白和桥粒斑蛋白(与天疱疮和类天疱疮相关);或任何其它明确表征的与疾病发病机理相关的抗原。Antigen-based heteropolymers that can be tested in the present invention preferably comprise a binding moiety specific for TLR2 or Scd1, preferably human TLR2 or Scd1, cross-linked to an antigen recognized by autoantibodies. Examples of antigens that can be recognized by autoantibodies include, but are not limited to, any of the following: Factor VIII (antibodies related to the treatment of hemophilia by replacing recombinant Factor VIII); muscle acetylcholine receptors (associated with the disease myasthenia gravis Antibodies against Sjogren's syndrome); Diphosphatidylglycerol (associated with the disease lupus); platelet-associated protein (associated with the disease idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura); complex antigens associated with Sjögren's syndrome; antigens involved in the autoimmune response to tissue transplantation; myocardial antigens found in the disease autoimmune myocarditis; antigens associated with immune complex-mediated nephropathy; dsDNA and ssDNA antigens (associated with lupus nephritis); herpes and pemphigoid); or any other well-characterized antigen associated with disease pathogenesis.

在本发明中进行测试的示例性杂聚物以及基于抗原的杂聚物及其制备方法已为本领域公知。例如,示例性杂聚物可参考WO0300797Ial;U.S.20020103343A1;U.S.Pat.No.5,879,679;U.S.Pat.No.5,487,890;U.S.Pat.No.5,470,570;WO 9522977A1;WO/02075275A3,WO/0246208A2或A3,WO/0180883A1,WO/0145669A1,WO 9205801A1,Lindorfer等人,J.Immunol.Methods.248:125,2001;Hahn等人,J.Immnol.166:1057,2001;Nardin等人,J.Immunol.Methods.211:21,1998;Kuhn等人,J.Immunol.160:5088,1998;Taylor等人,Cancer Immunol Immunother.45:152,1997;Taylor等人,J.Immunol.159:4035,1997;以及Taylor等人,J.Immunol.148:2462,1992。此外,还可制备这些杂聚物的变体。例如,在一个实施例中可采用以不同连接化学物质制备的双特异性分子形式。可被用于交联双特异性分子成分的示例性试剂包括:聚乙二醇,SATA,SMCC以及其它本领域已知的,可从PierceBiotechnology等获取的试剂。可被测试的双特异性分子的示例形式可见2006年9月16日提交的U.S.Ser.No.60/411,731,其内容在此作为参考引用。Exemplary heteropolymers tested in the present invention as well as antigen-based heteropolymers and methods for their preparation are known in the art. For example, exemplary heteropolymers can be referred to WO0300797Ial; U.S.20020103343A1; U.S.Pat.No.5,879,679; U.S.Pat.No.5,487,890; U.S.Pat.No.5,470,570; 0180883A1, WO/0145669A1, WO 9205801A1, Lindorfer et al., J.Immunol.Methods.248:125, 2001; Hahn et al., J.Immnol.166:1057, 2001; Nardin et al., J.Immunol.Methods.211 : 21, 1998; Kuhn et al., J. Immunol. 160: 5088, 1998; Taylor et al., Cancer Immunol Immunother. 45: 152, 1997; Taylor et al., J. Immunol. 159: 4035, 1997; and Taylor et al. People, J. Immunol. 148:2462, 1992. In addition, variants of these heteropolymers can also be prepared. For example, bispecific molecular formats prepared with different linker chemistries may be used in one embodiment. Exemplary reagents that can be used to cross-link bispecific molecular components include polyethylene glycol, SATA, SMCC, and others known in the art and available from Pierce Biotechnology, among others. Exemplary formats of bispecific molecules that can be tested can be found in U.S. Ser. No. 60/411,731, filed September 16, 2006, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

在另一实施例中可制备双特异性分子的不同多聚体形似(例如,二聚物,三聚物,四聚物,五聚物,或更高的多聚物形式)。在另一实施例中可对双特异性分子的纯化形式进行测试,例如可见2002年5月13日提交的U.S.Ser.No.60/380,211,其内容在此作为参考引用。In another example, different multimeric forms of bispecific molecules can be prepared (eg, dimers, trimers, tetramers, pentamers, or higher multimeric forms). In another example, purified forms of bispecific molecules can be tested, as seen, for example, in U.S. Ser. No. 60/380,211, filed May 13, 2002, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

在另一实施例中,当杂聚物的结合部分之一为抗体时,可采用抗体的各种同型(例如IgA,IgD,IgE,IgGl,IgG2(例如IgG2a),IgG3,IgG4,或IgM)。在另一实施例中,抗体分子中的一部分(例如Fab片段)可被用作结合部分之一。在一个优选实施例中,至少一个结合部分是包含Fc结构域的抗体。在一个实施例中,该抗体为小鼠抗体。In another example, when one of the binding moieties of the heteropolymer is an antibody, the various isotypes of the antibody (e.g., IgA, IgD, IgE, IgGl, IgG2 (e.g., IgG2a ), IgG3 , IgG 4 , or IgM). In another example, a portion of an antibody molecule (eg, a Fab fragment) can be used as one of the binding moieties. In a preferred embodiment at least one binding moiety is an antibody comprising an Fc domain. In one embodiment, the antibody is a mouse antibody.

在另一实施例中可对抗体修饰的作用进行测试,例如可对抗体的去免疫作用(如2003年3月28日提交的U.S.Ser.No.60/458,869)进行测试。In another example, the effect of antibody modification can be tested, for example, the antibody can be tested for deimmunization (eg, U.S. Ser. No. 60/458,869 filed March 28, 2003).

在本发明所提供的方法中,在非人类动物的血清,循环和/或组织中的物质(例如病原体)可至少减少约20%,约30%,约40%,约50%,约60%,约70%,约80%,约90%,或约100%。In the methods provided by the present invention, substances (such as pathogens) in the serum, circulation and/or tissues of non-human animals can be reduced by at least about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60% , about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or about 100%.

在另一实施例中,在对象的血清,循环和/或组织中的物质浓度可间接检测。例如,可对血清和/或循环中该制剂的存在引起的病理进行检测,如对动物的组织样本进行检测。另一种对非人类动物的血清,循环和/或组织中的物质浓度的间接检测为对该制剂在非人类动物中引起感染的能力的检测。例如,可以检测该双特异性化合物对临床表现和感染症状的作用。也可对该双特异性化合物抑制感染扩散(例如,从一个器官系统扩散至另一个器官系统,或从一个个体扩散至另一个个体)的作用进行测试。In another embodiment, the concentration of the substance in the serum, circulation and/or tissues of the subject can be detected indirectly. For example, pathology due to the presence of the agent in serum and/or circulation can be tested, eg, on a tissue sample from an animal. Another indirect measure of the concentration of the substance in the serum, circulation and/or tissue of the non-human animal is the ability of the agent to cause an infection in the non-human animal. For example, the effect of the bispecific compound on clinical manifestations and symptoms of infection can be tested. The effect of the bispecific compound on inhibiting the spread of infection (eg, from one organ system to another, or from one individual to another) can also be tested.

在另一个实施例中检测了双特异性化合物在非人类动物中结合带有TLR2或Scd1的细胞的能力。例如,在一个实施例中,该双特异性化合物对TLR2或Scd1目标分子的结合能力的检测可通过实时生物分子相互作用分析(BIA)等技术实现(Sjolander等人,Anal.Chem.63:2338-2345,1991以及Szabo等人,Curr.Opin.Struct.Biol.5:699-705,1995)。此处所述的“BIA”是一种无需标记任何相互作用物,实时研究生物特异性相互作用的技术(如BIAcore)。表面等离子共振(SPR)中光学现象的变化可用作生物分子间实时反应的指示。In another example, bispecific compounds are tested for their ability to bind TLR2 or Scd1 bearing cells in non-human animals. For example, in one embodiment, detection of the binding ability of the bispecific compound to TLR2 or Scd1 target molecules can be achieved by techniques such as real-time biomolecular interaction analysis (BIA) (Sjolander et al., Anal. Chem. 63: 2338 -2345, 1991 and Szabo et al., Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:699-705, 1995). "BIA" as described here is a technique (such as BIAcore) for studying biologically specific interactions in real time without labeling any interactants. Changes in optical phenomena in surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as indicators of real-time reactions between biomolecules.

在另一实施例中检测了非人类动物中细胞对该制剂的破坏(例如被巨噬细胞灭活)。In another example, destruction of the formulation by cells in a non-human animal (eg, inactivation by macrophages) is tested.

对能够减少非人类动物的血清,和/或循环中该制剂浓度(与未接受双特异性化合物的非人类动物体内所观察到的浓度比较)的化合物可以进行选择。Compounds can be selected for the ability to reduce the serum, and/or circulating concentration of the agent in the non-human animal as compared to the concentration observed in the non-human animal not receiving the bispecific compound.

在对象测定中所测试的化合物可以选自受试的众多化合物。在另一实施例中,在快速测定中测试的双特异性化合物可能已经被鉴别为能够结合TLR2或Scd1(例如在体外测定中)并可通过快速测定进一步评估或优化。此时,一种双特异性化合物降低血清和/或循环中一种物质浓度的能力可与另一种双特异性化合物或同一化合物的非优化形式进行比较以测定其在血清和/或循环中降低该制剂浓度的能力。The compounds tested in the subject assays can be selected from a wide variety of compounds tested. In another example, a bispecific compound tested in a rapid assay may have already been identified as capable of binding TLR2 or Scd1 (eg, in an in vitro assay) and may be further evaluated or optimized by the rapid assay. At this point, the ability of a bispecific compound to reduce the concentration of a substance in serum and/or circulation can be compared to another bispecific compound or a non-optimized version of the same compound to determine its effect in serum and/or circulation The ability to reduce the concentration of the formulation.

在一个优选的实施例中,本发明的双特异性化合物可在约1μg化合物/kg体重至约100μg化合物/kg体重范围内施用。如此处定义,双特异性化合物治疗有效量(即有效剂量)的范围为约0.01至5000μg/kg体重,优选约0.1至500μg/kg体重,更优选约2至80μg/kg体重,更优选约5至70μg/kg体重,10至60μg/kg体重,20至50μg/kg体重,24至41μg/kg体重,25至40μg/kg体重,26至39μg/kg体重,27至38μg/kg体重,28至37μg/kg体重,29至36μg/kg体重,30至35μg/kg体重,31至34μg/kg体重,或32至33μg/kg体重。技术人员可以理解某些因子可以影响有效治疗一种对象所需的剂量,其包括但不限于疾病或紊乱的严重性,在先的治疗,对象的总体健康和/或年龄以及存在的其它疾病。此外,采用治疗有效量的蛋白,多肽或抗体对对象的治疗可以包括单次治疗,也可包括优选的多次治疗。In a preferred embodiment, the bispecific compound of the invention may be administered in the range of about 1 μg compound/kg body weight to about 100 μg compound/kg body weight. As defined herein, the therapeutically effective amount (i.e. effective dose) of the bispecific compound is in the range of about 0.01 to 5000 μg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.1 to 500 μg/kg body weight, more preferably about 2 to 80 μg/kg body weight, more preferably about 5 to 70 μg/kg body weight, 10 to 60 μg/kg body weight, 20 to 50 μg/kg body weight, 24 to 41 μg/kg body weight, 25 to 40 μg/kg body weight, 26 to 39 μg/kg body weight, 27 to 38 μg/kg body weight, 28 to 37 μg/kg body weight, 29 to 36 μg/kg body weight, 30 to 35 μg/kg body weight, 31 to 34 μg/kg body weight, or 32 to 33 μg/kg body weight. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors can affect dosages required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the subject's general health and/or age and the presence of other diseases. In addition, the treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide or antibody may include a single treatment, or preferably multiple treatments.

在一个优选的实施例中,在静脉(iv)注射一种物质后以约1至500μg/kg体重范围内的双特异性化合物对该动物进行处理。应当理解用于治疗的双特异性化合物的有效剂量可以在特定处理后上升或下降。如此处所述的诊断测定的结果可能会明显引起剂量的改变。In a preferred embodiment, the animal is treated with the bispecific compound in the range of about 1 to 500 [mu]g/kg body weight following intravenous (iv) injection of a substance. It is understood that the effective dose of the bispecific compound used in therapy may be raised or lowered following a particular treatment. Modifications in dosage may be evident as a result of diagnostic assays as described herein.

测试化合物和/或物质的施用途径可以选择由静脉(iv)注射至动物的循环中。其它的施用途径包括,但不限于,局部,胃肠外,皮下或吸入施用。术语“胃肠外”包括通过皮下,静脉或肌肉等途径注射,还包括局部施用,例如在疾病或受伤处。通过植入物持续释放化合物的方法也已为本领域公知。相关领域的技术人员可以认识到合适的剂量会由于待治疗的紊乱的性质,患者的体重,年龄以及总体情况以及施用的途径等因素而发生变化。初步剂量可参照动物试验确定,人用剂量的调整可参照被本领域接受的实践来进行。The route of administration of test compounds and/or substances can be chosen from intravenous (iv) injection into the animal's circulation. Other routes of administration include, but are not limited to, topical, parenteral, subcutaneous or inhalation administration. The term "parenteral" includes injection by subcutaneous, intravenous or intramuscular routes, as well as topical administration, eg, at the site of disease or injury. Methods for sustained release of compounds from implants are also known in the art. Those skilled in the relevant art will recognize that appropriate dosages will vary depending on factors such as the nature of the disorder being treated, the weight, age and general condition of the patient and the route of administration. The preliminary dose can be determined with reference to animal experiments, and the adjustment of the human dose can be performed with reference to practices accepted in the art.

候选化合物和物质可在一定剂量范围下对动物施用。当该制剂也向动物施用时,候选化合物的施用可在该制剂施用之前,同时或之后。Candidate compounds and substances can be administered to animals at a range of dosages. When the formulation is also administered to the animal, the administration of the candidate compound can be before, concurrently with or after administration of the formulation.

本发明中表达TLR2或Scd1的转基因动物(如小鼠)可用于筛选或评估能够处理与对象的血清和/循环中有害物质(例如自体抗体,感染病原或毒素)的出现有关的人类失调或疾病的候选化合物。Transgenic animals (such as mice) expressing TLR2 or Scd1 in the present invention can be used for screening or evaluating the ability to deal with human disorders or diseases related to the appearance of harmful substances (such as autoantibodies, infectious pathogens or toxins) in the subject's serum and/or circulation candidate compounds.

能够被本发明的双特异性化合物结合的示例性目标物质包括血源物质,其包括但不限于以下的任意一种:病毒,病毒颗粒,毒素,细菌,多聚核苷酸,抗体(如与自体免疫失调有关的自体抗体)。在一个实施例中,示例性靶病毒物质包括但不限于以下任意一种:巨细胞病毒,流感,新城疫病毒,水疱性口炎病毒,狂犬病病毒,单纯疱疹病毒,肝炎,腺病毒-2,牛病毒性腹泻病毒,人免疫缺陷病毒(HIV),登革热病毒,马儿堡病毒,Epstein-Barr病毒。Exemplary target substances capable of being bound by the bispecific compounds of the invention include blood-derived substances including, but not limited to, any of the following: viruses, viral particles, toxins, bacteria, polynucleotides, antibodies (such as with autoantibodies associated with autoimmune disorders). In one embodiment, exemplary target viral agents include, but are not limited to, any of the following: cytomegalovirus, influenza, Newcastle disease virus, vesicular stomatitis virus, rabies virus, herpes simplex virus, hepatitis, adenovirus-2, Bovine viral diarrhea virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), dengue virus, Marburg virus, Epstein-Barr virus.

示例性革兰氏阳性细菌靶标包括化脓链球菌感染,金黄色葡萄球菌,结核分支杆菌,肺炎链球菌或是枯草杆菌。上述任意一种方法和组合物均可用于治疗皮肤感染,社区获得性肺炎,上和下呼吸道感染,皮肤和软组织感染,医院获得性肺部感染,骨与关节感染,呼吸道感染,急性细菌性中耳炎,细菌性肺炎,尿道感染,并发感染,非并发型感染,肾盂肾炎,腹腔内感染,深度脓肿,细菌性脓血症,中枢神经系统感染,菌血症,伤口感染,腹膜炎,脑膜炎,烧伤后感染,泌尿生殖器道感染,胃肠道感染,盆腔炎性疾病,心内膜炎以及其它血管内感染。这些待处理的感染可能由革兰氏阳性细菌引起。这些引起感染的细菌包括但不限于,金黄色葡萄球菌,表皮葡萄球菌,粪肠球菌,屎肠球菌,梭状芽孢杆菌,难辨梭菌,化脓链球菌,肺炎链球菌,其它链球菌属,以及其它梭菌。更具体的说,该感染可能是由一种革兰氏阳性球菌,或由一种耐药革兰氏阳性球菌所引起。示例性的革兰氏阳性球菌包括但不限于,金黄色葡萄球菌,表皮葡萄球菌,肺炎链球菌,产脓链球菌,卡他莫拉杆菌,难辨梭菌,幽门螺杆菌,衣原体以及肠球菌。Exemplary Gram-positive bacterial targets include S. pyogenes infection, S. aureus, M. tuberculosis, S. pneumoniae or Bacillus subtilis. Any of the above methods and compositions can be used for the treatment of skin infection, community acquired pneumonia, upper and lower respiratory tract infection, skin and soft tissue infection, hospital acquired lung infection, bone and joint infection, respiratory tract infection, acute bacterial otitis media , bacterial pneumonia, urinary tract infection, concurrent infection, uncomplicated infection, pyelonephritis, intra-abdominal infection, deep abscess, bacterial sepsis, central nervous system infection, bacteremia, wound infection, peritonitis, meningitis, burns Posterior infections, genitourinary tract infections, gastrointestinal infections, pelvic inflammatory disease, endocarditis, and other intravascular infections. These pending infections may be caused by Gram-positive bacteria. These infection-causing bacteria include, but are not limited to, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium, Clostridium difficile, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, other Streptococcus species, and other Clostridia. More specifically, the infection may be caused by a gram-positive coccus, or by a drug-resistant gram-positive coccus. Exemplary Gram-positive cocci include, but are not limited to, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Moraxella catarrhalis, Clostridium difficile, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydia, and Enterococcus .

菌血症可能由革兰氏阴性或革兰氏阳性细菌引起。革兰氏阴性细菌具有由肽聚糖单层和脂多糖,脂蛋白和磷脂外层组成的薄壁细胞膜。示例性革兰氏阴性细菌包括,但不限于,由埃希氏菌属,志贺氏菌属,爱德华氏菌属,沙门氏菌属,柠檬酸杆菌属,克雷伯氏菌属,肠杆菌,哈夫尼菌属,沙雷氏菌属,变形杆菌属,摩根氏菌属,普罗威登斯菌属,耶尔森氏菌属,欧文氏菌属,Buttlauxella菌属,西蒂西菌属,爱文氏菌属,克吕沃尔菌属,塔特姆菌属以及拉恩氏菌属组成的肠杆菌科。其它不属于肠杆菌科家族的示例性革兰氏阴性细菌包括,但不限于,铜绿假单胞菌,嗜麦芽寡养单胞菌,洋葱伯克霍尔德菌,阴道加德纳菌以及不动杆菌属。革兰氏阳性细菌具有由多层肽聚糖和磷壁(酸)质外层构成的厚细胞膜。示例性革兰氏阳性细菌包括,但不限于,金黄色葡萄球菌,凝固酶阴性葡萄球菌,链球菌,肠球菌,棒状杆菌以及芽孢杆菌属。Bacteremia can be caused by Gram-negative or Gram-positive bacteria. Gram-negative bacteria have a thin-walled cell membrane consisting of a peptidoglycan monolayer and an outer layer of lipopolysaccharides, lipoproteins, and phospholipids. Exemplary Gram-negative bacteria include, but are not limited to, those consisting of Escherichia, Shigella, Edwardsiella, Salmonella, Citrobacter, Klebsiella, Enterobacter, Harbin Funiella, Serratia, Proteus, Morganella, Providencia, Yersinia, Erwinia, Buttlauxella, Sietia, Love The Enterobacteriaceae family consists of the genera Venella, Kluverella, Tatumella, and Lahnella. Other exemplary Gram-negative bacteria that do not belong to the Enterobacteriaceae family include, but are not limited to, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Burkholderia cepacia, Gardnerella vaginalis, and Acinetobacter. Gram-positive bacteria have a thick cell membrane composed of multiple layers of peptidoglycan and a teichoic (acid) outer layer. Exemplary Gram-positive bacteria include, but are not limited to, Staphylococcus aureus, coagulase-negative Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Enterococcus, Corynebacterium, and Bacillus.

在一个实施例中,目标物质可耐受传统治疗,例如耐抗生素。In one embodiment, the substance of interest is resistant to conventional therapy, eg resistant to antibiotics.

在一个实施例中,在实施本发明的测定的过程中,该制剂可在双特异性化合物施用前,施用时或施用后对转基因动物进行施用。In one embodiment, the formulation may be administered to the transgenic animal prior to, at the time of, or after administration of the bispecific compound during the practice of an assay of the invention.

可以对本发明的双特异性化合物或其任意部分进行修饰以提高其半衰期。医药行业中常将肽类似物用作具有与模板肽具有相似性质的非肽药物。这些非肽化合物被称为“肽类似物”(Fauchere,Adv.Drug Res.15:29,1986;Veber等人,TINS p.392,1985;以及Evans等人,J.Med.Chem 30:1229,1987,均在此处引用作为参考)并通常用计算机辅助分子模拟进行协助开发。与有疗效的肽结构类似的肽类似物能够产生相当的治疗或预防效果。一般而言,肽类似物的结构类似于示例多肽(即一种具有生物或药理活性的多肽),例如抗原多肽,但其中一个或多个肽键可选地可被选自:-CH2NH-,-CH2S-,-CH2-CH2-,-CH=CH-(顺式和反式),-COCH2-,-CH(OH)CH2-,和-CH2SO-的键替代,该替代通过本领域已知方法进行,并在下列参考文献中得到进一步描述:Spatola,A.F.inChemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids,Peptides,and ProteinsWeinstein,B.,ed.,Marcel Dekker,New York,p.267,1983;Spatola,A.F.,Vega Data,Vol.1,Issue 3,″Peptide Backbone Modifications,″1983;Morley,Trends.Pharm.Sci.pp.463-468,1980;Hudson等人,Int.J.Pept.Prot.Res.14:177-185,1979(-CH2NH-,CH2CH2-);Spatola等人,Life.Sci.38:1243-1249,1986(-CH2-S);Hann,J.Chem.Soc.Perkin.Trans.1:307-314,1982(--CH-CH-,顺式和反式);Almquist等人,J.Med.Chem.23:1392-1398,1980(-COCH2-);Jennings-White等人,Tetrahedron Lett.23:2533,1982(-COCH2-);Szelke等人,EuropeanPatent Application No.EP 45665CA:97:39405,1982(-CH(OH)CH2-);Holladay等人,Tetrahedron.Lett.24:4401-4404,1983(-C(OH)CH2-);以及Hruby,Life Sci.31:189-199,1982(-CH2-S-);其中每一篇均在此引作参考。一种特别优选的非肽健为-CH2NH-。该种肽类似物相对多肽实例具有显著的优点,例如包括:制备更经济,化学稳定性更高,药理属性(半衰期,吸收,效力,功效等)更强,特异性的改变(例如一种广谱的生物活性),抗原性降低,以及其它。对肽类似物的标记通常包括将一个或多个标记直接或通过间隔物(例如氨基基团)与通过定量结构-活性数据和/或分子模拟所预测的肽类似物的非干扰位点进行共价结合。该非干扰位点通常是不直接接触大分子(通过与肽类似物结合产生治疗作用的)的位点。肽类似物的衍生化(例如标记)不应实质影响该肽类似物的目标生物或药理活性。Bispecific compounds of the invention, or any portion thereof, may be modified to increase their half-life. Peptide analogs are often used in the pharmaceutical industry as non-peptide drugs with similar properties to the template peptide. These non-peptidic compounds are called "peptide analogs" (Fauchere, Adv. Drug Res. 15:29, 1986; Veber et al., TINS p.392, 1985; and Evans et al., J. Med. Chem 30: 1229 , 1987, both incorporated herein by reference) and are often assisted in their development by computer-aided molecular modeling. Peptide analogs that are structurally similar to therapeutic peptides are capable of producing comparable therapeutic or prophylactic effects. In general, a peptide analog is structurally similar to an exemplary polypeptide (i.e., one having biological or pharmacological activity), such as an antigenic polypeptide, but wherein one or more peptide bonds may optionally be selected from: -CH2NH -, -CH 2 S-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH=CH- (cis and trans), -COCH 2 -, -CH(OH)CH 2 -, and -CH 2 SO- Bond substitution by methods known in the art and further described in the following references: Spatola, AFinChemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins Weinstein, B., ed., Marcel Dekker, New York, p .267, 1983; Spatola, AF, Vega Data, Vol.1, Issue 3, "Peptide Backbone Modifications,"1983; Morley, Trends.Pharm.Sci.pp.463-468, 1980; Hudson et al., Int.J .Pept.Prot.Res.14:177-185, 1979 (-CH 2 NH-, CH 2 CH 2 -); Spatola et al., Life.Sci.38:1243-1249, 1986 (-CH 2 -S) ; Hann, J.Chem.Soc.Perkin.Trans.1:307-314, 1982 (--CH-CH-, cis and trans); Almquist et al., J.Med.Chem.23:1392-1398 , 1980 (-COCH 2 -); People such as Jennings-White, Tetrahedron Lett.23: 2533, 1982 (-COCH 2 -); People such as Szelke, European Patent Application No.EP 45665CA: 97: 39405, 1982 (-CH ( OH)CH 2 -); Holladay et al., Tetrahedron. Lett. 24:4401-4404, 1983 (-C(OH)CH 2 -); and Hruby, Life Sci. 31:189-199, 1982 (-CH 2 -S-); each of which is hereby incorporated by reference. A particularly preferred non-peptide bond is -CH2NH- . Such peptide analogs have significant advantages over polypeptide examples, including, for example: more economical preparation, higher chemical stability, stronger pharmacological properties (half-life, absorption, potency, efficacy, etc.), changes in specificity (such as a broad spectrum of biological activity), antigenicity reduction, and others. Labeling of peptide analogs generally involves coordinating one or more labels, directly or via spacers (e.g., amino groups), with non-interfering sites of the peptide analog predicted by quantitative structure-activity data and/or molecular modeling. price combination. This non-interfering site is usually a site that does not directly contact the macromolecule that produces the therapeutic effect by binding to the peptide analog. Derivatization (eg, labeling) of a peptide analog should not substantially affect the intended biological or pharmacological activity of the peptide analog.

以同类型的D氨基酸对氨基酸序列中的一个或多个氨基酸进行系统替换(例如D赖氨酸替换L赖氨酸)可用于得到更稳定的肽。此外,可通过本领域公知的方法生成约束型(constrained)肽(Rizo等人,Annu.Rev.Biochem.61:387,1992,在此引入作为参考);例如,通过加入能够形成分子内二硫键的内部半胱氨酸残基将肽环化。Systematic substitution of one or more amino acids in an amino acid sequence with a D amino acid of the same type (eg D lysine for L lysine) can be used to obtain more stable peptides. In addition, constrained peptides can be produced by methods well known in the art (Rizo et al., Annu. Rev. Biochem. 61:387, 1992, incorporated herein by reference); for example, by adding The internal cysteine residue of the bond cyclizes the peptide.

该种修饰的多肽可通过原核或真核宿主细胞生成。此外,该种肽还可以通过化学方法合成。在重组宿主内表达外源多肽,化学合成多肽以及体外翻译的方法已为本领域熟知,并在以下文献中得到进一步描述:Maniatis等人,Molecular Cloning:A Laboratory Manual,2nd Ed.,Cold Spring Harbor,N.Y.,1989;Berger等人,Methods inEnzymology,Volume 152,Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques,1987,Academic Press,Inc.,San Diego,Calif.;Merrifield,J.Am.Chem.Soc.91:501,1969;Chaiken,CRC Crit.Rev.Biochem.11:255,1981;Kaiser等人,Science 243:187,1989;Merrifield,Science 232:342,1986;Kent,Annu.Rev.Biochem.57:957,1988;以及Offord,Semisynthetic Proteins,Wiley Publishing,1980,前述文献均在此引作参考)。Such modified polypeptides can be produced by prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells. In addition, such peptides can also be synthesized by chemical methods. Methods for expression of exogenous polypeptides in recombinant hosts, chemical synthesis of polypeptides, and in vitro translation are well known in the art and are further described in: Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor , N.Y., 1989; Berger et al., Methods in Enzymology, Volume 152, Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, 1987, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif.; Merrifield, J.Am.Chem.Soc.91:501, 1969 ; Chaiken, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem.11: 255, 1981; Kaiser et al., Science 243: 187, 1989; Merrifield, Science 232: 342, 1986; Kent, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 57: 957, 1988; and Offord, Semisynthetic Proteins, Wiley Publishing, 1980, all of which are cited herein by reference).

多肽通常可通过直接化学合成进行制备,并用作杂聚物的结合部分。肽可被制备为修饰肽,其中非肽部分通过共价键连接至N末端和/或C末端。在一些优选实施例中对羧基末端或氨基末端两者之一或全部进行了化学修饰。对末端氨基和羧基基团最常见的修饰分别为乙酰化和酰胺化。氨基末端的修饰如酰化(例如乙酰化)或烷化(例如甲基化)和羧基末端的修饰如酰胺化,以及其它末端修饰,包括环化,可被用于各种测试化合物的实施例。某些氨基末端和/或羧基末端修饰和/或核心序列的肽伸展可提供物理,化学,生物化学以及药理属性上的优势,例如:稳定性提高,效力和/或功效的增强,对血清蛋白酶的耐药性,所需的药代动力学属性等等。Polypeptides can often be prepared by direct chemical synthesis and used as binding moieties of heteropolymers. Peptides can be prepared as modified peptides in which non-peptide moieties are covalently linked to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus. In some preferred embodiments one or both of the carboxy terminus or amino terminus are chemically modified. The most common modifications to terminal amino and carboxyl groups are acetylation and amidation, respectively. Amino-terminal modifications such as acylation (e.g. acetylation) or alkylation (e.g. methylation) and carboxy-terminal modifications such as amidation, as well as other terminal modifications, including cyclization, can be used for various test compound examples . Certain amino-terminal and/or carboxy-terminal modifications and/or peptide extensions of the core sequence can provide advantages in physical, chemical, biochemical and pharmacological properties such as: increased stability, enhanced potency and/or efficacy, effects on serum proteases drug resistance, desired pharmacokinetic properties, and more.

转基因动物的构建Construction of transgenic animals

一方面,本发明提供了一种其基因组包含了可操作地连接至启动子的编码TLR2或Scd1多聚核苷酸的动物,由此使该非人或人TLR2基因或Scd1基因在动物的巨噬细胞中功能性地表达,或该非人或人TLR2基因或Scd1基因成为动物的巨噬细胞中功能突变的累积。本发明进一步提供了在巨噬细胞中表达非人或人TLR2或Scd1的转基因非人动物的构建方法。In one aspect, the present invention provides an animal whose genome comprises a polynucleotide encoding TLR2 or Scd1 operably linked to a promoter, whereby the non-human or human TLR2 gene or Scd1 gene is expressed in the macrophage of the animal. Functionally expressed in phagocytes, or the non-human or human TLR2 gene or Scd1 gene becomes accumulation of functional mutations in macrophages of animals. The present invention further provides a method for constructing transgenic non-human animals expressing non-human or human TLR2 or Scd1 in macrophages.

本发明的方法中所用的转基因动物可以是:哺乳动物,鸟,爬行动物或两栖动物。此处所述的合适的哺乳动物包括:啮齿动物;反刍动物;有蹄动物;驯养哺乳动物以及乳品动物。优选动物包括:啮齿动物,山羊,绵羊,骆驼,母牛,猪,马,公牛,美洲驼,鸡,鹅和火鸡。在一个优选的实施例中,该非人动物为小鼠。The transgenic animals used in the methods of the present invention can be: mammals, birds, reptiles or amphibians. Suitable mammals as described herein include: rodents; ruminants; ungulates; domesticated mammals and dairy animals. Preferred animals include: rodents, goats, sheep, camels, cows, pigs, horses, bulls, llamas, chickens, geese and turkeys. In a preferred embodiment, the non-human animal is a mouse.

各种构建转基因动物的方法已为本领域所公知(例如,参见Watson等人,″The Introduction of Foreign Genes Into Mice,″inRecombinant DNA,2d Ed.,W.H.Freeman&Co.,New York,pp.255-272,1992;Gordon,Intl.Rev.Cytol.115:171-229,1989;Jaenisch,Science 240:1468-1474,1989;Rossant,Neuron 2:323-334,1990)。对于构建转基因猪的示例性方案可参见White and Yannoutsos,Current Topics in Complement Research:64th Forum in Immunology,pp.88-94;U.S.Pat.No.5,523,226;U.S.Pat.No.5,573,933;PCTApplication WO93/25071;以及PCT申请WO95/04744。对于构建转基因大鼠的示例性方案可参见Bader等人,Clinical and ExperimentalPharmacology and Physiology,Supp.3:S81-S87,1996。对于构建转基因母牛的示例性方案可参见Transgenic Animal Technology,AHandbook,1994,ed.,Carl A.Pinkert,Academic Press,Inc。对于构建转基因绵羊的示例性方案可参见Transgenic Animal Technology,AHandbook,1994,ed.,Carl A.Pinkert,Academic Press,Inc。以下提供了一些更为具体的方法。Various methods of constructing transgenic animals are known in the art (see, for example, Watson et al., "The Introduction of Foreign Genes Into Mice," in Recombinant DNA, 2d Ed., W.H. Freeman & Co., New York, pp. 255-272 , 1992; Gordon, Intl. Rev. Cytol. 115:171-229, 1989; Jaenisch, Science 240:1468-1474, 1989; Rossant, Neuron 2:323-334, 1990). For exemplary protocols for constructing transgenic pigs see White and Yannoutsos, Current Topics in Complement Research: 64th Forum in Immunology, pp.88-94; U.S. Pat. No. 5,523,226; U.S. Pat. No. 5,573,933; PCTApplication WO93/25071; and PCT application WO95/04744. For an exemplary protocol for constructing transgenic rats see Bader et al., Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology, Supp. 3:S81-S87, 1996. An exemplary protocol for constructing a transgenic cow can be found in Transgenic Animal Technology, A Handbook, 1994, ed., Carl A. Pinkert, Academic Press, Inc. An exemplary protocol for the construction of transgenic sheep can be found in Transgenic Animal Technology, A Handbook, 1994, ed., Carl A. Pinkert, Academic Press, Inc. Some more specific methods are provided below.

A.注射入原核A. Injection into pronuclei

转基因动物可通过将本发明的核酸构建体导入卵细胞进行构建。将所得的卵细胞植入雌性动物的子宫进行正常的胎儿发育,然后将发育后的携带转基因的动物进行回交以建立转基因的杂合体。不同发育阶段的胚胎靶细胞被用于引入本发明的转基因。根据胚胎靶细胞发育阶段的不同可采用不同的方法。引入转基因的示例性方法包括,但不限于,对受精的卵子或受精卵进行显微注射(Brinster等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 82:4438-4442,1985),以及病毒整合(Jaenisch,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 73:1260-1264,1976;Jahner等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 82:6927-6931,1985;Van der Putten等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 82:6148-6152,1985)。胚胎操作核显微注射的程序可参见Manipulating the Mouse Embryo(Cold SpringHarbor Laboratory Press,Cold Spring Harbor,NY.,1986,其内容在此引作参考)。类似的方法可用于其它转基因动物的构建。Transgenic animals can be constructed by introducing the nucleic acid construct of the present invention into egg cells. The resulting egg cells are implanted into the uterus of female animals for normal fetal development, and then the developed transgene-carrying animals are backcrossed to establish transgene hybrids. Embryonic target cells of different developmental stages were used to introduce the transgenes of the present invention. Different methods can be used according to the different developmental stages of embryonic target cells. Exemplary methods of introducing a transgene include, but are not limited to, microinjection of fertilized eggs or zygotes (Brinster et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:4438-4442, 1985), and viral integration ( Jaenisch, Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 73:1260-1264, 1976; Jahner et al., Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 82:6927-6931, 1985; Van der Putten et al., Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6148-6152, 1985). The procedure of nuclear microinjection for embryo manipulation can be found in Manipulating the Mouse Embryo (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY., 1986, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference). Similar methods can be used for the construction of other transgenic animals.

在一个示例性实施例中,转基因小鼠的构建采用了下述步骤。使来自于指定近交系遗传背景的雄性小鼠和雌性小鼠进行交配。交配的雌性小鼠事先以孕马血清(PMS)进行处理以诱导卵泡生长,并以人绒毛膜促性腺激素(hCG)进行处理以诱导排卵。交配后,将雌性处死并从其子宫管取出受精卵。此时,原核尚未融合,因此可以使用光镜使其显示。在另一方案中可在不同的发育阶段收集胚胎,例如可收集胚囊。胚胎可采用杜氏改良磷酸缓冲盐(DPBS)复原,并采用添加了10%胎牛血清的杜氏改良必需培养基(DMEM)进行维持。In an exemplary embodiment, the following steps are used for the construction of transgenic mice. Male and female mice from the genetic background of the indicated inbred lines were mated. Mated female mice were previously treated with pregnant horse serum (PMS) to induce follicle growth and human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) to induce ovulation. After mating, the female is sacrificed and fertilized eggs are removed from her uterine tube. At this point, the pronuclei have not yet fused, so they can be visualized using light microscopy. In another approach embryos can be harvested at different developmental stages, for example embryo sacs can be harvested. Embryos can be reconstituted with Duchenne's Modified Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) and maintained with Duchenne's Modified Essential Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum.

然后将外源DNA或重组构建体(例如TLR或Scd1表达构建体)显微注射入(100-1000分子/卵细胞)原核。表达构建体的显微注射可以通过与显微镜连接的标准显微操作器进行操作。例如,在显微注射时胚胎被维持在油下的100微升DPBS滴中。DNA溶液被显微注射进入雄性原核中。注射的成功可通过原核的膨胀进行检测。此后原核(雌性原核和雄性原核)将很快发生融合,并且在一些情况下,外源DNA将插入受精的卵子或受精卵的(通常)一个染色体。按照如下所述制备的重组ES细胞可通过类似的技术注射进入胚囊。Exogenous DNA or recombinant constructs (such as TLR or Scd1 expression constructs) are then microinjected (100-1000 molecules/egg cell) into pronuclei. Microinjection of expression constructs can be performed by standard micromanipulators attached to microscopes. For example, embryos are maintained in 100 microliter drops of DPBS under oil while microinjecting. DNA solutions were microinjected into male pronuclei. The success of the injection can be detected by the expansion of the pronuclei. Shortly thereafter the pronuclei (female and male) will fuse and, in some cases, foreign DNA will insert into (usually) one chromosome of the fertilized egg or zygote. Recombinant ES cells prepared as described below can be injected into embryo sacs by similar techniques.

B.胚胎干细胞B. Embryonic stem cells

在另一种构建转基因小鼠的方法中,可将本发明的重组DNA分子引入小鼠胚胎干(ES)细胞。然后将所得的重组ES细胞采用与前一小节类似的技术显微注射入小鼠胚囊。In another method of constructing transgenic mice, recombinant DNA molecules of the invention can be introduced into mouse embryonic stem (ES) cells. The resulting recombinant ES cells were then microinjected into mouse embryo sacs using a technique similar to the previous subsection.

从植入前的胚胎获取ES细胞并在体外培养(Evans等人,Nature292:154-156,1981;Bradley等人,Nature 309:255-258,1984;Gossler等人,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 83:9065-9069,1986;Robertson等人,Nature 322:445-448,1986)。任何能够整合进入发育中胚胎的胚系并成为其中一部分,从而建立对目标构建体的胚系传递的ES细胞均适于在此处使用。例如,129J品系是一种可用于生产ES细胞的小鼠品系。鼠细胞系D3是一种优选的ES细胞系(American TypeCulture Collection catalog no.CRL 1934)。培养ES细胞并对DNA插入进行准备的方法已为本领域公知,并可参见Robertson,Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells:A Practical Approach,E.J.Robertson,ed.IRL Press,Washington,D.C.,1987;Bradley等人,Current Topics in Devel.Biol.20:357-371,1986以及Hogan等人,Manipulating the Mouse Embryo:A Laboratory Manual,Cold SpringHarbor Laboratory Press,Cold Spring Harbor,NY,1986,其内容在此引作参考。ES cells were obtained from preimplantation embryos and cultured in vitro (Evans et al., Nature 292:154-156, 1981; Bradley et al., Nature 309:255-258, 1984; Gossler et al., Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci .USA 83:9065-9069, 1986; Robertson et al., Nature 322:445-448, 1986). Any ES cell capable of integrating into and becoming part of the germline of a developing embryo, thereby establishing germline transmission of the construct of interest is suitable for use herein. For example, the 129J strain is a mouse strain that can be used to produce ES cells. The murine cell line D3 is a preferred ES cell line (American TypeCulture Collection catalog no. CRL 1934). Methods of culturing ES cells and preparing them for DNA insertion are well known in the art and can be found in Robertson, Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach, E.J. Robertson, ed. IRL Press, Washington, D.C., 1987; Bradley et al., Current Topics in Devel. Biol. 20:357-371, 1986 and Hogan et al., Manipulating the Mouse Embryo: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1986, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

表达构建体可通过本领域公知方法引入ES细胞,例如,该类方法可参见Sambrook等人,Molecular Cloning:A Laboratory Manual,2nd Ed.,ed.,Cold Spring Harbor laboratory Press:1989,其内容在此引用作为参考。适当的方法包括,但不限于,电穿孔,显微注射以及磷酸钙处理法。待引入ES细胞的表达构建体(例如TLR2或Scd1)优选线性。可以通过合适的限制性内切酶线进行消化以在载体序列而非基因中(例如TLR2或Scd1基因)进行选择性切除实现线性化。Expression constructs can be introduced into ES cells by methods known in the art, for example, such methods can be found in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed., ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press: 1989, the contents of which are here Cited as reference. Suitable methods include, but are not limited to, electroporation, microinjection and calcium phosphate treatment. The expression construct (eg TLR2 or Scd1) to be introduced into ES cells is preferably linear. Linearization can be achieved by digestion with appropriate restriction enzyme lines for selective excision in vector sequences other than genes (eg TLR2 or Scd1 genes).

在引入表达构建体后,对带有该构建体的ES细胞进行筛选。细胞的筛选可采用多种方法。当该构建体中使用了标记基因时,可对动物细胞中该标记基因的存在进行测试。例如,当该标记基因是耐抗生素基因时,可以在原本致死浓度的抗生素存在下培养该细胞(例如,用G418来选择Neo)。那些存活的细胞可推测为整合了转基因构建体。如果该标记基因是编码一种活性可测的酶(例如beta-半乳糖苷酶)的基因,可将该酶的底物在适当的条件下添加至细胞,并分析酶活性。备选地,或另外地,可以对ES细胞基因组DNA直接检测。例如,可以采用标准方法从ES细胞提取DNA,然后使用经设计与该转基因进行特异杂交的探针在Southern印迹上探查该DNA。基因组DNA还可以采用经特殊设计来扩增转基因中具有特定大小和序列的DNA片段的探针通过PCR进行扩增,从而仅使那些包含了目标构建体的细胞才能够生成正确大小的DNA片段。After introduction of the expression construct, ES cells harboring the construct are screened. Cells can be screened in a variety of ways. When a marker gene is used in the construct, animal cells can be tested for the presence of the marker gene. For example, when the marker gene is an antibiotic resistance gene, the cells can be grown in the presence of an otherwise lethal concentration of the antibiotic (eg, G418 for Neo selection). Those cells that survived were presumed to have integrated the transgene construct. If the marker gene is a gene encoding an enzyme with measurable activity (eg, beta-galactosidase), a substrate for the enzyme can be added to cells under appropriate conditions, and the enzyme activity can be analyzed. Alternatively, or in addition, ES cell genomic DNA can be detected directly. For example, DNA can be extracted from ES cells using standard methods and then probed on Southern blots using probes designed to hybridize specifically to the transgene. Genomic DNA can also be amplified by PCR using probes specially designed to amplify DNA fragments of a specific size and sequence within the transgene, allowing only those cells that contain the construct of interest to produce DNA fragments of the correct size.

C.植入C. Implantation

带有本发明的重组核酸分子(例如TLR2或Scd1)的受精卵被植入事先与切除输精管的雄性交配后得到的假孕雌性小鼠。在常规方案中,将受体雌性麻醉,做副腰切口以暴露输卵管,然后将胚胎转化进入输卵管的壶腹区。缝合体壁并以伤口夹闭合皮肤。该胚胎在经过完整孕育期的发育后,由代孕母体分娩潜在转基因小鼠。最后,对新生小鼠测试外源或重组DNA的存在。在所有注射的卵子中,平均10%的卵子可以正常发育并形成小鼠。在所有出生的小鼠中,平均四分之一(25%)为转基因小鼠,从而总体的有效率为2.5%。一旦这些小鼠繁殖,他们会将连接至小鼠染色体的外源基因以常规的(孟德尔的)方式进行传递。Fertilized eggs carrying recombinant nucleic acid molecules of the present invention (eg, TLR2 or Scd1) are implanted into pseudopregnant female mice that were previously mated with vasectomized males. In the conventional protocol, recipient females are anesthetized, a paralumbar incision is made to expose the fallopian tubes, and the embryos are transferred into the ampullary region of the fallopian tubes. The body wall was sutured and the skin closed with wound clips. After the embryos have developed through a full gestation period, potential transgenic mice are delivered by surrogate mothers. Finally, newborn mice are tested for the presence of exogenous or recombinant DNA. Of all the eggs injected, an average of 10 percent developed normally and formed mice. Of all mice born, an average of one quarter (25%) were transgenic, resulting in an overall efficacy rate of 2.5%. Once these mice were bred, they passed on the foreign genes linked to the mouse chromosomes in the conventional (Mendelian) way.

D.对转基因构建体存在的筛选D. Screening for the presence of transgenic constructs

转基因动物可在出生后以标准方案进行鉴定。可对取自尾部组织的DNA进行筛选以测定转基因构建体的存在,例如通过southern印迹和/或PCR。如果认为其携带了转基因,可将表现为嵌合体的后代进行彼此杂交以产生纯合体型动物。如果尚不清楚该后代是否具有胚系传递,它们可与母代或其它品系进行杂交并针对其后代筛选杂合性。杂合体可通过DNA的southern印迹和/或PCR扩增进行鉴别。该杂合体可彼此杂交以生成纯合体型转基因后代。纯合体的鉴别可通过对来自本杂交所得到的小鼠,已知为杂合体的小鼠以及野生型小鼠的等量基因组DNA的Southern印迹进行鉴定。筛选southern印迹的探针可基于人或非人TLR2或Scd1基因序列,或者标记基因,或者两者一起进行设计。Transgenic animals can be identified postnatally using standard protocols. DNA from tail tissue can be screened for the presence of the transgene construct, for example by southern blot and/or PCR. If they are believed to carry the transgene, offspring that appear to be chimeras can be crossed with each other to produce homozygous animals. If it is not known whether the offspring have germline transmission, they can be crossed to the mother or other lines and their offspring screened for heterozygosity. Heterozygotes can be identified by southern blot and/or PCR amplification of DNA. The hybrids can be crossed with each other to produce homozygous transgenic offspring. Identification of homozygotes can be performed by Southern blots of equal amounts of genomic DNA from mice obtained from the cross, mice known to be heterozygous, and wild-type mice. Probes for screening southern blots can be designed based on human or non-human TLR2 or Scd1 gene sequences, or marker genes, or both.

其它鉴定和表征转基因后代的方法已为本领域所公知。例如,通过对带有针对引入基因编码蛋白(例如人或非人TLR2或Scd1蛋白)的抗体,或是针对标记基因产物的抗体的western印迹的探测,该western印迹可用于评估这些后代的各种表达该基因的组织中引入基因的表达水平。Other methods of identifying and characterizing transgenic progeny are known in the art. For example, by probing a western blot with antibodies against the protein encoded by the introduced gene (such as human or non-human TLR2 or Scd1 protein), or against a marker gene product, the western blot can be used to assess the various The expression level of the introduced gene in the tissue expressing the gene.

通过采用适当的抗体可进行对来自于后代的各种细胞(如红细胞)的原位分析(例如用抗体固定细胞和标记),和/或FACS(荧光激活细胞分类)分析,以检查转基因产物的存在或缺失。例如,欲验证TLR2或Scd1在巨噬细胞中的表达,可通过使用能与第二抗体(与荧光团缀合并识别TLR2或Scd1抗体)直接缀合或联合使用的特异性针对人TLR2或Scd1的抗体开展流式细胞技术。在该分析中,人红细胞可用作TLR2或Scd1存在的阳性对照,而普通小鼠红细胞可用作阴性对照。In situ analysis (e.g. fixing cells and labeling with antibodies) of various cells from progeny (e.g. erythrocytes), and/or FACS (fluorescence activated cell sorting) analysis to check for transgene product by using appropriate antibodies present or absent. For example, to verify the expression of TLR2 or Scd1 in macrophages, it can be directly conjugated or used in combination with a secondary antibody (conjugated with a fluorophore and recognizing TLR2 or Scd1 antibody) specific for human TLR2 or Scd1. Antibodies for flow cytometry. In this assay, human erythrocytes can be used as a positive control for the presence of TLR2 or Scd1, while normal mouse erythrocytes can be used as a negative control.

E.带有多价转基因或额外突变的小鼠E. Mice with multivalent transgenes or additional mutations

此处所述的表达TLR2或Scd1的转基因小鼠可以与a)带有额外转基因,或b)在其它基因中包含突变的小鼠进行杂交。各种突变的杂合体或纯合体的小鼠可采用标准异种交配程序产生和维持。可通过带有TLR2或Scd1转基因的小鼠进行繁殖的小鼠包括,但不限于,更易得自身免疫性疾病的小鼠品系,例如作为狼疮模型的小鼠品系,如小鼠品系NZB/W,MRL+或SJL。Transgenic mice expressing TLR2 or Scd1 described herein can be crossed with mice that a) carry additional transgenes, or b) contain mutations in other genes. Mice heterozygous or homozygous for the various mutations can be generated and maintained using standard crossbreeding procedures. Mice that can be bred with TLR2 or Scd1 transgenic mice include, but are not limited to, mouse strains that are more susceptible to autoimmune diseases, such as mouse strains that serve as lupus models, such as the mouse strain NZB/W, MRL+ or SJL.

本发明进一步涉及来自转基因动物的细胞。由于突变或环境影响可导致后代中出现某些修饰,该后代可能实际上并不与父代细胞完全相同,但它仍然被包含在此处所用的术语的范围内。The invention further relates to cells from transgenic animals. The progeny may not actually be identical to the parent cell due to certain modifications that may result from mutations or environmental influences, but it is still encompassed within the scope of the term as used herein.

重组核酸技术recombinant nucleic acid technology

实施本发明所用的核酸,不管是RNA,iRNA,反义核酸,cDNA,基因组DNA,载体,病毒或其杂交物,都可从各种来源进行分离,并进行基因工程改造,扩增,和/或重组表达/生成。由这些核酸生成的重组多肽可被单独分离或克隆并测试其目标活性。任意重组表达系统均可采用,包括细菌,哺乳动物,酵母,昆虫或植物细胞表达系统。Nucleic acids used in the practice of the present invention, whether RNA, iRNA, antisense nucleic acid, cDNA, genomic DNA, vectors, viruses, or hybrids thereof, can be isolated from various sources and subjected to genetic engineering, amplification, and/or or recombinant expression/production. Recombinant polypeptides produced from these nucleic acids can be isolated or cloned individually and tested for the activity of interest. Any recombinant expression system can be used, including bacterial, mammalian, yeast, insect or plant cell expression systems.

此外,这些核酸可以用已知的化学合成技术进行体外合成,对其进行描述的文献如Adams,J.Am.Chem.Soc.105:661,1983;Belousov,Nucleic Acids Res.25:3440-3444,1997;Frenkel,Free Radic.Biol.Med.19:373-380,1995;Blommers,Biochemistry 33:7886-7896,1994;Narang,Meth.Enzymol.68:90,1979;Brown Meth.Enzymol.68:109,1979;Beaucage,Tetra.Lett.22:1859,1981;U.S.Pat.No.4,458,066。In addition, these nucleic acids can be synthesized in vitro using known chemical synthesis techniques, as described in documents such as Adams, J.Am.Chem.Soc.105:661, 1983; Belousov, Nucleic Acids Res.25:3440-3444 , 1997; Frenkel, Free Radic.Biol.Med.19:373-380, 1995; Blommers, Biochemistry 33:7886-7896, 1994; Narang, Meth.Enzymol.68:90, 1979; Brown Meth.Enzymol.68: 109, 1979; Beaucage, Tetra. Lett. 22:1859, 1981; U.S. Pat. No. 4,458,066.

本发明提供了包含本发明序列(例如,本发明示例性序列的子序列)的寡聚核苷酸。寡聚核苷酸可包括,如可以化学合成的单链聚脱氧核糖核酸或两条互补的聚脱氧核糖核酸链。The invention provides oligonucleotides comprising sequences of the invention (eg, subsequences of exemplary sequences of the invention). An oligonucleotide may comprise, for example, a single stranded polydeoxyribonucleic acid or two complementary polydeoxyribonucleic acid strands, which may be chemically synthesized.

核酸操作技术如亚克隆,标记探针(例如,使用Klenow大片段聚合酶,缺口平移,扩增进行随机引物标记),测序,杂交等在科技文献和专利文献中已有详细描述,例如参见Sambrook,ed.,MOLECULAR CLONING:A LABORATORY MANUAL(2ND ED.),VoIs.1-3,Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory,1989;CURRENTPROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY,Ausubel,ed.John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,New York,1997;LABORATORY TECHNIQUES INBIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY:HYBRIDIZATION WITH NUCLEIC ACID PROBES,Part I.Theoryand Nucleic Acid Preparation,Tijssen,ed.Elsevier,N.Y.,1993。Nucleic acid manipulation techniques such as subcloning, labeling probes (e.g., random primer labeling using Klenow large fragment polymerase, nick translation, amplification), sequencing, hybridization, etc. are well described in the scientific and patent literature, see for example Sambrook , ed., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (2ND ED.), VoIs.1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1989; CURRENTPROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, Ausubel, ed. John Wiley&Sons, Inc., New York, 1997; LABORATORY TECHNIQUES INBIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY: HYBRIDIZATION WITH NUCLEIC ACID PROBES, Part I. Theory and Nucleic Acid Preparation, Tijssen, ed. Elsevier, N.Y., 1993.

核酸,载体,衣壳,多肽等可以用本领域技术人员熟知的任意常规方法进行分析和定量。其包括,例如,分析生化方法(如NMR,分光光度法,放射照相术,电泳,毛细管电泳,高效液相色谱(HPLC),薄层色谱(TLC),以及超扩散色谱),各种免疫学方法(例如流体或凝胶沉淀反应,免疫扩散,免疫电泳,放射免疫分析(RIAs),酶联免疫吸附分析(ELISAs),免疫荧光分析),Southern分析,Northern分析,斑点杂交分析,凝胶电泳(例如SDS-PAGE),核酸或靶标或信号扩增法,放射性标记,闪烁计数以及亲和层析。Nucleic acids, vectors, capsids, polypeptides, etc. can be analyzed and quantified by any conventional method known to those skilled in the art. It includes, for example, analytical biochemical methods (such as NMR, spectrophotometry, radiography, electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), and superdiffusion chromatography), various immunological Methods (e.g. fluid or gel precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion, immunoelectrophoresis, radioimmunoassays (RIAs), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunofluorescence assays), Southern analysis, Northern analysis, dot blot analysis, gel electrophoresis (eg SDS-PAGE), nucleic acid or target or signal amplification methods, radioactive labeling, scintillation counting and affinity chromatography.

用于实施本发明的方法的核酸的获取和操作可通过从基因组样本中克隆,并在需要的情况下对基因组克隆或cDNA克隆分离或扩增得到的插入片段进行筛选和再克隆来实现。本发明的方法中所用的核酸的来源包括如下基因组或cDNA库,例如,哺乳动物人工染色体(MACs),例如参见U.S.Pat.Nos.5,721,118;6,025,155;人类人工染色体,例如参见Rosenfeld,Nat.Genet.15:333-335,1997;酵母人工染色体(YAC);细菌人工染色体(BAC);P1人工染色体,例如参见Woon,Genomics 50:306-316,1998;源于P1的载体(PACs),例如参见Kern,Biotechniques 23:120-124,1997;粘粒,重组病毒,噬菌体或质粒。Nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention can be obtained and manipulated by cloning from genomic samples and, if desired, screening and recloning of inserts isolated or amplified from genomic or cDNA clones. Sources of nucleic acids used in the methods of the invention include genomic or cDNA libraries, e.g., mammalian artificial chromosomes (MACs), e.g. see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,721,118; 6,025,155; human artificial chromosomes, e.g. see Rosenfeld, Nat. Genet. 15:333-335, 1997; Yeast artificial chromosome (YAC); Bacterial artificial chromosome (BAC); P1 artificial chromosome, see e.g. Woon, Genomics 50:306-316, 1998; Vectors (PACs) derived from P1, see e.g. Kern, Biotechniques 23:120-124, 1997; cosmid, recombinant virus, phage or plasmid.

本发明提供了融合蛋白及编码它们的核酸。Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2多肽可融合至一种外源肽或多肽,例如能赋予所需性质(如稳定性提高或纯化简单)的N末端鉴定肽。本发明的肽和多肽同样能作为融合蛋白合成和表达,该融合蛋白带有一个或多个与之相连的附加结构域以生成例如更具免疫性的肽,从而更简单分离重组合成肽,来鉴定和分离抗体和表达抗体的B细胞等等。有助检测和纯化的区域包括,例如金属鳌合肽(例如可在固定化金属上纯化的聚组氨酸束和组氨酸-色氨酸模块,可在固定化免疫球蛋白上纯化的蛋白A结构域,以及可在FLAGS伸展/亲和纯化系统使用的结构域(Immunex Corp,Seattle Wash.)。在纯化区和含基序肽或多肽间包含可切割接头序列如Xa因子或肠激酶(Invitrogen,San DiegoCalif.)以帮助纯化。例如,表达载体可包含连接至六组氨酸残基的编码表位的核酸序列,后接硫氧还蛋白和肠激酶裂解位点(例如,参见Williams,Biochemistry 34:1787-1797,1995;Dobeli,ProteinExpr.Purif 12:404-414,1998)。组氨酸残基可帮助检测和纯化,而肠激酶裂解位点提供了一种从融合蛋白的残余物纯化表位的方法。一方面,编码本发明多肽的核酸被以合适的相位组装至直接分泌翻译多肽或其片段的引导序列。涉及编码融和蛋白的载体以及融和蛋白的应用在科技和专利文献中已有详细描述,例如参见Kroll,DNACell.Biol.12:441-53,1993。The invention provides fusion proteins and nucleic acids encoding them. The Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 polypeptide can be fused to an exogenous peptide or polypeptide, such as an N-terminal identification peptide that confers desired properties such as increased stability or ease of purification. Peptides and polypeptides of the invention can also be synthesized and expressed as fusion proteins with one or more additional domains linked thereto to generate, for example, more immunogenic peptides, allowing for easier isolation of recombinant synthetic peptides for Identification and isolation of antibodies and antibody-expressing B cells, and more. Regions that facilitate detection and purification include, for example, metal-chelating peptides (such as polyhistidine tracts and histidine-tryptophan modules that can be purified on immobilized metals, proteins that can be purified on immobilized immunoglobulins A domain, and a domain that can be used in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp, Seattle Wash.). Contains a cleavable linker sequence such as factor Xa or enterokinase ( Invitrogen, San DiegoCalif.) to aid in purification. For example, expression vectors may contain nucleic acid sequences that encode epitopes linked to six histidine residues, followed by thioredoxin and enterokinase cleavage sites (see, for example, Williams, Biochemistry 34:1787-1797, 1995; Dobeli, ProteinExpr.Purif 12:404-414, 1998). Histidine residues can help detection and purification, while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a residue from the fusion protein Method for purifying epitopes. On the one hand, the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide of the present invention is assembled into a guide sequence for direct secretion of the translated polypeptide or fragments thereof with a suitable phase. Relating to the vector encoding the fusion protein and the application of the fusion protein in science and technology and patent literature It has been described in detail, see eg Kroll, DNA Cell. Biol. 12:441-53,1993.

A.转录控制元件A. Transcriptional Control Elements

本发明的核酸能够可操作地连接至启动子。启动子可以是能够引导核酸转录的一种基序或核酸控制序列的阵列。启动子可在转录的起始位点附近包含必需的核酸序列,例如在聚合酶II型启动子中的TATA元件。启动子还可选择性地包括距离转录起始位点数千个碱基对的远端增强子或阻遏子元件。“组成型”启动子指能在多数环境和发育条件下作用的启动子。“诱导型”启动子指受环境或发育调节的启动子。“组织特异性”启动子指在生物体的特定组织类型中作用,但不在该生物体的其它组织类型中作用的启动子。术语“可操作地连接”指在核酸表达控制序列(例如启动子,或转录因子结合位点阵列)和第二核酸序列之间的功能性连锁,其中表达控制序列引导第二序列相应的核酸转录。A nucleic acid of the invention can be operably linked to a promoter. A promoter may be a motif or array of nucleic acid control sequences capable of directing the transcription of a nucleic acid. A promoter may contain an essential nucleic acid sequence near the site of initiation of transcription, such as a TATA element in a polymerase II type promoter. A promoter may also optionally include distal enhancer or repressor elements thousands of base pairs from the transcription start site. A "constitutive" promoter refers to a promoter that is capable of functioning under most environmental and developmental conditions. An "inducible" promoter refers to a promoter that is regulated by the environment or development. A "tissue-specific" promoter refers to a promoter that acts in a particular tissue type of an organism, but not in other tissue types of that organism. The term "operably linked" refers to a functional linkage between a nucleic acid expression control sequence (e.g., a promoter, or an array of transcription factor binding sites) and a second nucleic acid sequence, wherein the expression control sequence directs transcription of the corresponding nucleic acid of the second sequence .

B.表达载体和克隆载体B. Expression Vectors and Cloning Vectors

本发明提供了包含本发明核酸(例如编码本发明蛋白的序列)的表达载体和克隆载体。本发明的表达载体和克隆载体可包括病毒颗粒,杆状病毒,噬菌体,质粒,粘粒,福斯质粒,细菌人工染色体,病毒DNA(例如牛痘,腺病毒,臭痘病毒,伪狂犬病以及SV40的衍生物),基于P1的人工染色体,酵母质粒,酵母人工染色体,以及任何其它对特定目标宿主(例如杆菌,曲霉菌和酵母)具有特异性的载体。本发明的载体可包括染色体的,非染色体的以及合成的DNA序列。大量合适的载体已为本领域技术人员公知,且已在市场上销售。The invention provides expression vectors and cloning vectors comprising a nucleic acid of the invention (eg, a sequence encoding a protein of the invention). Expression vectors and cloning vectors of the present invention may include viral particles, baculoviruses, phages, plasmids, cosmids, Fossmids, bacterial artificial chromosomes, viral DNA (such as vaccinia, adenovirus, stinkpox virus, pseudorabies and SV40) derivatives), P1-based artificial chromosomes, yeast plasmids, yeast artificial chromosomes, and any other vectors specific for a particular target host (eg, Bacillus, Aspergillus, and yeast). Vectors of the present invention may include chromosomal, non-chromosomal and synthetic DNA sequences. A large number of suitable vectors are known to those skilled in the art and are commercially available.

本发明的核酸可在需要的情况下采用常规的分子生物方法克隆进入任意一种载体;克隆体外扩增的核酸的方法可参见U.S.Pat.No.5,426,039等。为了帮助扩增序列的克隆,可将限制性酶切位点“构建到”PCT引物对中。The nucleic acid of the present invention can be cloned into any vector by conventional molecular biology methods if necessary; methods for cloning nucleic acids amplified in vitro can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,426,039 and the like. To facilitate cloning of amplified sequences, restriction sites can be "built into" the PCT primer pairs.

本发明提供了编码本发明多肽和肽的表达载体库。这些核酸可被导入细胞的基因组或细胞质和细胞核中并通过各种在科技和专利文献中详细描述的传统技术进行表达。例如,参见Roberts,Nature328:731,1987;Schneider,Protein Expr.Purif.6435:10,1995;Sambrook,Tijssen or Ausubel.这些载体可从自然来源分离,从ATCC或基因库等来源获取,或是通过合成或重组方法制备。例如,本发明的核酸可以在能在细胞中稳定或瞬时表达的表达盒,载体或病毒(例如,游离表达系统)中进行表达。可以在表达盒和载体中加入选择标记以赋予转化细胞和序列一种可选择的表型。例如,选择标记可以编码游离型的维持和复制从而不需要整合进入宿主基因组。The invention provides libraries of expression vectors encoding the polypeptides and peptides of the invention. These nucleic acids can be introduced into the genome or the cytoplasm and nucleus of the cell and expressed by a variety of conventional techniques well described in the scientific and patent literature. See, for example, Roberts, Nature 328:731, 1987; Schneider, Protein Expr. Purif. 6435:10, 1995; Sambrook, Tijssen or Ausubel. These vectors can be isolated from natural sources, obtained from sources such as ATCC or gene banks, or obtained through Prepared synthetically or recombinantly. For example, nucleic acids of the invention can be expressed in expression cassettes, vectors or viruses (eg, episomal expression systems) capable of stable or transient expression in cells. Selectable markers can be included in expression cassettes and vectors to confer a selectable phenotype on transformed cells and sequences. For example, a selectable marker can encode episomal maintenance and replication so that integration into the host genome is not required.

一方面,本发明的核酸被导入体内以获得本发明的肽或多肽的原位表达。该核酸可作为“裸DNA”(例如,参见U.S.Pat.No.5,580,859)或以表达载体(如重组病毒)的形式导入。如下所述,该核酸可通过包括瘤周或瘤内的任何途径导入。体内施用的载体可来自于病毒基因组,包括重组修饰的带包膜或不带包膜的DNA和RNA病毒,优选来自于baculoviridiae,parvoviridiae,picornoviridiae,herpesveridiae,poxyiridae,adenoviridiae或picornnaviridiae。也可使用能利用各母载体属性优点的嵌合载体(例如,参见Feng,NatureBiotechnology 15:866-870,1997)。该病毒基因可通过重组DNA技术修饰以包含本发明的核酸;并通过进一步的工程改造以成为复制缺陷型,条件复制型或可复制型。另一方面,该载体可来自于腺病毒(例如来自于人腺病毒基因组的不可复制载体,例如,可见U.S.Pat.Nos.6,096,718;6,110,458;6,113,913;5,631,236);腺相关病毒以及逆转录病毒基因组。逆转录病毒载体可基于下述病毒,包括鼠白血病病毒(MuLV),长臂猿白血病病毒(GaLV),猿免疫缺陷病毒(SIV),人免疫缺陷型病毒(HIV),及其组合;例如,参见U.S.Pat.Nos.6,117,681;6,107,478;5,658,775;5,449,614;Buchscher,J.Virol.66:2731-2739,1992;Johann,J.Virol.66:1635-1640,1992)。基于腺相关病毒(AAV)的载体可用于带目标核酸的放射免疫细胞,例如体外生产核酸和肽,以及在体内和离体基因治疗过程中;例如,参见U.S.Pat.Nos.6,110,456;5,474,935;Okada,Gene Ther.3:957-964,1996。In one aspect, a nucleic acid of the invention is introduced in vivo to obtain in situ expression of a peptide or polypeptide of the invention. The nucleic acid can be introduced as "naked DNA" (see, eg, U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,859) or in the form of an expression vector such as a recombinant virus. As described below, the nucleic acid can be introduced by any route including peritumoral or intratumoral. Vectors for in vivo administration may be derived from viral genomes, including recombinantly modified enveloped or non-enveloped DNA and RNA viruses, preferably from baculoviridiae, parvoviridiae, picornoviridiae, herpesveridiae, poxyiridae, adenoviridiae or picornaviridiae. Chimeric vectors can also be used that take advantage of the attributes of each parent vector (see, eg, Feng, Nature Biotechnology 15:866-870, 1997). The viral gene can be modified by recombinant DNA technology to contain the nucleic acid of the present invention; and further engineered to become replication-deficient, conditionally replicable or replicable. In another aspect, the vector may be derived from an adenovirus (eg, a non-replicable vector from a human adenovirus genome, eg, see U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,096,718; 6,110,458; 6,113,913; 5,631,236); adeno-associated virus and retrovirus genomes. Retroviral vectors can be based on viruses including murine leukemia virus (MuLV), gibbon leukemia virus (GaLV), simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), and combinations thereof; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,117,681; 6,107,478; 5,658,775; 5,449,614; Buchscher, J. Virol. 66:2731-2739, 1992; Johann, J. Virol. 66:1635-1640, 1992). Adeno-associated virus (AAV)-based vectors can be used to irradiate cells with nucleic acids of interest, e.g., for the production of nucleic acids and peptides in vitro, and during gene therapy in vivo and ex vivo; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,110,456; 5,474,935; Okada , Gene Ther. 3:957-964, 1996.

此处所用的“表达盒”指能够在兼容该序列的宿主中影响结构基因(即编码如本发明多肽的蛋白的序列)表达的核苷酸序列。表达盒至少包括一个与编码多肽的序列可操作连接的启动子;并选择性带有其它序列,例如转录终止信号。还可采用其它对影响表达必需或有帮助的附加因子,例如增强子。"Expression cassette" as used herein refers to a nucleotide sequence capable of affecting the expression of a structural gene (ie, a sequence encoding a protein such as a polypeptide of the present invention) in a host compatible with the sequence. The expression cassette includes at least one promoter operably linked to the sequence encoding the polypeptide; and optionally other sequences, such as transcription termination signals. Other additional factors necessary or helpful to affect expression, such as enhancers, may also be used.

当核酸与另一核酸序列建立功能性关系时即被“可操作地连接”。例如,当启动子或增强子可影响序列的转录时即被可操作地连接至该编码序列。对于转录调节序列,可操作地连接指该被连接的DNA序列相互邻近,并在需要时在阅读框内连接两个邻近的蛋白编码区域。对于开关序列,可操作地连接指该序列能够影响转换重组。因此,表达盒还可包括质粒,表达载体,重组病毒,任何形式的重组“裸DNA”载体等等。A nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it enters into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence when it affects the transcription of the sequence. For transcriptional regulatory sequences, operably linked means that the DNA sequences being linked are adjacent to each other and, when necessary, join two adjacent protein coding regions in reading frame. With respect to a switch sequence, operably linked means that the sequence is capable of effecting switch recombination. Thus, expression cassettes may also include plasmids, expression vectors, recombinant viruses, any form of recombinant "naked DNA" vector, and the like.

“载体”指能够转运另一与之连接的核酸的核酸分子。载体的一种类型为“质粒”,其指一种能够连接附加DNA片段的环状双链DNA环。载体的另一种类型为病毒载体,其中附加DNA片段可连接至病毒基因组。某些载体能够在其被导入的宿主细胞内自主复制(例如,带有复制起始区的细菌载体以及游离哺乳动物载体)。其它的载体(例如,非游离哺乳动物载体)能在导入宿主细胞时被整合入宿主细胞的基因组,并随着宿主基因组进行复制。此外,部分载体能够引导与其可操作地连接的基因的表达。该种载体在此称为“重组表达载体”(或简单称为“表达载体”)。一般而言,在重组DNA技术中采用的表达载体通常为质粒形式。在本说明书中,“质粒”和“载体”可进行互换,因为质粒是最为常用的载体形式。然而,本发明意在包含具有同等功能的其它形式的表达载体,例如病毒载体(例如复制缺陷型逆转录病毒,腺病毒以及腺相关病毒)。"Vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a "plasmid," which refers to a circular double-stranded DNA loop capable of ligation of additional DNA segments. Another type of vector is a viral vector, in which additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication within the host cell into which they are introduced (eg, bacterial vectors with an origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (eg, non-episomal mammalian vectors) can be integrated into the genome of the host cell when introduced into the host cell and replicate along with the host genome. In addition, some vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operably linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "recombinant expression vectors" (or simply "expression vectors"). In general, expression vectors employed in recombinant DNA techniques are usually in the form of plasmids. In this specification, "plasmid" and "vector" are used interchangeably, since plasmids are the most commonly used form of vectors. However, the invention is intended to encompass other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (eg, replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.

C.宿主细胞和转化细胞C. Host Cells and Transformed Cells

本发明还提供了一种包含本发明核酸序列(例如编码本发明多肽的序列)或本发明载体的转化细胞。该宿主细胞可以是本领域技术人员所熟悉的任何宿主细胞,包括原核细胞,真核细胞,例如细菌细胞,真菌细胞,酵母细胞,哺乳动物细胞,昆虫细胞或植物细胞。示例性的细菌细胞包括大肠杆菌,链霉菌,枯草杆菌,鼠伤寒沙门氏菌以及假单胞菌类,链霉菌类以及葡萄球菌类中的各菌种。示例性昆虫细胞包括果蝇S2和夜蛾Sf9。示例性动物细胞包括CHO,COS或Bowes黑色素瘤或任何小鼠或人细胞系。对适当宿主的选择在本领域技术人员的能力范围之内。The present invention also provides a transformed cell comprising the nucleic acid sequence of the present invention (eg, the sequence encoding the polypeptide of the present invention) or the vector of the present invention. The host cell may be any host cell familiar to those skilled in the art, including prokaryotic cells, eukaryotic cells, such as bacterial cells, fungal cells, yeast cells, mammalian cells, insect cells or plant cells. Exemplary bacterial cells include Escherichia coli, Streptomyces, Bacillus subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium and species of Pseudomonas, Streptomyces and Staphylococci. Exemplary insect cells include Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9. Exemplary animal cells include CHO, COS or Bowes melanoma or any mouse or human cell line. Selection of an appropriate host is within the ability of those skilled in the art.

该载体可通过各种现有技术中的任何一种导入宿主细胞,该技术包括转化,转染,转导,病毒感染,基因枪或Ti介导基因转移。特殊的方法包括磷酸钙转染,DEAE-葡聚糖介导转染,脂质体转染或电穿孔。The vector can be introduced into host cells by any of a variety of available techniques, including transformation, transfection, transduction, viral infection, biolistic or Ti-mediated gene transfer. Specific methods include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, lipofection or electroporation.

经工程改造的宿主细胞可以在适于激活启动子,选择转化株或扩增本发明基因的改良传统营养培养基中培养。在转化合适的宿主菌株并使宿主菌株生长至适当的细胞密度时,可以通过适当的方法(例如,温度转换或化学诱导)诱导所选的启动子,然后继续培养细胞一段时间使其生成所需的多肽或其片段。The engineered host cells can be cultured in modified conventional nutrient media suitable for activation of promoters, selection of transformants, or amplification of the genes of the invention. After transforming a suitable host strain and allowing the host strain to grow to an appropriate cell density, the selected promoter can be induced by appropriate methods (e.g., temperature shift or chemical induction), and the cells are then cultured for a period of time to produce the desired polypeptides or fragments thereof.

可通过离心收集细胞,以物理或化学方法破碎,然后保留所得的粗提物供进一步纯化。用于表达蛋白的微生物细胞可通过任何传统方法进行破碎,其包括冻融循环,超声,机械破碎或采用细胞溶解试剂。这些方法为本领域的技术人员所熟知。表达的多肽或片段可通过多种方法从重组细胞中回收和纯化,这些方法包括硫酸铵或乙醇沉淀,酸提取,阴离子或阳离子交换层析,磷酸纤维素层析,疏水作用层析,亲和层析,羟磷灰石层析和外源凝集素层析。在需要时,可在完成多肽的构型时采用蛋白重折叠步骤。需要时可在最终的纯化步骤中采用高效液相层析(HPLC)。Cells can be harvested by centrifugation, disrupted physically or chemically, and the resulting crude extract retained for further purification. Microbial cells used to express proteins can be disrupted by any conventional method, including freeze-thaw cycles, sonication, mechanical disruption or use of cell lysis reagents. These methods are well known to those skilled in the art. Expressed polypeptides or fragments can be recovered and purified from recombinant cells by a variety of methods, including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity Chromatography, hydroxyapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Protein refolding steps can be employed, if desired, in completing the conformation of the polypeptide. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) can be used as a final purification step if desired.

也可采用各种哺乳动物培养系统来表达重组蛋白。哺乳动物表达系统的示例包括猴肾成纤维细胞的COS-7系以及其它能够从相容载体表达蛋白的细胞系,例如C127,3T3,CHO,HeLa以及BHK细胞系。Various mammalian culture systems can also be used to express recombinant proteins. Examples of mammalian expression systems include the COS-7 line of monkey kidney fibroblasts and other cell lines capable of expressing proteins from compatible vectors such as C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines.

宿主细胞中的该种结构可用于以传统方式生产由重组序列编码的基因产物。根据重组生产过程中所采用的宿主的不同,由带有该载体的宿主细胞所生产的多肽可能是糖基化多肽或非糖基化多肽。本发明的多肽也可能带或不带初始蛋氨酸氨基酸残基。Such a construct in a host cell can be used to produce the gene product encoded by the recombinant sequence in a conventional manner. Depending on the host used in the recombinant production process, the polypeptide produced by the host cell carrying the vector may be a glycosylated polypeptide or a non-glycosylated polypeptide. Polypeptides of the invention may or may not have the initial methionine amino acid residue.

无细胞翻译系统也可用于生产本发明的多肽。无细胞翻译系统可采用由包含了可操作地连接编码多肽或其片段的核酸和启动子的DNA构建体转录得到的mRNAs。在一些情况下,该DNA构建体可在体外转录反应前进行线性化。然后将转录后的mRNA培养于适当的无细胞翻译提取物(例如兔网状细胞提取物)以生产所需的多肽及其片段。Cell-free translation systems can also be used to produce the polypeptides of the invention. Cell-free translation systems may employ mRNAs transcribed from a DNA construct comprising a promoter operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide or a fragment thereof. In some cases, the DNA construct can be linearized prior to the in vitro transcription reaction. The transcribed mRNA is then cultured in an appropriate cell-free translation extract (eg, rabbit reticulocyte extract) to produce the desired polypeptide and fragments thereof.

表达载体可包含一个或多个选择性标记基因以提供转化宿主细胞选择所需的表型性状,例如真核细胞培养中的二氢叶酸还原酶或新霉素耐药性,或例如大肠杆菌的四环素或氨比西林耐药性。Expression vectors may contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide phenotypic traits required for selection of transformed host cells, such as dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance in eukaryotic cell culture, or e.g. Tetracycline or ampicillin resistance.

D.核酸的扩增D. Amplification of nucleic acids

在本发明的实施过程中,编码本发明多肽的核酸或经修饰的核酸可通过扩增等方法进行复制。本发明提供了用于扩增编码本发明多肽的核酸的扩增引物序列对,例如,能够扩增包含了Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2序列或其子序列的核酸的引物对。During the implementation of the present invention, the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide of the present invention or the modified nucleic acid can be replicated by means of amplification or the like. The present invention provides a pair of amplification primers for amplifying nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of the present invention, for example, a pair of primers capable of amplifying nucleic acid comprising Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 sequence or subsequence thereof.

扩增方法包括,如聚合酶链式反应,PCR(PCR PROTOCOLS,A GUIDE TO METHODS AND APPLICATIONS,ed.Innis,AcademicPress,N.Y.,1990and PCR STRATEGIES,1995,ed.Innis,AcademicPress,Inc.,N.Y.),连接酶链式反应(LCR)(例如,参见Wu,Genomics 4:560,1989;Landegren,Science 241:1077,1988;Barringer,Gene 89:117,1990);转录扩增(例如,参见Kwoh,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 86:1173,1989);以及自动维持序列扩增(例如,参见Guatelli,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 87:1874,1990);Q Beta复制酶扩增(例如,参见Smith,J.Clin.Microbiol.35:1477-1491,1997),自动化Q-beta复制酶扩增分析(例如,参见Burg,MoI.Cell.Probes 10:257-271,1996)以及其它RNA聚合酶介导技术(例如NASBA,Cangene,Mississauga,Ontario);同样可参见Berger,MethodsEnzymol.152:307-316,1987;Sambrook;Ausubel;U.S.Pat.Nos.4,683,195以及4,683,202;Sooknanan,Biotechnology 13:563-564,1995。Amplification methods include, such as polymerase chain reaction, PCR (PCR PROTOCOLS, A GUIDE TO METHODS AND APPLICATIONS, ed. Innis, Academic Press, N.Y., 1990 and PCR STRATEGIES, 1995, ed. Innis, Academic Press, Inc., N.Y.), Ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see, for example, Wu, Genomics 4:560, 1989; Landegren, Science 241:1077, 1988; Barringer, Gene 89:117, 1990); transcriptional amplification (see, for example, Kwoh, Proc. USA 86:1173,1989); and self-sustaining sequence amplification (see, for example, Guatelli, Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.USA 87:1874,1990); Q Beta replicase amplification ( See, e.g., Smith, J. Clin. Microbiol. 35:1477-1491, 1997), automated Q-beta replicase amplification assays (e.g., see Burg, MoI. Cell. Probes 10: 257-271, 1996) and others RNA polymerase-mediated techniques (e.g. NASBA, Cangene, Mississauga, Ontario); see also Berger, Methods Enzymol. 152:307-316, 1987; Sambrook; Ausubel; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202; Sooknanan, Biotechnology 13: 563-564, 1995.

E.核酸杂交E. Nucleic acid hybridization

本发明提供了在严格条件下与本发明的示例性序列(例如,Scd1序列或toll样受体2序列,或任一个的互补序列,或编码本发明多肽的核酸)杂交的分离或重组核酸。另一方面,该严格条件是一种高度严格的条件,中度严格的条件或低度严格的条件,如本领域所公知,并如此处所述。这些方法可用于分离本发明的核酸。The invention provides isolated or recombinant nucleic acids that hybridize under stringent conditions to an exemplary sequence of the invention (eg, the Scd1 sequence or the toll-like receptor 2 sequence, or the complement of either, or a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of the invention). In another aspect, the stringent conditions are conditions of high stringency, conditions of moderate stringency or conditions of low stringency, as known in the art and as described herein. These methods can be used to isolate nucleic acids of the invention.

另一方面,本发明的核酸(如按照在严格条件下进行杂交的能力来定义)的长度可介于约5个残基至本发明核酸的全长;例如,它们的长度可以至少为5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,50,55,60,65,70,75,80,90,100,150,200,250,300,350,400,450,500,550,600,650,700,750,800或更多个残基,或为基因或编码序列的全长,例如cDNA。比全长短的核酸同样包括在内。这些核酸可具有多种用途,例如可作为杂交探针,标记探针,PCR寡聚核苷酸探针,iRNA,编码抗体结合多肽(表位)的反义或序列,基序,活性位点等。In another aspect, nucleic acids of the invention (as defined by their ability to hybridize under stringent conditions) can be from about 5 residues to the full length of the nucleic acids of the invention; for example, they can be at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800 or more residues, or the full length of a gene or coding sequence, eg cDNA. Nucleic acids shorter than full length are also included. These nucleic acids can be used in a variety of ways, such as hybridization probes, labeling probes, PCR oligonucleotide probes, iRNA, antisense or sequences encoding antibody binding polypeptides (epitopes), motifs, active sites wait.

“选择性(或特异性)杂交”指在严格的杂交条件下将分子结合,或杂交至一个存在于复杂混合物(例如总细胞或文库DNA或RNA)的特定的核苷酸序列,其中该特定核苷酸序列的检测值应当至少为背景的10倍。在一个实施例中,一种核酸可以通过其在严格条件下与一种经其它方式确定为在本发明范围内的核酸(例如此处所述的示例性序列)进行杂交的能力来确定其在本发明的范围内。"Selective (or specific) hybridization" refers to the binding of molecules to, or hybridization to, a specific nucleotide sequence present in a complex mixture (such as total cell or library DNA or RNA) under stringent hybridization conditions, where the specific The detection value of the nucleotide sequence should be at least 10 times the background. In one example, a nucleic acid can be identified by its ability to hybridize under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid otherwise determined to be within the scope of the invention, such as the exemplary sequences described herein. within the scope of the present invention.

“严格杂交条件”指探针与其(通常在核酸的复杂混合物中的)目标子序列而不与其它具有明显数量的序列(阳性信号(例如,本发明核酸的鉴定)为背景杂交的约10倍)进行杂交时的条件。严格条件与序列相关且随环境的不同而变化。更长序列会在更高的温度下特异性杂交。对核酸杂交的广泛指导可参见如Sambrook,ed.,MOLECULAR CLONING:A LABORATORY MANUAL(2ND ED.),VoIs.1-3,Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory,1989;CURRENTPROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY,Ausubel,ed.John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,New York,1997;LABORATORY TECHNIQUES INBIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY:HYBRIDIZATION WITH NUCLEIC ACID PROBES,Part I.Theoryand Nucleic Acid Preparation,Tijssen,ed.Elsevier,N.Y.,1993。"Stringent hybridization conditions" mean that a probe hybridizes to its target subsequence (usually in a complex mixture of nucleic acids) by about 10 times to the background of other sequences (positive signal (e.g., identification of nucleic acids of the invention) in significant numbers) ) conditions for hybridization. Stringent conditions are sequence dependent and vary with circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures. Extensive guidance on nucleic acid hybridization can be found, for example, in Sambrook, ed., MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (2ND ED.), VoIs. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1989; CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, Ausubel, ed. John Wiley & Sons , Inc., New York, 1997; LABORATORY TECHNIQUES INBIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY: HYBRIDIZATION WITH NUCLEIC ACID PROBES, Part I. Theory and Nucleic Acid Preparation, Tijssen, ed. Elsevier, N.Y., 1993.

一般而言,严格条件可选定为较特定离子强度pH下的热熔点I低大约5-10℃。为(在给定离子强度,pH和核酸浓度下)平衡时50%的与目标互补的探针与目标序列杂交的温度(由于目标序列为过量存在,因此,在Tm,在平衡时50%的探针被占用)。严格条件可以是在pH 7.0至8.3下盐浓度小于约1.0M钠离子,通常约为0.01至1.0M钠离子浓度(或其它盐),且对于短探针(例如,10至50个核苷酸)的温度至少为30℃以及对长探针(例如,大于50个核苷酸)的温度至少为60℃。严格条件还可参照Sambrook(在下文引用)通过添加甲酰胺等去稳剂来实现。对于高严格度杂交,阳性信号至少是背景的两倍,优选为背景杂交的10倍。极高严格度或严格杂交条件包括:50%甲酰胺,5x SSC和1%SDS在42℃下培养,或是5x SSC和1%SDS在65℃下培养,并在65℃下0.2x SSC和1%SDS中洗涤。对于选择性或特异性杂交,阳性信号(例如,本发明核酸的鉴定)为背景杂交的约10倍。用于鉴定本发明范围内的核酸的严格杂交条件包括:于42℃下在含有50%甲酰胺,5x SSC和1%SDS的缓冲液中进行杂交,或于65℃下在含有5x SSC和1%SDS的缓冲液中进行杂交,两者均以0.2x SSC和1%SDS在65℃下洗涤。在本发明中,包含本发明核酸的基因组DNA或cDNA可通过在严格条件下使用此处所披露核酸的标准Southern印迹来鉴定。对该杂交的另外的严格条件(鉴定本发明范围内的核酸)为包含了在37℃下,40%的甲酰胺,1M NaCl,1%SDS的缓冲液中进行杂交的条件。Generally, stringent conditions can be selected to be about 5-10°C lower than the thermal melting point I at a particular ionic strength pH. is (at a given ionic strength, pH and nucleic acid concentration) the temperature at which 50% of the probes complementary to the target hybridize to the target sequence at equilibrium (since the target sequence is present in excess, at Tm, 50% of the probe is occupied). Stringent conditions can be a salt concentration of less than about 1.0 M sodium ion at pH 7.0 to 8.3, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion concentration (or other salts), and for short probes (e.g., 10 to 50 nucleotides) ) is at least 30°C and for long probes (eg, greater than 50 nucleotides), the temperature is at least 60°C. Stringent conditions can also be achieved by adding a destabilizing agent such as formamide with reference to Sambrook (cited below). For high stringency hybridizations, a positive signal is at least two times background, preferably 10 times background hybridization. Very high stringency or stringent hybridization conditions include: 50% formamide, 5x SSC and 1% SDS at 42°C, or 5x SSC and 1% SDS at 65°C, and 0.2x SSC at 65°C and Wash in 1% SDS. For selective or specific hybridization, a positive signal (eg, identification of a nucleic acid of the invention) is about 10 times background hybridization. Stringent hybridization conditions for identifying nucleic acids within the scope of the invention include: hybridization at 42°C in a buffer containing 50% formamide, 5x SSC and 1% SDS, or at 65°C in a buffer containing 5x SSC and 1% SDS. Hybridization was performed in buffer with % SDS, and both were washed with 0.2x SSC and 1% SDS at 65°C. In the present invention, genomic DNA or cDNA comprising a nucleic acid of the invention can be identified by standard Southern blotting under stringent conditions using the nucleic acids disclosed herein. Additional stringent conditions for this hybridization (to identify nucleic acids within the scope of the invention) are conditions that include hybridization at 37°C in a buffered solution of 40% formamide, 1M NaCl, 1% SDS.

然而,杂交形式的选择并非至关重要,洗涤条件的严格度才决定了确定一种核酸是否在本发明范围内的条件。用于鉴定核酸是否处于本发明范围内的洗涤条件包括,例如,pH 7下约0.02摩尔的盐浓度以及其温度至少为约50℃或约55℃至约60℃;或者,约15分钟,在72℃下盐浓度约为0.15M NaCl;或者,约15至20分钟,温度至少为约50℃或约55℃至约60℃时盐浓度为约0.2X SSC;或者,该杂交复合物以盐浓度约为2X SSC且包含0.1%SDS的溶液在室温下洗涤15分钟并重复两次,然后以含0.1%SDS的0.1X SSC在68℃下洗涤15分钟并重复两次;或为同等条件。参见Sambrook,Tijssen and Ausubel for a description of SSC buffer and equivalentconditions。However, the choice of hybridization format is not critical, and it is the stringency of the wash conditions that determine the conditions for determining whether a nucleic acid is within the scope of the invention. Washing conditions for identifying whether a nucleic acid is within the scope of the invention include, for example, a salt concentration of about 0.02 molar at pH 7 and a temperature of at least about 50°C or about 55°C to about 60°C; or, for about 15 minutes, at A salt concentration of about 0.15M NaCl at 72°C; or, for about 15 to 20 minutes, a salt concentration of about 0.2X SSC at a temperature of at least about 50°C or about 55°C to about 60°C; A solution of approximately 2X SSC containing 0.1% SDS was washed twice at room temperature for 15 minutes, followed by a wash in 0.1X SSC containing 0.1% SDS at 68°C for 15 minutes and repeated twice; or equivalent conditions. See Sambrook, Tijssen and Ausubel for a description of SSC buffer and equivalent conditions.

F.寡聚核苷酸探针及其使用方法F. Oligonucleotide probes and methods of use thereof

本发明还提供了用于鉴定编码作为TLR2或Scd1信号转导活性调节剂的多肽的核酸的核酸探针。一方面,该探针包含了至少10个本发明核酸的连续碱基。此外,本发明的探针可以至少为5,6,7,8,9,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,60,70,80,90,100,110,120,130,150个,或约10至50个,约20至60个,约30至70个本发明核酸序列中的连续碱基。该探针通过结合和/或杂交鉴定核酸。该探针可用于本发明的阵列,参见下文讨论。本发明的探针还可用于其它核酸或多肽的分离。The present invention also provides nucleic acid probes for identifying nucleic acids encoding polypeptides that are modulators of TLR2 or Scd1 signaling activity. In one aspect, the probe comprises at least 10 contiguous bases of the nucleic acid of the invention. In addition, the probes of the present invention can be at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 150, or about 10 to 50, about 20 to 60, about 30 to 70 consecutive bases in the nucleic acid sequence of the present invention. The probes identify nucleic acids by binding and/or hybridization. Such probes can be used in arrays of the invention, see discussion below. The probes of the present invention can also be used for the isolation of other nucleic acids or polypeptides.

G.序列一致性的测定G. Determination of sequence identity

本发明提供了与Scd1多聚核苷酸或toll样受体2多聚核苷酸具有至少90%,91%,92%,93%,94%,95%,96%,97%,98%,99%或更高序列一致性的核酸。本发明提供了与Scd1蛋白或toll样受体2蛋白具有90%,至少91%,92%,93%,94%,95%,96%,97%,98%,99%或更高序列一致性的多聚核苷酸。序列一致性可以通过序列比较算法或视觉检测的分析进行测定。蛋白和/或核酸的序列一致性(同源性)可采用本领域公知的任何一种序列比较算法和程序进行评估。The invention provides polynucleotides having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% , nucleic acids with 99% or greater sequence identity. The invention provides a protein having 90%, at least 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to Scd1 protein or toll-like receptor 2 protein Sexual polynucleotides. Sequence identity can be determined by analysis of sequence comparison algorithms or visual inspection. Sequence identity (homology) of proteins and/or nucleic acids can be assessed using any number of sequence comparison algorithms and programs known in the art.

在序列比较中,通常将一种序列作为与测试序列比较的参考序列。当使用序列比较算法时,将测试和参考序列输入计算机,指定子序列坐标,并在需要时指定序列算法程序参数。可采用默认程序参数,或另行指定参数。随后序列比较算法将根据程序参数计算测试序列相对参考序列的序列相似度百分数。对于核酸和蛋白的序列比较,可采用BLAST和BLAST2.2.2或FASTA 3.0t78版以及下文讨论的默认参数。In sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, and, if necessary, sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or additional parameters can be specified. The sequence comparison algorithm will then calculate the percent sequence similarity for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters. For nucleic acid and protein sequence comparisons, BLAST and BLAST 2.2.2 or FASTA version 3.0t78 can be used with the default parameters discussed below.

此处所用的“比较窗口”指包括了对选自下述小组中任一邻近位点数的片段的范围,该小组由20至600组成,通常为约50至约200,更常见为约100至约150,在该范围内一种序列能够与相同邻近位点数量的参考序列在两者最佳比对后进行比较。通过比对序列进行比较的方法已为本领域所熟知。通过序列的最佳比对进行比较可通过下述方法实现,例如,通过Smith&Waterman,Adv.Appl.Math.2:482,1981的局部同源性算法,通过Needleman&Wunsch,J.MoI.Biol.48:443,1970的同源性比对算法,,通过Pearson&Lipman,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.85:2444,1988的相似性搜索法,通过这些算法的计算机执行(FASTDB(Intelligenetics),BLAST(国家生物医学信息中心),GAP,BESTFIT,FASTA,以及Wisconsin遗传学软件包中的TFASTA,Genetics Computer Group,575ScienceDr.,Madison,WI),或者通过人工比对和视觉观察(例如,参见Ausubel等人,(1999Suppl.),Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience,N.Y.,1987)。As used herein, a "comparison window" refers to a range that includes fragments for any number of adjacent positions selected from the group consisting of 20 to 600, usually about 50 to about 200, more typically about 100 to About 150, the range in which a sequence can be compared to a reference sequence with the same number of adjacent positions when the two are optimally aligned. Methods for comparison by aligning sequences are well known in the art. Comparison by optimal alignment of sequences can be achieved, for example, by the local homology algorithm of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, 1981, by Needleman & Wunsch, J. MoI. Biol. 48: 443, the homology comparison algorithm of 1970, by the similarity search method of Pearson&Lipman, Proc. Biomedical Information Center), GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 ScienceDr., Madison, WI), or by manual alignment and visual inspection (see, for example, Ausubel et al., (1999Suppl.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, N.Y., 1987).

一种适于检测百分比序列一致性和序列相似性的算法的优选示例为FASTA算法,其描述参见Pearson&Lipman,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.85:2444,1988。还可参见Pearson,Methods Enzymol.266:227-258,1996。用于计算百分比一致性的DNA序列FASTA比对的优选参数已被优化,BL50Matrix 15:-5,k-tuple=2;joining penalty=40,optimization=28;gap penalty-12,gap length penalty=-2;以及width=16。A preferred example of an algorithm suitable for detecting percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the FASTA algorithm, described in Pearson & Lipman, Proc. See also Pearson, Methods Enzymol. 266:227-258,1996. The preferred parameters for FASTA alignment of DNA sequences used to calculate percent identity have been optimized, BL50Matrix 15: -5, k-tuple=2; joining penalty=40, optimization=28; gap penalty-12, gap length penalty=- 2; and width=16.

另一种适于检测百分比序列一致性和序列相似性的算法的优选示例为BLAST和BLAST2.0算法,其描述分别参见Altschul等人,Nuc.Acids Res.25:3389-3402,1977;以及Altschul等人,J.MoI.Biol.215:403-410,1990。BLAST和BLAST2.0可采用此处所述的参数检测本发明的核酸和蛋白的百分比序列一致性。可进行BLAST分析的软件可通过国家生物技术信息中心公开获取(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/)。该算法包括首选通过鉴定待测序列中长度为W的短词鉴定高得分序列对(HSPs),其中该词与数据库序列中相同长度的词比对时匹配或满足某些正数值界限分数T。T指邻近词分数界限(Altschul等人,supra)。这些初始邻近词条(word hits)可作为种子启动对包含它们的更长HSPs的搜索。该词条在每个序列的两个方向同时伸展,直至累计比对分数得到增加。对核苷酸序列的累计分数采用参数M(对一对匹配残基的奖赏分数;总是>0)和N(对不匹配残基的惩罚分数;总是<0)进行计算。对于氨基酸序列,可使用得分矩阵来计算累计分数。以下情况下词条向各方向的伸展被停止:累计比对分数较其最大实现值小数量X;由于一个或多个负得分残基比对的累积,累计分数降至0或以下;或者达到了任一序列的末端。BLAST算法的参数W,T和X测定了比对的灵敏度和速度。BLASTN程序(用于核苷酸序列)默认词长(w)为11,期望值(E)为5,M=5,N=-4,并同时对两条链进行比较。对于氨基酸序列,BLASTP程序默认词长(w)为3,期望值(E)为10,以及该得分BLOSUM62矩阵(参见Henikoff&Henikoff,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.89:10915,1989)的比对(B)为50,期望值(E)为10,M=5,N=-4,并同时对两条链进行比较。Another preferred example of an algorithm suitable for detecting percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST and BLAST2.0 algorithms described in Altschul et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402, 1977; and Altschul, respectively. et al., J. MoI. Biol. 215:403-410, 1990. BLAST and BLAST 2.0 can detect percent sequence identity for nucleic acids and proteins of the invention using the parameters described herein. Software for performing BLAST analyzes is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). The algorithm consists of first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the test sequence that either match or satisfy some positive numerical cutoff score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T refers to the neighborhood word score bound (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighboring word hits serve as seeds to initiate searches for longer HSPs containing them. The term is stretched in both directions for each sequence until the cumulative alignment score is increased. Cumulative scores for nucleotide sequences are calculated using the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always >0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always <0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix can be used to calculate the cumulative score. Stretching of a term in each direction is stopped when: the cumulative alignment score is an amount X less than its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score falls to 0 or below due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or end of any sequence. The parameters W, T and X of the BLAST algorithm measure the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) defaults to a word length (w) of 11, an expectation (E) of 5, M=5, N=-4, and compares two strands simultaneously. For amino acid sequences, the default word length (w) of the BLASTP program is 3, the expected value (E) is 10, and the alignment of the score BLOSUM62 matrix (see Henikoff&Henikoff, Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.89:10915,1989) ( B) is 50, the expected value (E) is 10, M=5, N=-4, and the two chains are compared at the same time.

BLAST算法还可进行两个序列间的相似度统计学分析(例如,参见Karlin&Altschul,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.90:5873-5787,1993)。由BLAST算法所提供的一种相似度检测为最小总可能性(P(N)),它对两个核苷酸或氨基酸序列之间产生偶然匹配的可能性提供了指示。例如,当测试核酸与参考核酸之间比较得到的最小总可能性小于约0.2,更优选小于约0.01,更优选小于约0.001时,该核酸被认为与参考核酸相类似。The BLAST algorithm can also perform a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, eg, Karlin & Altschul, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:5873-5787, 1993). One test of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the overall probability (P(N)), which provides an indication of the likelihood by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would result by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered to be similar to a reference nucleic acid when the smallest overall probability obtained from the comparison between the test nucleic acid and the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01, more preferably less than about 0.001.

另一种有用算法的示例为PILEUP。PILEUP采用渐进的,双序列的比对建立了来自相关序列组的多重序列比对,从而显示了相关性和百分比序列一致性。它还绘制了可显示用于建立比对的聚类关系的树状图。PILEUP采用了简化的Feng&Doolittle,J.MoI.Evol.35:351-360,1987的渐进比对法。所采用的方法与Higgins&Sharp,CABIOS 5:151-153,1989所描述的方法类似。该程序可对高达300个序列进行比对,每个序列的最大长度为5,000个核苷酸或氨基酸。该多重比对程序始于对两个最为相似的序列的双序列比对,从而产生两个比对序列的聚类。然后将该聚类与下一个最接近的序列或比对序列的聚类进行比对。两个序列聚类可通过两个单独序列的双序列比对的简单扩展进行比对。最终比对可通过一系列的渐进,双序列比对实现。该程序通过指定特定的序列及其氨基酸或核苷酸坐标为序列比较区域并指定程序参数来运行。使用PILEUP时将采用下列参数通过比较参考序列和其它测试序列测定序列一致性关系百分比:默认间隔权数(3.00),默认间隔长度权数(0.10),以及加权的末端间隔。PILEUP可以从GCG序列分析软件的7.0版等版本中获取(Devereaux等人,Nuc.Acids Res.12:387-395,1984。Another example of a useful algorithm is PILEUP. PILEUP uses progressive, pairwise alignments to build multiple sequence alignments from groups of related sequences, showing relatedness and percent sequence identity. It also draws a dendrogram that shows the clustering relationships used to build the alignment. PILEUP adopts the simplified progressive comparison method of Feng & Doolittle, J.MoI.Evol.35:351-360,1987. The method employed is similar to that described by Higgins & Sharp, CABIOS 5:151-153, 1989. The program can align up to 300 sequences, each of a maximum length of 5,000 nucleotides or amino acids. This multiple alignment procedure begins with a pairwise alignment of the two most similar sequences, resulting in a cluster of the two aligned sequences. This cluster is then aligned to the next closest sequence or cluster of aligned sequences. Two sequence clusters can be aligned by a simple extension of the pairwise alignment of two separate sequences. The final alignment can be achieved through a series of incremental, pairwise alignments. The program is run by designating specific sequences and their amino acid or nucleotide coordinates as regions for sequence comparison and designating program parameters. Using PILEUP will determine the percent sequence identity relationship by comparing a reference sequence to other test sequences using the following parameters: default gap weight (3.00), default gap length weight (0.10), and weighted end gaps. PILEUP is available from GCG Sequence Analysis Software Version 7.0 and others (Devereaux et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 12:387-395, 1984.

另一适合多重DNA和氨基酸序列比对的优选算法示例为CLUSTALW程序(Thompson等人,Nucl.Acids.Res.22:4673-4680,1994)。ClustalW可以在序列组之间进行多重双序列比较并将其装入基于同源性的多重比对。间隔打开和间隔延长惩罚分别为10和0.05。对于氨基酸比对,该BLOSUM算法可被用作蛋白权数矩阵(Henikoff and Henikoff,Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci.U.S.A.89:10915-10919,1992)。Another example of a preferred algorithm suitable for multiple alignments of DNA and amino acid sequences is the CLUSTALW program (Thompson et al., Nucl. Acids. Res. 22:4673-4680, 1994). ClustalW can perform multiple pairwise comparisons between groups of sequences and load them into homology-based multiple alignments. Interval opening and interval extension penalties are 10 and 0.05, respectively. For amino acid alignments, the BLOSUM algorithm can be used as a protein weight matrix (Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:10915-10919, 1992).

“序列一致性”指氨基酸或核苷酸序列间的相似度量度,并可用本领域公知的,例如以下描述的方法进行测量:"Sequence identity" refers to a measure of similarity between amino acid or nucleotide sequences and can be measured using methods well known in the art, such as described below:

上下文中两个或更多核酸或核苷酸序列的“一致性”或百分比“一致性”指两个或多个序列或子序列彼此相同或具有一定百分比的相同的氨基酸残基或核苷酸(即针对指定区域或比较窗口,对最大对应进行比较和比对时,采用下列序列比较算法之一或通过人工比对和视觉观察检测到60%一致性,优选65%,70%,75%,80%,85%,90%,91%,92%,93%,94%,95%,96%,97%,98%或99%或更高的一致性)。"Identity" or percent "identity" in the context of two or more nucleic acid or nucleotide sequences means that two or more sequences or subsequences are identical to each other or have a certain percentage of identical amino acid residues or nucleotides (i.e. for a specified region or comparison window, when comparing and aligning the maximum correspondence, one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection detects 60% concordance, preferably 65%, 70%, 75% , 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% or higher concordance).

上下文中两个核酸或核苷酸序列的“充分一致性”指当为最大对应进行比较和比对时两个或更多至少具有60%,通常至少70%,优选至少80%,最优选至少90%或至少95%的核苷酸或氨基酸残基一致性的序列或子序列,如通过下列序列比较算法之一或视觉观察所测得。该充分一致性优选存在于长度至少为50碱基或残基的序列区域,更优选存在于至少100碱基或残基的区域,最优选时该序列至少150碱基或残基充分一致。在一个最优选的实施例中,该序列的整个编码区域长度内均充分一致。"Substantial identity" of two nucleic acids or nucleotide sequences in this context means that two or more have at least 60%, usually at least 70%, preferably at least 80%, most preferably at least 80% when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence. A sequence or subsequence that is 90% or at least 95% nucleotide or amino acid residue identical, as determined by one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by visual inspection. Such sufficient identity is preferably present over a sequence region of at least 50 bases or residues in length, more preferably at least 100 bases or residues, and most preferably at least 150 bases or residues in length. In a most preferred embodiment, the sequences are substantially identical over the entire length of the coding region.

上下文中两个或多个核酸或核苷酸序列的“同源性”和“一致性”指(为比较窗口或指定区域内的最大对应进行比较和比对时)两个或多个序列或子序列彼此相同或具有一定百分比的相同的氨基酸残基或核苷酸,如通过下列序列比较算法之一或人工比对和视觉观察所测得。对于序列比较,可将一种序列作为与测试序列比较的参考序列(Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2多聚核苷酸或多肽的示例性序列)。当使用序列比较算法时,将测试和参考序列输入计算机,指定子序列坐标,并在需要时指定序列算法程序参数。可采用默认程序参数,或另行指定参数。随后序列比较算法将根据程序参数计算测试序列相对参考序列的序列相似度百分数。"Homology" and "identity" in the context of two or more nucleic acids or nucleotide sequences means (when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window or specified region) that two or more sequences or Subsequences are identical to each other or have a certain percentage of identical amino acid residues or nucleotides, as determined by one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection. For sequence comparison, one sequence can be used as a reference sequence (exemplary sequences for Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 polynucleotide or polypeptide) to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, and, if necessary, sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or additional parameters can be specified. The sequence comparison algorithm will then calculate the percent sequence similarity for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.

此处所用的“比较窗口”指包括了任一邻近残基数量的片段的范围。例如,在本发明的另一方面,任意位置的从20至本发明示例性多肽或核酸序列(例如Scd1或toll样受体2多聚核苷酸)全长范围内的邻近残基被用来与具有相同数量邻近位点的参考序列在两序列最佳比对后进行比较。如果该参考序列对本发明示例性多肽或核酸序列具有必需的序列一致性,例如对Scd1或toll样受体2多聚核苷酸或多肽具有至少90%,91%,92%,93%,94%,95%,96%,97%,98%,99%或更高的序列一致性,则该序列在本发明的范围之内。As used herein, "comparison window" refers to the range of fragments that includes any number of contiguous residues. For example, in another aspect of the invention, adjacent residues at any position ranging from 20 to the full length of an exemplary polypeptide or nucleic acid sequence of the invention (e.g., Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2 polynucleotides) are used Comparisons are made to a reference sequence having the same number of adjacent positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned. If the reference sequence has the necessary sequence identity to an exemplary polypeptide or nucleic acid sequence of the present invention, for example at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94% to a Scd1 or toll-like receptor 2 polynucleotide or polypeptide %, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or higher sequence identity, then the sequence is within the scope of the present invention.

可通过上述程序检测的基序包括编码亮氨酸拉链序列,螺旋-转角-螺旋基序,糖基化位点,泛素化位点,alpha螺旋以及beta折叠,编码能够引导编码蛋白分泌的信号肽的信号序列,牵涉转录调节的序列如同源异形盒,酸性伸展,酶活位点,底物结合位点以及酶切位点。Motifs that can be detected by the above procedures include sequences encoding leucine zippers, helix-turn-helix motifs, glycosylation sites, ubiquitination sites, alpha helices, and beta folds, encoding signals capable of directing the secretion of encoded proteins Peptide signal sequence, sequences involved in transcription regulation such as homeobox, acidic stretch, enzyme active site, substrate binding site and enzyme cleavage site.

H.计算机系统和计算机程序产品H. COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS

为在硅片中检测和鉴定序列一致性,结构同源性,基序等,本发明的序列可在任何可被计算机阅读和存取的媒体上存储,记录和操作。相应地,本发明提供了记录或储存本发明的核酸和多肽序列的计算机,计算机系统,计算机可读媒体,计算机程序产品等。此处所用的词语“记录”和“储存”指在计算机媒体上储存信息的过程。本领域的熟练技术人员可以迅速采用各种已知方法在计算机可读媒体上记录信息,从而产生包含了一个或多个本发明的核酸和/或多肽序列的产品。In order to detect and identify sequence identity, structural homology, motifs, etc. in silico, the sequences of the present invention can be stored, recorded and manipulated on any medium that can be read and accessed by a computer. Accordingly, the present invention provides computers, computer systems, computer readable media, computer program products, etc. for recording or storing the nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of the present invention. The words "recording" and "storage" as used herein refer to the process of storing information on computer media. Those skilled in the art can quickly use various known methods to record information on computer-readable media, thereby producing products comprising one or more nucleic acid and/or polypeptide sequences of the present invention.

本发明的另一方面是记录了至少一个本发明的核酸和/或多肽序列的计算机可读媒体。计算机可读媒体包括了磁可读媒体,光可读媒体,电子可读媒体以及磁/光媒体。例如,该计算机可读媒体可以是硬盘,软盘,磁带,CD-ROM,数字多用途光盘(DVD),随机存取内存(RAM)或只读内存(ROM)以及其它本领域技术人员公知的其它媒体。Another aspect of the present invention is a computer readable medium on which at least one nucleic acid and/or polypeptide sequence of the present invention is recorded. Computer readable media includes magnetically readable media, optically readable media, electronically readable media, and magnetic/optical media. For example, the computer readable medium can be a hard disk, floppy disk, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, digital versatile disk (DVD), random access memory (RAM) or read only memory (ROM) and other memory devices known to those skilled in the art. media.

此处所用的术语“计算机”,“计算机程序”和“处理器”在最广泛的背景内使用并包含所有该类设备。As used herein, the terms "computer", "computer program" and "processor" are used in the broadest context and include all such devices.

多肽和转录本的调节或抑制Modulation or inhibition of peptides and transcripts

本发明进一步提供了与本发明的核酸序列互补的核酸(例如反义序列)。反义序列能够调节或抑制编码蛋白的基因(例如编码TLR2或Scd1的核酸)的转运,剪切或转录。该调节或抑制可以通过靶向基因组DNA或信使RNA而实施。靶向核酸的转录或功能可通过杂交和/或裂解等方法进行抑制。本发明提供的一种特别有用的抑制剂包括能结合基因或信使,同时防止或抑制蛋白的生成和作用的寡聚核苷酸。该关联可以通过序列特异性杂交实现。另一类有用的抑制剂包括能引起蛋白信使的失活或裂解的寡聚核苷酸。该寡聚核苷酸可具有引起该种裂解的酶活性,如核酶。该寡聚核苷酸可被化学修饰或连接至能够裂解互补核酸的酶或组合物。人们可以从许多不同的该类寡聚核苷酸的集合中筛选具有所需活性的寡聚核苷酸。The invention further provides nucleic acids (eg antisense sequences) that are complementary to the nucleic acid sequences of the invention. Antisense sequences are capable of regulating or inhibiting the translocation, splicing or transcription of a protein-encoding gene (eg, nucleic acid encoding TLR2 or Scd1). This modulation or inhibition can be effected by targeting genomic DNA or messenger RNA. The transcription or function of the targeted nucleic acid can be inhibited by methods such as hybridization and/or cleavage. A particularly useful class of inhibitors provided by the invention includes oligonucleotides that bind to a gene or message while preventing or inhibiting the production and action of the protein. This association can be achieved by sequence-specific hybridization. Another class of useful inhibitors includes oligonucleotides that cause inactivation or cleavage of protein messengers. The oligonucleotide may have enzymatic activity, such as a ribozyme, that causes such cleavage. The oligonucleotide can be chemically modified or linked to an enzyme or composition capable of cleaving a complementary nucleic acid. One can screen many different collections of such oligonucleotides for the desired activity.

常规的使用反义,核酶技术和RNAi技术控制基因表达,或以该方式表达外源基因的基因治疗方法已为本领域熟知。这些方法均采用了编码本发明的磷酸酶多肽的反义或核酶转录本的系统,如载体。术语“RNAi”代表RNA干扰。该术语在本领域中可理解为包含了使用能沉默基因的RNA分子的技术。例如,参见McManus等人Nature Reviews Genetics 3:737,2002。在本应用中,术语“RNAi”包含了短干扰RNA(siRNA),微RNAs(mRNA),小时序RNA(stRNA)等分子。一般而言,RNA干扰由双链RNA和基因的相互作用产生。Conventional gene therapy methods using antisense, ribozyme technology and RNAi technology to control gene expression, or to express foreign genes in this way are well known in the art. These methods all employ systems, such as vectors, that encode antisense or ribozyme transcripts of the phosphatase polypeptides of the invention. The term "RNAi" stands for RNA interference. The term is understood in the art to encompass techniques using RNA molecules capable of silencing genes. See, eg, McManus et al. Nature Reviews Genetics 3:737, 2002. In this application, the term "RNAi" includes short interfering RNA (siRNA), microRNAs (mRNA), small sequential RNA (stRNA) and other molecules. In general, RNA interference results from the interaction of double-stranded RNA and genes.

A.反义寡聚核苷酸A. Antisense oligonucleotides

本发明提供了能够结合TLR2或Scd1信使RNA(可通过靶向mRNA抑制多肽活性的)的反义寡聚核苷酸。设计反义寡聚核苷酸的策略已经在科技和专利文献中得到详细描述,熟练技术人员可采用本发明的试剂来设计该种寡聚核苷酸。例如,用于筛选有效反义寡聚核苷酸的基因步移/RNA定位方案已为本领域所熟知,例如,参见Ho,Methods Enzymol.314:168-183,2000,其中描述了基于标准分子技术提供简单可靠的潜在反义序列选择方法的RNA定位分析。还可参见Smith,Eur.J.Pharm.Sci.11:191-198,2000。The present invention provides antisense oligonucleotides capable of binding to TLR2 or Scd1 messenger RNA (which can inhibit the activity of the polypeptide by targeting mRNA). Strategies for designing antisense oligonucleotides are well described in the scientific and patent literature, and the skilled artisan can design such oligonucleotides using the reagents of the present invention. For example, gene walking/RNA localization schemes for screening effective antisense oligonucleotides are well known in the art, see, for example, Ho, Methods Enzymol. 314:168-183, 2000, which describes molecular-based technology provides simple and reliable RNA localization analysis for the selection of potential antisense sequences. See also Smith, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 11:191-198, 2000.

天然存在的核酸可被用作反义寡聚核苷酸。该反义寡聚核苷酸可为任意长度;例如,在另一方面,该反义寡聚核苷酸介于约5至100,约10至80,约15至60,约18至40。最佳长度可通过常规筛选进行测定。该反义寡聚核苷酸可以任何浓度存在。最佳浓度可通过常规筛选进行测定。已知存在多种能够解决这一潜在问题的合成的,非天然存在的核苷酸和核酸类似物。例如,可采用包含了N-(2-氨乙基)甘氨酸单元等非离子骨架的肽核酸(PNAs)。还可采用具有硫代磷酸酯键的反义寡聚核苷酸,其描述见WO 97/03211;WO96/39154;Mata,Toxicol Appl Pharmacol.144:189-197,1997;Antisense Therapeutics,ed.Agrawal,Humana Press,Totowa,N.J.,1996。如上所述,带有本发明所提供的合成DNA骨架类似物的反义寡聚核苷酸还可包括二硫代磷酸酯,甲基磷酸酯,磷酰胺,烷基磷酸三酯,氨基磺酸盐,3′-硫缩醛,亚甲基(甲亚胺基),3′-N-氨基甲酸盐,以及吗啉氨基甲酸酯核酸。Naturally occurring nucleic acids can be used as antisense oligonucleotides. The antisense oligonucleotides can be of any length; eg, in another aspect, the antisense oligonucleotides are between about 5-100, about 10-80, about 15-60, about 18-40. The optimal length can be determined by routine screening. The antisense oligonucleotide can be present in any concentration. Optimal concentrations can be determined by routine screening. A variety of synthetic, non-naturally occurring nucleotide and nucleic acid analogs are known that can address this potential problem. For example, peptide nucleic acids (PNAs) comprising nonionic backbones such as N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine units can be used. Antisense oligonucleotides with phosphorothioate linkages can also be used as described in WO 97/03211; WO 96/39154; Mata, Toxicol Appl Pharmacol. 144:189-197, 1997; Antisense Therapeutics, ed. Agrawal , Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 1996. As mentioned above, antisense oligonucleotides with synthetic DNA backbone analogs provided by the present invention may also include phosphorodithioate, methylphosphonate, phosphoramide, alkylphosphotriester, sulfamic acid salt, 3'-thioacetal, methylene (methimino), 3'-N-carbamate, and morpholine carbamate nucleic acids.

组合化学方法可被用于构建各种能够快速筛选对任何靶标(例如本发明的正反义多肽序列)具有适当结合亲和性和特异性的特定寡聚核苷酸的大量寡聚核苷酸(例如,参见Gold,J.of Biol.Chem.270:13581-13584,1995)。Combinatorial chemistry methods can be used to construct a wide variety of oligonucleotides that can be rapidly screened for specific oligonucleotides with appropriate binding affinity and specificity for any target (such as the sense and antisense polypeptide sequences of the invention) (See, eg, Gold, J. of Biol. Chem. 270:13581-13584, 1995).

B.siRNAB. siRNA

“小干扰RNA”(siRNA)指10至30个核苷酸长度,并以其通过RNA干扰(RNAi)特异性干扰蛋白表达的能力命名的双链RNA分子。siRNA优选长度为12-28核苷酸,更优选长度15-25核苷酸,更优选长度19-23核苷酸,最优选长度为21-23核苷酸。因此,优选siRNA分子长度为12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,2728或29核苷酸。"Small interfering RNA" (siRNA) refers to double-stranded RNA molecules 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and named for their ability to specifically interfere with protein expression by RNA interference (RNAi). The siRNA is preferably 12-28 nucleotides in length, more preferably 15-25 nucleotides in length, more preferably 19-23 nucleotides in length, and most preferably 21-23 nucleotides in length. Thus, preferred siRNA molecules are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 2728 or 29 nucleotides in length.

RNAi是一种两步机制。Elbashir等人,Genes Dev.,15:188-200,2001。首先,用Dicer酶在被称作小干扰RNAs(siRNAs)的21-23核糖核苷酸(nt)片段将长dsRNAs裂解。然后,将siRNA与靶向互补mRNAs的核糖核酸酶复合物(称为RISC,即RNA诱导沉默复合物)关联。然后由RISC裂解与互补siRNA相对的目标mRNAs,这可以使mRNA对其它RNA降解途径敏感。RNAi is a two-step mechanism. Elbashir et al., Genes Dev., 15:188-200, 2001. First, long dsRNAs are cleaved with Dicer enzyme at 21-23 ribonucleotide (nt) fragments called small interfering RNAs (siRNAs). The siRNA is then linked to a ribonuclease complex (called RISC, for RNA-induced silencing complex) that targets complementary mRNAs. Target mRNAs against complementary siRNAs are then cleaved by RISC, which can sensitize mRNAs to other RNA degradation pathways.

本发明所设计的siRNA能够与目标核糖核苷酸序列相互作用,即其与一个目标序列充分互补,以至能与该目标序列结合。本发明还包括经过化学修饰提高了耐核酸酶降解的稳定性但保留了与可能存在的目标核酸的结合能力的siRNA分子。The siRNA designed in the present invention can interact with the target ribonucleotide sequence, that is, it is sufficiently complementary to a target sequence so as to be able to combine with the target sequence. The invention also includes siRNA molecules that have been chemically modified to increase stability against nuclease degradation but retain the ability to bind target nucleic acids where present.

C.抑制核酶C. Inhibition of ribozymes

本发明提供了能够结合可通过靶向mRNA抑制多肽活性(例如,抑制具有TLR2信号转导活性等TLR2活性或Scd1活性的多肽)的信使的核酶。设计核酶及选择蛋白特异反义序列的策略已经在科技和专利文献中得到详细描述,熟练技术人员可采用本发明的试剂来设计该种核酶。The present invention provides ribozymes capable of binding a messenger that can inhibit the activity of a polypeptide (eg, inhibit a polypeptide having TLR2 activity such as TLR2 signal transduction activity or Scd1 activity) by targeting mRNA. Strategies for designing ribozymes and selectin-specific antisense sequences have been described in detail in the scientific and patent literature, and skilled artisans can use the reagents of the present invention to design such ribozymes.

核酶通过其目标RNA结合部位与目标RNA相结合产生作用,其目标RNA结合部位与裂解目标RNA的RNA的酶部位非常临近。这样,核酸通过互补碱基配对识别并结合目标RNA,且一旦结合至正确位点,便以酶作用的方法裂解和失活目标RNA。如果该裂解发生在编码序列中,通过该方式对目标RNA的裂解将破坏其直接合成编码蛋白的能力。当核酶结合并裂解其RNA靶标后,它通常会从该RNA释放,从而能够重复结合和裂解新的靶标。A ribozyme acts by binding to a target RNA through its target RNA binding site, which is very close to the site of the enzyme that cleaves the RNA of the target RNA. In this way, the nucleic acid recognizes and binds to the target RNA through complementary base pairing, and once bound to the correct site, enzymatically cleaves and inactivates the target RNA. If this cleavage occurs within the coding sequence, cleavage of the target RNA by this means will destroy its ability to directly synthesize the encoded protein. After a ribozyme binds and cleaves its RNA target, it is usually released from that RNA, allowing it to repeatedly bind and cleave new targets.

在某些情况下,核酶的酶属性优于其它技术,如反义技术(其中核酸分子与核酸靶标简单结合以阻断其转录,翻译或与其它分子结合),因为治疗性处理中所需的核酶的有效浓度可低于反义寡聚核苷酸的相应浓度。这一潜在优势反映了核酶的酶作用能力。因此,单个核酶分子能够裂解多个目标RNA分子。此外,核酶通常为一种高特异性抑制剂,其抑制的特异性不仅取决于结合的碱基配对机制,还取决于该分子能够抑制与之结合的RNA的表达的机制。也就是说,该抑制是由RNA靶标的裂解所引起的,因此特异性可定义为目标RNA的裂解率与非目标RNA的裂解率的比率。该裂解机制还取决于有关碱基配对的附加因素。因此,核酶作用的特异性可大于结合同一RNA位点的反义寡聚核苷酸的特异性。In some cases, the enzymatic properties of ribozymes are superior to other technologies, such as antisense technology (in which a nucleic acid molecule simply binds to a nucleic acid target to block its transcription, translation, or binding to other molecules), because of the The effective concentration of the ribozyme can be lower than the corresponding concentration of the antisense oligonucleotide. This potential advantage reflects the enzymatic capabilities of ribozymes. Thus, a single ribozyme molecule is capable of cleaving multiple target RNA molecules. In addition, ribozymes are generally highly specific inhibitors, and the specificity of their inhibition depends not only on the base-pairing mechanism of binding, but also on the mechanism by which the molecule is able to inhibit the expression of the RNA to which it binds. That is, the inhibition is caused by cleavage of the RNA target, so specificity can be defined as the ratio of the cleavage rate of the target RNA to the cleavage rate of the non-target RNA. The cleavage mechanism also depends on additional factors regarding base pairing. Thus, the specificity of ribozyme action may be greater than that of an antisense oligonucleotide binding to the same RNA site.

该具有酶作用的核酶RNA分子可在锤头状基序中形成,也可在发夹,肝炎delta病毒,I型内含子或类RnaseP RNA(与RNA引导序列相关)基序中形成。该锤头状基序示例的描述参见Rossi,AidsResearch and Human Retroviruses 8:183,1992;发夹基序参见Hampel,Biochemistry 28:4929,1989,以及Hampel,Nuc.Acids Res.18:299,1990;肝炎delta病毒基序参见Perrotta,Biochemistry 31:16,1992;RnaseP基序参见Guerrier-Takada,Cell 35:849,1983;以及I型内含子基序可参见Cech U.S.Pat.No.4,987,071。对这些特定基序的引用并非作为限定目的;本领域技术人员将了解本发明的酶作用RNA分子具有与一个或多个目标基因RNA结构域互补的特定底物结合位点,并在底物结合位点内或周围具有能赋予该分子RNA裂解活性的核苷酸序列。The enzymatic ribozyme RNA molecule can be formed in a hammerhead motif, or in a hairpin, hepatitis delta virus, type I intron, or RNaseP RNA-like (associated RNA guide sequence) motif. Examples of such hammerhead motifs are described in Rossi, Aids Research and Human Retroviruses 8: 183, 1992; hairpin motifs are described in Hampel, Biochemistry 28: 4929, 1989, and Hampel, Nuc. Acids Res. 18: 299, 1990; See Perrotta, Biochemistry 31:16, 1992 for hepatitis delta virus motifs; Guerrier-Takada, Cell 35:849, 1983 for RnaseP motifs; and Cech U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071 for type I intron motifs. References to these specific motifs are not intended to be limiting; those skilled in the art will appreciate that the enzyme-action RNA molecules of the present invention have specific substrate binding sites complementary to one or more target gene RNA domains, and upon substrate binding Within or around the site is a nucleotide sequence that confers RNA cleavage activity to the molecule.

治疗方法treatment method

此处还描述了对具有紊乱风险(或易感性)或具有与有害toll样受体2表达或活性,或Scd1基因表达活性或Scd1基因产物活性相关的紊乱的对象进行处理的预防性或治疗性方法。Also described herein is a prophylactic or therapeutic approach to treating a subject at risk (or predisposition) for a disorder or having a disorder associated with deleterious toll-like receptor 2 expression or activity, or Scd1 gene expression activity, or Scd1 gene product activity method.

预防方法prevention method

本发明涉及一种通过向对象施用通过toll样受体2调节信号转导,Scd1基因表达活性或Scd1基因产物活性的物质来预防该对象与有害量的toll样受体2表达或活性,Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物活性相关的疾病或症状的预防方法。具有由toll样受体2或Scd1介导的信号转导所导致或引起的紊乱或有害症状的风险的对象可通过任何此处所述或本领域公知的诊断或预检分析的组合等方法进行鉴别。一般而言,该种紊乱包括对先天免疫系统的有害激活,例如,通过革兰氏阳性细菌感染所引起。将该制剂作为预防剂进行施用可以在症状显现之前进行,从而使该症状可以较该制剂缺失情况下的症状得到预防,延缓或减少。在一些实施例中,该制剂减少了配体与toll样受体2和Scd1的结合。在一些实施例中,该制剂减少了与toll样受体2结合的配体和Scd1的结合。该种适当的物质可通过此处所述的筛选测定进行鉴定。一般而言,该种物质与toll样受体2和/或Scd1基因产物特异性结合。The present invention relates to a method for preventing a subject from harmful amounts of toll-like receptor 2 expression or activity, Scd1 gene expression or activity by administering to the subject a substance that modulates signal transduction through toll-like receptor 2, Scd1 gene expression activity, or Scd1 gene product activity Methods of preventing diseases or conditions associated with the expression or activity of the Scd1 gene product. Subjects at risk of having disordered or deleterious symptoms caused or induced by toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1-mediated signal transduction can be evaluated by any combination of diagnostic or pre-screening assays described herein or known in the art. identification. Generally, such disturbances involve deleterious activation of the innate immune system, for example, by Gram-positive bacterial infection. Administration of the formulation as a prophylactic agent may occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms such that the symptoms are prevented, delayed or reduced as compared to the symptoms in the absence of the formulation. In some embodiments, the formulation reduces ligand binding to toll-like receptor 2 and Scd1. In some embodiments, the agent reduces the binding of a ligand that binds toll-like receptor 2 and Scd1. Such suitable substances can be identified by the screening assays described herein. Generally, the substance specifically binds toll-like receptor 2 and/or Scd1 gene product.

治疗方法treatment method

本发明的另一方面涉及为治疗目的调节或激活TLR2活性或Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物活性的方法。该方法可以包括将细胞与调节一个或多个与细胞相关的toll样受体2和/或Scd1活性的物质进行接触,例如,特异性结合至TLR2或Scd1或激活通过toll样受体2的信号转导。该制剂可以是在脂多糖诱导的细胞内特异性结合至toll样受体2,Scd1基因或Scd1基因产物并能选择性激活TLR2活性,或是能够激活对革兰氏阳性细菌的巨噬细胞应答。该制剂可以是一种抗体或蛋白,天然存在的toll样受体2蛋白的同源配体,肽,toll样受体2或Scd1蛋白肽类似物,小非核酸有机分子或小无机分子。这些调节方法可在体外(例如,通过在该制剂存在下培养细胞)或备选地,体内(例如,通过将该制剂向对象施用)进行。Another aspect of the invention relates to methods of modulating or activating TLR2 activity or Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product activity for therapeutic purposes. The method may comprise contacting the cell with a substance that modulates the activity of one or more toll-like receptor 2 and/or Scd1 associated with the cell, for example, specifically binds to TLR2 or Scd1 or activates signaling through toll-like receptor 2 divert. The agent can specifically bind to toll-like receptor 2, Scd1 gene or Scd1 gene product and selectively activate TLR2 activity in lipopolysaccharide-induced cells, or can activate macrophage responses to Gram-positive bacteria . The agent may be an antibody or protein, a naturally occurring cognate ligand of the toll-like receptor 2 protein, a peptide, a peptide analog of the toll-like receptor 2 or Scd1 protein, a small non-nucleic acid organic molecule or a small inorganic molecule. These methods of modulation can be performed in vitro (eg, by culturing cells in the presence of the formulation) or, alternatively, in vivo (eg, by administering the formulation to a subject).

本发明提供了受疾病或紊乱(例如以toll样受体2蛋白活性,Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物活性等表达或活性的缺失为特征的革兰氏阳性细菌感染或革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染)影响的个体的处理方法。在一个实施例中,该方法包括服用治疗剂,如单不饱和脂肪酸等,例如,棕榈油酸盐(棕榈油酸)或油酸盐(油酸)等。The invention provides a gram-positive bacterial infection or a gram-positive bacterial skin infection characterized by a disease or disorder (e.g., a lack of expression or activity of toll-like receptor 2 protein activity, Scd1 gene expression, or Scd1 gene product activity) ) treatment of affected individuals. In one embodiment, the method includes administering a therapeutic agent, such as a monounsaturated fatty acid or the like, eg, palmitoleate (palmitoleic acid) or oleate (oleic acid), or the like.

本发明提供了受以toll样受体2蛋白活性,Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物活性等表达或活性的缺失为特征的疾病或紊乱影响的个体的治疗方法。在一个实施例中,本方法包括施用一种物质(例如通过此处所述的筛选测定鉴定得到的物质)或物质组合以增加通过toll样受体2的信号转导,或提高Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物活性。对对象进行革兰氏阳性细菌感染治疗的情况下,也可使用该制剂进行治疗。The present invention provides methods of treating individuals affected by diseases or disorders characterized by loss of expression or activity of toll-like receptor 2 protein activity, Scd1 gene expression, or Scd1 gene product activity. In one embodiment, the method comprises administering a substance (eg, a substance identified by a screening assay described herein) or combination of substances to increase signal transduction through toll-like receptor 2, or to increase Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product activity. In cases where a subject is being treated for a Gram-positive bacterial infection, the formulation may also be used for treatment.

其它可通过新的方法和组合物进行治疗的紊乱包括真菌感染,脓血症,细胞巨化病毒感染,肺结核,麻风病,骨吸收(例如在牙周疾病中),关节炎(例如伴随莱姆关节炎)以及病毒性肝炎。能够通过toll样受体2激活信号转导(例如通过激活Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物活性)的化合物同样可用于治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染。Other disorders treatable by the novel methods and compositions include fungal infections, sepsis, cytomegalovirus infection, tuberculosis, leprosy, bone resorption (e.g. in periodontal disease), arthritis (e.g. with Lyme arthritis) and viral hepatitis. Compounds capable of activating signal transduction through toll-like receptor 2 (eg, by activating Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product activity) are also useful in the treatment of Gram-positive bacterial infections.

对革兰氏阳性细菌感染相关的紊乱可通过能够激活与toll样受体2,Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物的结合的技术进行成功处理。例如,被证明显示阴性调节活性的化合物(例如通过此处所述的测定所鉴别的物质,如抗体)可用于预防和/或改善有害Scd1基因产物或toll样受体2活性引起的紊乱的症状。该种分子可以包括,但不限于肽,磷酸肽,小有机或无机分子或抗体(包括例如多克隆,单克隆,人源化,抗独特型,嵌合或单链抗体,以及Fab,F(ab′)2和Fab表达库片段,scFV分子及其表位结合片段)。特别是能在脂多糖诱导的细胞中特异结合至toll样受体2并能调节或激活Scd1活性(Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物),或是调节或激活对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的巨噬细胞应答的抗体及其衍生物(例如,其抗原结合片段)。Disorders associated with Gram-positive bacterial infection can be successfully treated by techniques capable of activating binding to toll-like receptor 2, Scd1 gene expression or the Scd1 gene product. For example, compounds demonstrated to exhibit negative regulatory activity (e.g., substances identified by the assays described herein, such as antibodies) may be used to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of disorders caused by deleterious Scd1 gene product or toll-like receptor 2 activity . Such molecules may include, but are not limited to, peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and F ab , F ( ab ') 2 and Fab expression library fragments, scFv molecules and their epitope-binding fragments). In particular, it can specifically bind to toll-like receptor 2 in lipopolysaccharide-induced cells and can regulate or activate Scd1 activity (Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product), or regulate or activate macrophages in response to Gram-positive bacterial infection Antibodies and derivatives thereof (eg, antigen-binding fragments thereof) to which the cells respond.

试剂盒Reagent test kit

本发明提供了包含本发明的组合物(例如,核酸,表达盒,载体,细胞,多肽(例如Scd1多肽或toll样受体2信号激活多肽))和/或抗体的试剂盒。该试剂盒还可包含如此处所述的介绍本发明方法和用途的介绍性材料。The invention provides kits comprising compositions (eg, nucleic acids, expression cassettes, vectors, cells, polypeptides (eg, Scd1 polypeptides or toll-like receptor 2 signal-activating polypeptides)) and/or antibodies of the invention. The kit may also contain introductory material describing the methods and uses of the invention as described herein.

治疗应用therapeutic application

通过本发明的方法鉴定得到的化合物和调节剂可用于多种治疗方法。因此,本发明提供了用于治疗感染性疾病,革兰氏阳性细菌感染,toll样受体2信号转导缺陷,Scd1基因突变或基因表达缺陷或Scd1基因产物缺陷的组合物和方法。Compounds and modulators identified by the methods of the invention are useful in a variety of therapeutic approaches. Accordingly, the present invention provides compositions and methods for treating infectious diseases, Gram-positive bacterial infections, toll-like receptor 2 signal transduction defects, Scd1 gene mutations or gene expression defects or Scd1 gene product defects.

示例性包括,但不限于,革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染,例如化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球。革兰氏阳性球菌化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球是人脓包,脂肪团和伤口感染的主要细菌。Exemplary include, but are not limited to, Gram-positive bacterial skin infections, such as Streptococcus pyogenes infection or Staphylococcus aureus. Infection with the gram-positive coccus Streptococcus pyogenes or Staphylococcus aureus is the main bacterium responsible for human pustule, cellulite and wound infections.

示例性包括,但不限于,病毒性或细菌性疾病。本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸可用于处理或检测感染剂。例如,通过提高免疫应答,特别通过提高B和/或T细胞的增殖和分化可对感染性疾病进行治疗。免疫应答的提高既可通过增强现有免疫应答,也可通过启动新的免疫应答来实现。此外,本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸还可用于在不需引发免疫应答的情况下直接抑制感染剂。Exemplary include, but are not limited to, viral or bacterial diseases. The polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention are useful in the treatment or detection of infectious agents. For example, infectious diseases can be treated by increasing the immune response, particularly by increasing the proliferation and differentiation of B and/or T cells. Improving immune responses can be achieved either by enhancing existing immune responses or by initiating new immune responses. In addition, the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention can also be used to directly inhibit infectious agents without eliciting an immune response.

类似的,可本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸进行处理或检测的能够引发疾病或症状的细菌或真菌包括,但不限于,下列革兰氏阴性和革兰氏阳性细菌家族以及真菌:放线菌(例如,棒状杆菌,分枝杆菌,诺卡氏菌),曲霉菌,芽孢杆菌(例如,炭疽,梭菌),类杆菌,芽生菌,博德特菌,包柔氏螺旋体菌,念珠菌,弯曲杆菌,球孢子菌,瘾球菌,皮肤真菌,肠杆菌(克雷伯菌,沙门氏菌,沙雷氏菌,耶尔森氏菌),丹毒丝菌,螺杆菌,军团菌,细螺旋体菌,李斯特菌,支原体,奈瑟球菌(例如不动杆菌,淋病,脊髓膜炎),巴斯德感染(例如,放线杆菌,嗜血杆菌,巴斯德菌),假单胞菌,立克次氏体菌,衣原体,梅毒以及葡萄球菌。这些细菌或真菌家族可引起下列疾病或症状,其包括,但不限于:菌血症,心内膜炎,眼部感染(结膜炎,肺结核,眼色素层炎),齿龈炎,机会性感染(例如,AIDS相关感染),甲沟炎,修复相关的感染,Reiter病,呼吸道感染,如百日咳或积脓症,脓血症,莱姆关节炎,猫抓病,痢疾,副伤寒热,食物中毒,伤寒,肺炎,淋病,脑膜炎,衣原体病,梅毒,白喉,麻疯病,副结核,肺结核,狼疮,波特淋菌中毒,坏疽,破伤风,脓疱病,风湿热,猩红热,性传播疾病,皮肤疾病(例如,蜂窝织炎,皮肤真菌炎),血毒症,尿道感染,伤口感染。本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸可用于治疗或检测这些症状和疾病的任意一种。Similarly, bacteria or fungi capable of causing disease or symptoms that can be treated or detected by the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacterial families and fungi: Filaments (eg, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Nocardia), Aspergillus, Bacillus (eg, Anthrax, Clostridium), Bacteroides, Blastomycetes, Bordetella, Borrelia, Candida bacteria, Campylobacter, Coccidioides, Addictococcus, dermatophytes, Enterobacteriaceae (Klebsiella, Salmonella, Serratia, Yersinia), Erysipelothrix, Helicobacter, Legionella, Leptospirosis , Listeria, Mycoplasma, Neisseria (e.g., Acinetobacter, gonorrhea, meningitis), Pasteur infection (e.g., Actinobacillus, Haemophilus, Pasteurella), Pseudomonas, Cretschia, Chlamydia, Syphilis and Staphylococcus. These families of bacteria or fungi can cause diseases or symptoms including, but not limited to: bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections ( For example, AIDS-related infections), paronychia, repair-related infections, Reiter's disease, respiratory infections such as whooping cough or empyema, sepsis, Lyme arthritis, cat scratch disease, dysentery, paratyphoid fever, food poisoning , typhoid fever, pneumonia, gonorrhea, meningitis, chlamydia, syphilis, diphtheria, leprosy, paratuberculosis, tuberculosis, lupus, botulism, gangrene, tetanus, impetigo, rheumatic fever, scarlet fever, sexually transmitted diseases , skin disorders (eg, cellulitis, dermatophytitis), hemorrhages, urinary tract infections, wound infections. The polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention can be used to treat or detect any of these symptoms and diseases.

此外,可通过本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸进行处理或检测的能够引发疾病或症状的寄生物包括,但不限于下列家族:变形虫,巴贝西虫,球虫,隐孢子虫,双核变形虫,马锥虫,体外寄生虫,贾第鞭毛虫,肠虫,利什曼虫,泰勒尔梨浆虫,弓浆虫,锥虫以及滴虫。这些寄生虫可引起各种疾病或症状,其,但不限于:疥疮,恙螨病,眼部感染,肠内疾病(例如,痢疾,贾第鞭毛虫病),肝病,肺病,机会性感染(例如AIDS相关),疟疾,妊娠并发症以及弓浆虫病。本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸可用于治疗或检测这些症状和疾病的任意一种。In addition, parasites capable of causing disease or symptoms that can be treated or detected by the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following families: Amoeba, Babesia, Coccidia, Cryptosporidium, Dikaryotic amoebae, equine trypanosoma, ectoparasites, giardia, intestinal worms, leishmania, piroma therella, toxoplasma, trypanosoma and trichomonas. These parasites can cause a variety of diseases or conditions including, but not limited to: scabies, chiggers, eye infections, intestinal diseases (e.g., dysentery, giardiasis), liver disease, lung disease, opportunistic infections ( Examples include AIDS-related), malaria, pregnancy complications, and toxoplasmosis. The polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention can be used to treat or detect any of these symptoms and diseases.

优选地,采用本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸所进行的处理既可以通过将有效量的多肽向患者施用,也可以通过从患者体内取出细胞,向该细胞提供本发明的多聚,并将工程改造的细胞导回患者体内(离体治疗)。此外,本发明的多肽或多聚核苷酸可用作疫苗中的抗原,以引发对感染性疾病的免疫应答。Preferably, the treatment with the polypeptide or polynucleotide of the present invention can be performed by administering an effective amount of the polypeptide to the patient, or by taking the cells from the patient, providing the cells with the polynucleotide of the present invention, and Introducing the engineered cells back into the patient (ex vivo therapy). In addition, the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention can be used as antigens in vaccines to elicit immune responses to infectious diseases.

药物组合物制剂和施用Pharmaceutical composition formulation and administration

本发明提供了包含本发明的核酸,肽和多肽(包括Abs)的药物组合物。如上文讨论,本发明的核酸,肽和多肽可用于激活内源Scd1基因或Scd1多肽的表达。在细胞或非人动物中的该种激活可形成对能够处理或改善感染性疾病或革兰氏阳性细菌感染的化合物的筛选特征。对一种对象施用本发明的药物组合物可用于在该对象中形成耐受原性免疫环境。这可被用于使该对象耐受抗原。The invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the nucleic acids, peptides and polypeptides (including Abs) of the invention. As discussed above, the nucleic acids, peptides and polypeptides of the invention can be used to activate the expression of an endogenous Scd1 gene or Scd1 polypeptide. Such activation in cells or non-human animals may form a screening feature for compounds capable of treating or ameliorating infectious diseases or Gram-positive bacterial infections. Administration of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention to a subject can be used to create a tolerogenic immune environment in the subject. This can be used to tolerize the subject to the antigen.

本发明的核酸,肽和多肽可与药学可接受的载体(赋形剂)组合形成药物组合物。药学可的载体可以包含具有使本发明的药物组合物更稳定,或提高或降低其吸收或清除率等功能的生理学可接受的化合物。生理学可接受化合物可以包括,例如,碳水化合物(如葡萄糖,蔗糖或葡聚糖),抗氧化剂(如维生素C或谷胱甘肽),螯合剂,低分子量蛋白,减少该肽或多肽的清除或水解的组合物,或赋形剂或其它稳定剂和/或缓冲液。洗洁剂(包括脂质载体)也可用于稳定药学组合物或提高或降低其吸收。肽和多肽的药学可接受的载体和制剂已为熟练技术人员所公知并在科技和专利文献中得到了详细的描述,例如,参见最新版的Remington′s PharmaceuticalScience,Mack Publishing Company,Easton,Pa.(″Remington′s″)。The nucleic acids, peptides and polypeptides of the present invention can be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (excipients) to form pharmaceutical compositions. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may contain physiologically acceptable compounds that have the functions of making the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention more stable, or increasing or decreasing its absorption or clearance rate. Physiologically acceptable compounds may include, for example, carbohydrates (such as glucose, sucrose or dextran), antioxidants (such as vitamin C or glutathione), chelating agents, low molecular weight proteins, that reduce the clearance of the peptide or polypeptide or Hydrolyzed compositions, or excipients or other stabilizers and/or buffers. Detergents, including lipid carriers, can also be used to stabilize the pharmaceutical composition or to increase or decrease its absorption. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and formulations for peptides and polypeptides are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in the scientific and patent literature, see, for example, the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. ("Remington's").

其它生理学可接受的化合物包括湿润剂,乳化剂,分散剂或对防止微生物生长或作用特别有效的防腐剂。各种防腐剂已被广泛了解,包括如苯酚和维生素C。本领域的技术人员可以理解药学可接受载体包括生理可接受化合物的选择取决于本发明的肽或多肽的施用途径及其特殊的生理-化学性质等。Other physiologically acceptable compounds include wetting agents, emulsifying agents, dispersing agents or preservatives which are particularly effective against the growth or action of microorganisms. Various preservatives are widely known including, for example, phenol and vitamin C. Those skilled in the art can understand that the selection of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers including physiologically acceptable compounds depends on the route of administration of the peptide or polypeptide of the present invention and its specific physiological-chemical properties.

一方面,本发明的核酸,肽或多肽可溶解于药学可接受的载体,例如当该组合物为水溶性时该载体为含水载体。可用于肠内,肠胃外或透粘膜药物传递的制剂的水溶液示例包括,水,盐水,磷酸缓冲盐,Hank溶液,Ringer溶液,右旋糖/盐水,葡萄糖溶液等等。该制剂可包含接近生理条件所需的药学可接受的辅助物质,例如缓冲剂,张力调节剂,湿润剂,洗洁剂等等。添加剂还可包括附加活性成分如杀菌剂,或稳定剂。例如,该溶液可包含醋酸钠,乳酸钠,氯化钠,氯化钾,氯化钙,山梨醇单月桂酸酯或油酸三乙醇胺。这些组合物可通过传统的公知灭菌技术进行灭菌,或者可进行无菌过滤。该所得的水溶液可原样或冻干包装待用,该冻干产品在施用前与无菌水溶液混合。这些制剂中的肽浓度可大范围变动,该浓度的选择主要依据与所选的特定施用模式以及患者需求一致的流体体积,粘度,体重等。In one aspect, the nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide of the invention can be dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for example an aqueous carrier when the composition is water soluble. Examples of aqueous solutions of formulations that can be used for enteral, parenteral or transmucosal drug delivery include, water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, dextrose/saline, glucose solution, and the like. The formulation may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances required to approximate physiological conditions, such as buffers, tonicity regulators, wetting agents, detergents and the like. Additives may also include additional active ingredients such as bactericides, or stabilizers. For example, the solution may contain sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitol monolaurate or triethanolamine oleate. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well-known sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as such or lyophilized, the lyophilized product being mixed with a sterile aqueous solution prior to administration. The concentration of peptide in these formulations can vary widely, the concentration being selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight, etc. consistent with the particular mode of administration chosen and the needs of the patient.

固体制剂可用于肠内(口服)施用。它们可形成丸剂,片剂,粉末或胶囊等。对于固体组合物,可采用传统的无毒固体载体,其包括药物级甘露醇,乳糖,淀粉,硬脂酸镁,糖精钠,滑石,纤维素,葡萄糖,蔗糖,碳酸镁等。对于口服施用,药学可接受的无毒组合物可由任意常用赋形剂(如前述列举的载体)构成,并一般占活性成分(例如肽)的10%至95%。非固体制剂同样可以用于肠内施用。该载体可选自各种油,包括石油,动物,植物或合成来源的油,例如,花生油,豆油,矿物油,芝麻油等。适当的药物赋形剂包括,如淀粉,纤维素,滑石,葡萄糖,乳糖,蔗糖,白明胶,麦芽,米,面粉,白垩,硅胶,硬脂酸镁,硬脂酸钠,甘油单硬脂酸酯,氯化钠,脱脂奶粉,甘油,丙烯乙二醇,水,乙醇。Solid formulations are available for enteral (oral) administration. They can be formed into pills, tablets, powders or capsules etc. For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid carriers can be used, including pharmaceutical grade mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate and the like. For oral administration, pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic compositions may consist of any commonly used excipients (such as the carriers listed above), and generally account for 10% to 95% of the active ingredient (eg, peptide). Non-solid formulations can also be used for enteral administration. The carrier can be selected from a variety of oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include, for example, starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate Esters, Sodium Chloride, Skim Milk Powder, Glycerin, Propylene Glycol, Water, Ethanol.

当本发明的核酸,肽或通过口服施用时,可对其进行保护以防止消化。这既可以通过将核酸,肽或多肽与一种组合物进行复合以使其耐受酸性和酶水解,或可将核酸,肽或多肽包装在抗性载体如脂质体中。保护化合物防止其被消化的方法已为本领域所熟知,例如,可见Fix,Pharm Res.13:1760-1764,1996;Samanen,J.Pharm.Pharmacol.48:119-135,1996;U.S.Pat.No.5,391,377,其中描述了用于治疗剂经口传递的脂质组合物(脂质体传递将在下文中进一步讨论)。When the nucleic acids, peptides of the invention are orally administered, they may be protected from digestion. This can be done either by complexing the nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide with a composition which makes it resistant to acid and enzymatic hydrolysis, or by packaging the nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide in a resistant carrier such as liposomes. Methods of protecting compounds from digestion are well known in the art, see, for example, Fix, Pharm Res. 13:1760-1764, 1996; Samanen, J.Pharm.Pharmacol. 48:119-135, 1996; U.S. Pat. No. 5,391,377, which describes lipid compositions for oral delivery of therapeutic agents (liposomal delivery is discussed further below).

也可以通过透粘膜或透皮方式进行全身施用。对于透粘膜或透皮施用,可在制剂中采用针对待渗透屏障的适当渗透剂。该种渗透剂已在本领域公知,并包括,例如针对透粘膜施用的胆汁盐和夫西地酸衍生物。此外,还可以采用洗洁剂促进渗透。透粘膜施用可通过鼻腔喷雾或使用栓剂实现。例如,参见Sayani,Crit.Rev.Ther.DrugCarrier Sy st.13:85-184,1996。对于局部,透皮施用,可将该药物制成软膏,乳膏,油膏,粉末和凝胶等。透皮传递系统还可以包括,例如药膏。Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, appropriate penetrants for the barrier to be permeated may be employed in the formulation. Such penetrants are well known in the art and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives. In addition, detergents can be used to facilitate penetration. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished by nasal spray or using suppositories. See, eg, Sayani, Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 13:85-184, 1996. For topical, transdermal administration, this drug is available in ointments, creams, salves, powders, and gels, among others. Transdermal delivery systems may also include, for example, ointments.

本发明的核酸,肽或多肽还可以采用能在体内传递制剂的持续传递或缓释机制进行施用。例如,本发明的制剂中可包括能持续传递肽的可生物降解的微滴或胶囊或其它可生物降解的聚合物结构(例如,参见Putney,Nat.Biotechnol.16:153-157,1998)。Nucleic acids, peptides or polypeptides of the invention may also be administered using sustained delivery or sustained release mechanisms that deliver the formulation in vivo. For example, biodegradable droplets or capsules or other biodegradable polymeric structures capable of sustained delivery of peptides may be included in the formulations of the invention (see, eg, Putney, Nat. Biotechnol. 16:153-157, 1998).

对于吸入方式,可采用包括干粉喷雾剂,液体传递系统,喷气雾化器,推进剂系统等本领域已知系统传递本发明的核酸,肽或多肽。例如,参见Patton,Biotechniques 16:141-143,1998;来自于DuraPharmaceuticals(San Diego,Calif.),Aradigrn(Hayward,Calif.),Aerogen(Santa Clara,Calif.),Inhale Therapeutic Systems(San Carlos,Calif.)等公司的多肽大分子产品和吸入传递系统。例如,该药物制剂可以气溶胶或喷雾形式施用。对于气溶胶施用,该制剂可以与表面活性剂和推进剂精细分隔的形式提供。另一方面,用于将制剂传递进入呼吸组织的设备是一种吸入器,制剂在其中进行气化。另一种液体传递系统包括,如喷气雾化器。For inhalation, systems known in the art including dry powder sprays, liquid delivery systems, jet nebulizers, propellant systems and the like can be used to deliver the nucleic acids, peptides or polypeptides of the present invention. See, eg, Patton, Biotechniques 16:141-143, 1998; in Dura Pharmaceuticals (San Diego, Calif.), Aradigrn (Hayward, Calif.), Aerogen (Santa Clara, Calif.), Inhale Therapeutic Systems (San Carlos, Calif. .) and other companies’ peptide macromolecule products and inhalation delivery systems. For example, the pharmaceutical formulation can be administered in aerosol or spray form. For aerosol application, the formulation may be presented in finely divided form with the surfactant and propellant. In another aspect, the device used to deliver the agent into the respiratory tissue is an inhaler in which the agent is vaporized. Another liquid delivery system includes, for example, a jet nebulizer.

在制备本发明的药物时,可采用多种制剂改良的方法以改变药物代谢动力学和生物分布。大量改变药物代谢动力学和生物分布的方法已为本领域普通技术人员所公知。例如该类方法包括使用由蛋白,脂质(例如,脂质体,见下文),碳水化合物或合成聚合物(已在上文讨论)等物质构成的载体对组合物进行保护。关于药物代谢动力学的一般讨论可参见Remington′s,Chapters 37-39等。In preparing the medicaments of the present invention, various methods of formulation modification can be employed to alter the pharmacokinetics and biodistribution. Numerous methods of altering pharmacokinetics and biodistribution are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Such methods include, for example, protecting the composition with a carrier composed of proteins, lipids (eg, liposomes, see below), carbohydrates or synthetic polymers (discussed above). A general discussion of pharmacokinetics can be found in Remington's, Chapters 37-39 et al.

本发明的核酸,肽或多肽可通过任何本领域已知的方法单独传递或作为药物组合物进行传递,例如,全身,区域,局部(例如,直接进入或直接到达肿瘤);作为皮下的,气管内的(例如,通过气溶胶)或透粘膜的(例如,口腔的,膀胱的,阴道的,子宫的,直肠的,鼻粘膜)制剂通过动脉内,鞘内(IT),静脉内(IV),肠胃外,胸膜腔内,局部的,经口的,或是局部施用。制备可供施用的组合物的实际方法为本领域的技术人员所知晓或显而易见,并在科技和专利文献中得到了详细的描述,例如,参见Remington′s。对于“区域作用”,例如集中于特定器官,施用的模式包括动脉内或鞘内(IT)注射,例如集中于特定的器官,如脑部和CNS(例如,参见Gurun,Anesth Analg.85:317-323,1997)。例如,当需要将本发明的核酸,肽或多肽传递直接传递进入脑部时优选颈动脉注射。如需要高全身剂量时优选肠胃外施用作为传递途径。制备可供肠胃外施用的组合物的实际方法为本领域的技术人员所知晓或显而易见,并得到了详细的描述,例如Remington′s,还可参见Bai,J Neuroimmunol.80:65-75,1997;Warren,J.Neurol.Sci.152:31-38,1997;Tonegawa,J.Exp.Med.186:507-515,1997。Nucleic acids, peptides or polypeptides of the invention may be delivered alone or as pharmaceutical compositions by any method known in the art, e.g., systemically, regionally, locally (e.g., directly into or directly to a tumor); as subcutaneous, tracheal Intraarterial, intrathecal (IT), intravenous (IV) , parenterally, intrapleurally, topically, orally, or topically. Actual methods of preparing compositions for administration are known or will be apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in the scientific and patent literature, see, eg, Remington's. Modes of administration include intraarterial or intrathecal (IT) injection for "regional action", e.g., focusing on specific organs, e.g., focusing on specific organs, such as the brain and CNS (see e.g. Gurun, Anesth Analg. 85:317 -323, 1997). For example, carotid artery injection is preferred when direct delivery of a nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide of the invention into the brain is desired. Parenteral administration is the preferred route of delivery when high systemic doses are required. Actual methods of preparing compositions for parenteral administration are known or will be apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in detail, for example Remington's, see also Bai, J Neuroimmunol. 80:65-75, 1997 ; Warren, J. Neurol. Sci. 152:31-38, 1997; Tonegawa, J. Exp. Med.

一方面,该包含了本发明核酸,肽或多肽的药物制剂被结合入单层或双层的脂质中(例如脂质体),例如,参见U.S.Pat.Nos.6,110,490;6,096,716;5,283,185;5,279,833。本发明还提供了将本发明的水溶核酸,肽或多肽连接至单层或双层表面的制剂。例如,肽可连接至包含酰肼-PEG-(二硬脂酰磷脂酰)乙醇胺的脂质体(例如,参见Zalipsky,Bioconjug.Chem.6:705-708,1995)。可以采用脂质体或任何形式的脂膜,例如血红细胞等完整细胞的平面脂膜或细胞膜。脂质制剂可以通过包括静脉,透皮(例如参见Vutla,J.Phαrm.Sci.85:5-8,1996),透粘膜或口服施用等任意方式进行施用。本发明还提供了将本发明核酸,肽和/或多肽结合入胶束和/或脂质体的药物制剂(例如,参见Suntres,J.Pharm.Pharmacol.46:23-28,1994;Woodle,Pharm.Res.9:260-265,1992)。脂质体和脂质制剂可参照标准方法进行制备,并同样为本领域所熟知,例如,参见Remington′s;Akimaru,Cytokines MoI.Ther.1:197-210,1995;Alving,Immunol.Rev.145:5-31,1995;Szoka,Ann.Rev.Biophys.Bioeng.9:467,1980,U.S.Pat.Nos.4,235,871,4,501,728以及4,837,028。In one aspect, the pharmaceutical formulation comprising a nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide of the invention is incorporated into a lipid monolayer or bilayer (e.g., liposomes), see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,110,490; 6,096,716; 5,283,185; 5,279,833 . The invention also provides formulations for linking a water-soluble nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide of the invention to a monolayer or bilayer surface. For example, peptides can be linked to liposomes comprising hydrazide-PEG-(distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine) (see, eg, Zalipsky, Bioconjug. Chem. 6:705-708, 1995). Liposomes or any form of lipid membrane, such as planar lipid membranes or cell membranes of intact cells such as red blood cells, may be used. Lipid formulations can be administered by any means including intravenous, transdermal (eg, see Vutla, J. Phαrm. Sci. 85:5-8, 1996), transmucosal or oral administration. The present invention also provides pharmaceutical formulations in which nucleic acids, peptides and/or polypeptides of the present invention are incorporated into micelles and/or liposomes (for example, see Suntres, J.Pharm.Pharmacol.46:23-28, 1994; Woodle, Pharm. Res. 9:260-265, 1992). Liposomes and lipid formulations can be prepared according to standard methods and are also well known in the art, for example, see Remington's; Akimaru, Cytokines MoI. Ther. 1:197-210, 1995; Alving, Immunol. Rev. 145:5-31, 1995; Szoka, Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng. 9:467, 1980, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028.

在一个实施例中,该活性化合物可结合能够保护该化合物不被身体快速清除的载体进行制备,例如包含了植入和微胶囊化传递系统的缓释制剂。可采用可生物降解,生物相容的聚合物,例如乙烯醋酸乙烯,聚酸酐,聚乙醇酸,胶原质,聚原磷酯以及聚乳酸。制备该种制剂的方法对本领域技术人员是显而易见的。这些材料也可从Alza Corporation和Nova Pharmaceuticals,Inc.购买。脂质体悬浮液(包括靶向感染细胞的带有针对病毒抗原的单克隆抗体的脂质体)也可用作药学可接受的载体。它们可根据本领域技术人员公知的方法进行制备,例如,如U.S.Pat.No.4,522,811所述。In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a sustained release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthophosphoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. These materials are also commercially available from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. They can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.

将口服或肠胃外施用的组合物制备成剂量单位形式将有利于施用和剂量一致。此处所用的剂量单位形式指配合待处理对象的单位剂量的物理分散单位;每一个单位包含了结合了所需药物载体的经计算可以产生所需治疗效果的预定数量的活性化合物。The preparation of oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form will facilitate administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.

该类化合物的毒性和疗效可在细胞培养或试验动物中通过标准的药物程序进行测定,例如测定LD50(引起50%死亡的剂量)和ED50(引起50%疗效的剂量)。毒性和疗效之间的比例是一种疗效指数并可以LD50/ED50比例来表达。优选具有高疗效指数的化合物。尽管也可使用显示毒性副作用的化合物,在设计传递系统的时候应当注意将该化合物靶向作用组织的位点以最小化对未感染细胞的损伤,从而减少副作用。Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined in cell culture or experimental animals by standard pharmaceutical procedures, eg, determination of the LD50 (the dose causing 50% death) and the ED50 (the dose causing 50% therapeutic effect). The ratio between toxicity and efficacy is a therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50 / ED50 . Compounds with high therapeutic indices are preferred. Although compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may also be used, care should be taken when designing delivery systems to target the compound to the site of action in the tissue to minimize damage to uninfected cells, thereby reducing side effects.

从细胞培养分析和动物试验获得的数据可用于制定在人体使用的剂量范围。该类化合物的剂量优选处于包含了ED50且毒性很小或没有毒性的循环浓度的范围内。该剂量可根据采用的剂型和施用途径在该范围内变化。对于本发明的方法中所使用的任何化合物,其治疗有效剂量可通过细胞培养分析进行初始估计。可以通过(如炎症或有害发炎引起的紊乱)动物模型推算剂量,从而获得包含细胞培养中测得的IC50(即达到最大症状抑制一半时的测试化合物浓度)的循环血浆浓度范围。该信息可用于更准确制定有用的人体剂量。血浆中的水平一般可通过对标记物采用高效液相色谱等方法进行测定。在试验中(例如临床前方案)有用的动物模型在本领域公知,例如,如(Springer,Sent.Immunopathol.25:35-45,2003)以及Nikula等人,Inhal.Toxicol.4(12):123,53,2000)中所述,以及本领域所公知的,例如,针对真菌感染,脓血症,细胞巨化病毒感染,肺结核,麻风病,病毒性肝炎以及感染(例如,由分枝杆菌引起的感染)的炎症性紊乱动物模型。The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal experiments can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration. For any compound used in the methods of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. Dose can be extrapolated from animal models (eg, of disorders caused by inflammation or deleterious inflammation) to obtain circulating plasma concentration ranges that contain the IC50 (ie, the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) measured in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately formulate useful doses in humans. The level in plasma can generally be determined by methods such as high performance liquid chromatography for markers. Animal models useful in assays (e.g. preclinical protocols) are well known in the art, e.g., as (Springer, Sent. Immunopathol. 25:35-45, 2003) and Nikula et al., Inhal. Toxicol. 4(12): 123, 53, 2000), and known in the art, for example, for fungal infection, sepsis, cytomegalovirus infection, tuberculosis, leprosy, viral hepatitis and infection (for example, caused by mycobacterium Infection-induced animal models of inflammatory disorders.

如此处所指定,抗体等蛋白或多肽的治疗有效量(即有效剂量)的范围约为0.001至30mg/kg体重,例如,约0.01至25mg/kg体重,约0.1至20mg/kg体重,或约1至10mg/kg,2至9mg/kg,3至8mg/kg,4至7mg/kg,或5至6mg/kg体重。该蛋白或多肽可在约1至10周内(例如,在2至8周之间,将在约3至7周之间,或约4,5,或6周)每天或每星期一次或多次施用。某些实例中需要用药几个月或更多的时间。熟练技术人员可以理解某些因素可以影响有效治疗一种对象所需的剂量和时间,其包括但不限于疾病或紊乱的严重性,在先的治疗,对象的总体健康和/或年龄以及存在的其它疾病。此外,采用治疗有效量物质如蛋白或多肽(包括抗体)对对象的治疗可以包括单次治疗,也可包括优选的多次治疗。As specified herein, a therapeutically effective amount (i.e., an effective dose) of a protein or polypeptide such as an antibody ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, for example, about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, or about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered daily or once a week for about 1 to 10 weeks (e.g., between 2 to 8 weeks, will be between about 3 to 7 weeks, or about 4, 5, or 6 weeks) Apply multiple times. In some instances, several months or more are required. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors can affect the dosage and time required to effectively treat a subject, including, but not limited to, the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and the presence of other diseases. Furthermore, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a substance such as a protein or polypeptide (including antibodies) may include a single treatment, or preferably multiple treatments.

对于抗体,该剂量通常为0.1mg/kg体重(例如,10mg/kg体重至20mg/kg体重)。部分人抗体和全人抗体通常在人体内比其它抗体具有更长的半衰期。相应地,通常可以采用更低的剂量和更小的施用频率。脂化等修饰可用于提高抗体的稳定性,增强摄取和组织穿透(例如,至脑部)。对一种脂化抗体的方法的描述可参见Cruikshank等人,J.Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes andHuman Retrovir′ology,14:193,1997)。For antibodies, the dose is typically 0.1 mg/kg body weight (eg, 10 mg/kg body weight to 20 mg/kg body weight). Partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies generally have a longer half-life in the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administrations will generally be employed. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to increase antibody stability, enhance uptake and tissue penetration (eg, to the brain). A description of a method for lipidating antibodies can be found in Cruikshank et al., J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovir'ology, 14:193, 1997).

本发明包含了能够通过toll样受体2调节信号转导调节Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物的或活性的制剂或化合物。该制剂可以是一种小化学分子等。该种小化学分子包括,但不限于,肽,肽类似物(例如,类肽),氨基酸,氨基酸类似物,分子量小于约10,000克每摩尔的小非核酸有机化合物或无机化合物(即包含了异源有机或有机金属化合物),分子量小于约5,000克每摩尔的有机或无机化合物,分子量小于约1,000克每摩尔的有机或无机化合物,分子量小于约500克每摩尔的有机或无机化合物,以及盐,酯,和其它该类化合物的药学可接受形式。The present invention encompasses agents or compounds capable of modulating Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product or activity through toll-like receptor 2-modulated signal transduction. The agent can be a small chemical molecule or the like. Such small chemical molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptide analogs (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, small non-nucleic acid organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., containing iso organic or organometallic compounds), organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight of less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight of less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight of less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.

示例性的包括每公斤对象或样本重毫克或微克量的小化学分子(例如,约1微克每公斤至约500毫克每公斤,约100微克每公斤至约5毫克每公斤,或约1微克每公斤至约50微克每公斤)。应当进一步理解小化学分子的适当剂量取决于该小化学分子对于需要调节的表达或活性的效力。当一个或多个该类小化学分子向动物(例如,人)施用以调节本发明的多肽或核酸的表达或活性时,医生,兽医或研究人员可以首先采用一个相对低的剂量,随后增加剂量直至获得适当的响应。此外,可以理解对于任意特定动物对象的特定剂量水平取决于多种因素,包括所采用的特定化合物的活性,该对象的年龄,体重,总体健康,性别以及饮食,施用时间,施用途径,排泄率以及药物组合和表达或活性需要调节的程度。Exemplary include milligram or microgram amounts of small chemical molecules per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram. kg to about 50 micrograms per kg). It is further understood that the appropriate dosage of the small chemical molecule depends on the potency of the small chemical molecule for the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more such small chemical molecules are administered to animals (for example, humans) to regulate the expression or activity of the polypeptides or nucleic acids of the present invention, doctors, veterinarians or researchers can first use a relatively low dose and then increase the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. Furthermore, it is understood that the particular dosage level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the particular compound employed, the subject's age, weight, general health, sex and diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion As well as the degree to which the drug combination and expression or activity need to be modulated.

抗体或其片段可被(例如,共价地和/或通过接头)连接至另一个治疗性部分(如治疗剂或放射性金属离子)以形成一种结合物。治疗剂包括,但不限于,抗生素(例如,更生霉素(之前为放射菌素),博来霉素,光神霉素以及安曲霉素(AMC))。An antibody or fragment thereof can be linked (eg, covalently and/or via a linker) to another therapeutic moiety (eg, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion) to form a conjugate. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antibiotics (eg, dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and antramycin (AMC)).

此处所述的结合物可被用于改变给定的生物响应。例如,与抗体结合的部分可以是一种具有所需生物活性的蛋白或多肽。该蛋白可包括,例如相思豆毒素,篦麻毒素A,假单胞菌外毒素或白喉毒素等毒素;肿瘤坏死因子,alpha-干扰素,beta-干扰素,神经生长因子,血小板源生长因子,组织血浆酶原激活剂;或,生物反应调节剂等蛋白。The conjugates described herein can be used to alter a given biological response. For example, the moiety to which an antibody binds can be a protein or polypeptide having the desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, toxins such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin or diphtheria toxin; tumor necrosis factor, alpha-interferon, beta-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, Tissue plasminogen activators; or, proteins such as biological response modifiers.

此外,一种能够与第二抗体结合形成一种如Segal在U.S.Pat.No.4,676,980所述的抗体异源结合物。In addition, one is capable of binding to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.

该药物组合物可与服药说明一起包含在容器,包装或分配器内。The pharmaceutical composition can be contained in a container, pack or dispenser together with instructions for administration.

此处所述的化合物可用于制备能够在此处所述的任意处理方法中采用的药剂。The compounds described herein are useful in the preparation of medicaments which can be employed in any of the methods of treatment described herein.

该药物组合物配制成无菌,基本等渗并完全遵守美国食品药品管理局的所有良好操作规范(GMP)的规定。The pharmaceutical composition is formulated sterile, substantially isotonic and in full compliance with all Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) regulations of the US Food and Drug Administration.

处理方案:药物代谢Treatment options: drug metabolism

根据施用方式,本发明的药物组合物可以多种单位剂型进行施用。典型的核酸,肽和多肽药物组合物的剂量已为本领域技术人员熟知。该种剂量通常为参考性的并可根据特定的治疗背景,患者耐受性等进行调整。足够实现这一点的核酸,肽或多肽的数量被定义为“治疗有效剂量”。对于该用途有效的剂量安排和数量,即“施用方案”将取决于各种因素,包括疾病或症状的阶段,疾病或症状的严重性,患者健康的总体状态,患者身体状态,年龄,药物制剂和活性剂的浓度等。在计算对患者的施用方案时,还应考虑施用模式。施用方案还应当考虑药物代谢动力学,即药物组合物的吸收率,生物利用度,代谢,清除等。例如,参见最新版的Remington′s;Egleton,Peptides 18:1431-1439,1997;Langer,Science 249:1527-1533,1990。Depending on the mode of administration, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered in a variety of unit dosage forms. Dosages for typical nucleic acid, peptide and polypeptide pharmaceutical compositions are well known to those skilled in the art. Such dosage is usually indicative and can be adjusted according to the specific treatment background, patient tolerance and the like. The amount of nucleic acid, peptide or polypeptide sufficient to accomplish this is defined as a "therapeutically effective dose". The dosage schedule and amount effective for this use, the "administration regimen" will depend on various factors, including the stage of the disease or symptoms, the severity of the disease or symptoms, the general state of the patient's health, the patient's physical condition, age, drug formulation and active agent concentrations. The mode of administration should also be considered when calculating an administration regimen to a patient. The administration regimen should also take into account the pharmacokinetics, ie, the rate of absorption, bioavailability, metabolism, clearance, etc. of the pharmaceutical composition. See, eg, the latest edition of Remington's; Egleton, Peptides 18:1431-1439, 1997; Langer, Science 249:1527-1533, 1990.

在治疗应用中,采用组合物对患有自身免疫性疾病,感染病,抗原呈递细胞缺陷或CD4细胞缺陷的患者施用的量应足以部分抑制症状或疾病和/或其并发症。例如,一方面,可溶性肽药物组合物对于静脉(IV)施用的剂量约为0.01mg/hr至约1.0mg/hr,并持续施用数小时(通常为1,3或6小时),该施用可以间歇循环的方式重复数周。也可采用大为提高的剂量(例如,调整至约10mg/ml),特别是当施用在隔离位点而不进入血流时(例如进入体腔或器官的内腔,例如,脑脊髓液(CSF))。In therapeutic applications, the composition is administered to a patient suffering from autoimmune disease, infectious disease, antigen presenting cell deficiency or CD4 cell deficiency in an amount sufficient to partially suppress symptoms or disease and/or its complications. For example, in one aspect, the soluble peptide pharmaceutical composition is administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/hr to about 1.0 mg/hr for intravenous (IV) administration for several hours (usually 1, 3 or 6 hours), which can be Repeat in intermittent cycles for several weeks. Largely increased doses (e.g., adjusted to about 10 mg/ml) may also be used, especially when administered at an isolated site without entering the bloodstream (e.g., into a body cavity or lumen of an organ, e.g., cerebrospinal fluid (CSF )).

以下提供的对于开展本发明的特定实施例的示例仅作阐述之用,无意以任何方式限制本发明的范围。The following examples of specific embodiments for carrying out the invention are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way.

实施例Example

实施例1Example 1

Flake:一种带有相关免疫缺陷的可见表型变体Flake: a visible phenotypic variant with associated immunodeficiency

在鉴定普通免疫功能所需基因的努力中采用了ENU诱导的胚系突变从总数为20,792F1和33,202F3的动物中筛选可见的和免疫的表型。其中,一种被称为“flake”(flk)的隐性突变被发现能引起渐进性脱发和慢性剥脱性皮炎。这些特征出现在断奶日龄并在年长的动物中更为明显(图1)。表皮完整性的可见破坏和需要抗生素治疗的自发皮肤感染提示我们检查在这些小鼠中的先天免疫功能的完整性。ENU-induced germline mutations were used in an effort to identify genes required for general immune function. A total of 20,792F1 and 33,202F3 animals were screened for visible and immune phenotypes. Among them, a recessive mutation known as "flake" (flk) was found to cause progressive hair loss and chronic exfoliative dermatitis. These features appear at weaning age and are more pronounced in older animals (Figure 1). Visible disruption of epidermal integrity and spontaneous skin infections requiring antibiotic treatment prompted us to examine the integrity of innate immune function in these mice.

图1显示了在flake突变小鼠中观察到的可见表型。A.6周大的小鼠B.8月大的小鼠C.8月大的小鼠中的眼部感染D.对B中小鼠的放大以突出严重皮炎。Figure 1 shows the visible phenotypes observed in flake mutant mice. A. 6 week old mouse B. 8 month old mouse C. Ocular infection in 8 month old mouse D. Magnification of mouse in B to highlight severe dermatitis.

实施例2Example 2

在flk/flk突变小鼠中的持续化脓链球菌和金黄色葡萄球菌皮肤感染Persistent Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus skin infections in flk/flk mutant mice

突变小鼠mutant mice

革兰氏阳性球菌化脓链球菌和金黄色葡萄球菌是人脓疱病,蜂窝织炎和伤口感染的主要致病菌。Guay,Expert.Opin.Pharmacother.4:1259-1275,2003;Hedrick,Paediatr.Drugs 1:35-46,2003。可通过细针距针直接皮下注射可靠建立鼠模型的实验性全厚度皮肤感染,从而克服了斑贴接种相关的外伤需求和感染性和重现性差的问题。Bunce等人,Infect.Immun.60:2636-2640,1992;Kraft等人,Infect.Immun.52:707-713,1986;Nizet等人,Nature 414:454-457,2001。The gram-positive cocci Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus are the main pathogens of impetigo, cellulitis and wound infections in humans. Guay, Expert. Opin. Pharmacother. 4:1259-1275, 2003; Hedrick, Paediatr. Drugs 1:35-46, 2003. Experimental full-thickness skin infection in murine models can be reliably established by direct subcutaneous injection with fine-pitch needles, thereby overcoming the need for trauma and poor infectivity and reproducibility associated with patch vaccination. Bunce et al., Infect. Immun. 60:2636-2640, 1992; Kraft et al., Infect. Immun. 52:707-713, 1986; Nizet et al., Nature 414:454-457, 2001.

可采用带发光标记的化脓链球菌和金黄色葡萄球菌以及大肠杆菌菌株,其中每一种菌株都结构性表达来自于无色杆菌的细菌性荧光素酶基因操纵子。Kuklin等,Antimicrob Agents Chemother47:2740-8,2003。感染的过程可以在16天内通过外部发光检测仪在麻醉小鼠中观察。如图2A所示,普通C57BL/6小鼠需要8天完全清除由5x105cfu的化脓链球菌接种引发的皮肤感染。flk/flk突变小鼠在接种后的前6天内显示了类似的微生物清除动力学,但在此之后,flk/flk突变体中的微生物载量开始区别于对照值,上升至一个高值并在其后的整个试验过程中维持该值。flk/flk突变体中的发光在接种4周后缓慢下降至背景水平。Luminescently labeled S. pyogenes and S. aureus and E. coli strains, each constitutively expressing the bacterial luciferase gene operon from Achromobacter, can be used. Kuklin et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother 47:2740-8, 2003. The course of infection can be observed in anesthetized mice within 16 days by external luminescence detection. As shown in Figure 2A, it took 8 days for normal C57BL/6 mice to completely clear the skin infection initiated by 5x105 cfu of S. pyogenes inoculation. The flk/flk mutant mice showed similar microbial clearance kinetics within the first 6 days after inoculation, but after that the microbial load in the flk/flk mutants began to differ from control values, rising to a high value and in This value is maintained throughout the entire test thereafter. Luminescence in flk/flk mutants slowly decreased to background levels 4 weeks after inoculation.

化脓链球菌可产生一种小的溃疡型伤口,对照小鼠中该伤口在第8天几乎完全治愈。28天后的flk/flk突变小鼠仍能观察到溃疡,尽管体内没有可测的发光。可通过培养flk/flk突变体的溃疡物回收发光化脓链球菌。因此,即使在试验接种4周后,flk/flk突变小鼠仍受化脓链球菌的持续感染。S. pyogenes produced a small ulcerated wound that healed almost completely by day 8 in control mice. Ulcers could still be observed in flk/flk mutant mice after 28 days, although there was no detectable luminescence in vivo. Luminescent S. pyogenes can be recovered by culturing ulcers of flk/flk mutants. Thus, flk/flk mutant mice were persistently infected with S. pyogenes even 4 weeks after experimental inoculation.

从金黄色葡萄球菌感染(图2B)所得的结果与上述结果形式上一致。在观察初期,flk/flk突变体的细菌载量与对照密切相符,但在接种后的第7天观察到了两条曲线的背离,其中对照动物中逐渐实现了清除(但未在flk/flk突变体中实现),并使对照在2周内完全治愈。与之相对,flake小鼠在3周后的发光仍然强烈可测,并在接种4周后达到背景水平。The results obtained from S. aureus infection (Fig. 2B) were formally consistent with the above results. Bacterial loads of flk/flk mutants closely matched controls at the beginning of the observation period, but a divergence of the two curves was observed at day 7 post-inoculation, where clearance was gradually achieved in control animals (but not in flk/flk mutant realized in vivo), and the control was completely cured within 2 weeks. In contrast, the luminescence of flake mice remained strongly detectable after 3 weeks and reached background levels 4 weeks after inoculation.

另一方面,flk/flk突变体能够清除革兰氏阴性细菌大肠杆菌的感染(图2C)。在以其它途径(例如,通过静脉接种单增李斯特菌,或使用金黄色葡萄球菌在肺内攻击)引发革兰氏阳性感染时,在flk/flk突变体和普通对照间未观察到区别。从这些试验所得的数据的基础上,可以看到:1.flk/flk突变小鼠杀灭革兰氏阳性皮肤感染的能力遭到了破坏;2.该表型并不能延伸至所有的生物分区,并可能局限于皮肤;3.所检测的单独的革兰氏阴性感染未被该突变体所辨别;4.flk/flk小鼠可以正常治愈大肠杆菌引发的皮肤损害这一事实提示该突变不影响伤口复原本身,但对病原体清除具有选择性作用。On the other hand, the flk/flk mutant was able to clear infection by the Gram-negative bacterium E. coli (Fig. 2C). No difference was observed between flk/flk mutants and normal controls when Gram-positive infection was elicited by other routes (eg, by intravenous inoculation of L. monocytogenes, or intrapulmonary challenge with S. aureus). On the basis of the data obtained from these experiments, it can be seen that: 1. the ability of flk/flk mutant mice to kill Gram-positive skin infections is disrupted; 2. This phenotype does not extend to all biological divisions, and may be limited to the skin; 3. The isolated Gram-negative infection detected was not recognized by the mutant; 4. The fact that flk/flk mice can normally heal skin lesions caused by E. coli suggests that the mutation does not affect Wound healing per se, but with a selective effect on pathogen clearance.

图2显示了flake突变小鼠在暴露至革兰氏阳性细菌时形成的持续皮肤感染。A.以化脓链球菌皮下感染的对照(C57BL/6,n=4)和突变(flake/flake,n=4)动物细菌生长的时间过程分析。上图显示了在对每种基因型的4只动物发光(表示为初始接种的百分比)定量后的图示。下图显示了接种1,6,8和14天后各基因型的两只代表小鼠的图象覆盖和光检测。B.以金黄色葡萄球菌感染。图像显示了1,6,9和15天的感染动物。C.以大肠杆菌感染。Figure 2 shows the persistent skin infection developed by flake mutant mice upon exposure to Gram-positive bacteria. A. Time course analysis of bacterial growth in control (C57BL/6, n=4) and mutant (flake/flake, n=4) animals infected subcutaneously with S. pyogenes. The upper panel shows the graph after quantification of luminescence (expressed as a percentage of initial inoculation) in 4 animals of each genotype. The lower panel shows the image overlay and light detection of two representative mice of each genotype 1, 6, 8 and 14 days after inoculation. B. Infected with Staphylococcus aureus. Images show infected animals at 1, 6, 9 and 15 days. C. Infection with E. coli.

实施例3Example 3

硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1位点的flk突变定位Mapping of the FLK mutation at the stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 site

由flk所赋予的可见表型被用于定位,可见和免疫表型之间一致性的可通过检查互交F1小鼠的子代以及其它在该位点的等位基因变体随后建立,flk最初在对C3H/HeN的回交中采用一组分布于整个小鼠基因组的59个信息标记定位于39个配子中的19号染色体上。该表型在混合背景中被完全渗透,且该突变被置于标记D19Mit96和D19MM7之间(图3A)。然后采用12个内部19号染色体标记进行精确定位,从而在第283个配子上使该突变被限制在由D19Mitl1和D19Mit53界定的2.6Mbp临界区域内。在Ensembl数据库的该区域中所显示的43个基因中(图3C),硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1(Scdl)基因被认为是一种可能的候选物,因为名为asebia-J和asebia-2J的两个突变等位基因均被描述为Scd1且在该两种情况下突变小鼠显示了与flk纯合子的观察结果相类似的被称为“鳞状皮肤”的皮肤表型。Sundberg等人,Am J Pathol 156:2067-75,2000;Zheng等人,Nat Genet 23:268-70,1999。The visible phenotype conferred by flk was used for localization, and concordance between the visible and immunophenotype was subsequently established by examining the progeny of crossed F1 mice and other allelic variants at this locus, flk A set of 59 informative markers distributed throughout the mouse genome were initially located on chromosome 19 in 39 gametes in a backcross to C3H/HeN. This phenotype was fully penetrated in mixed backgrounds, and the mutation was placed between markers D19Mit96 and D19MM7 (Fig. 3A). Twelve internal chromosome 19 markers were then used for precise mapping, thereby confining the mutation to a 2.6 Mbp critical region bounded by D19Mitl1 and D19Mit53 on the 283rd gamete. Of the 43 genes shown in this region of the Ensembl database (Fig. 3C), the stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 (Scdl) gene was considered a possible candidate because of the names asebia-J and asebia Both mutant alleles of -2J have been described as Scd1 and in both cases mutant mice display a skin phenotype called "squamous skin" similar to that observed in flk homozygotes. Sundberg et al., Am J Pathol 156:2067-75, 2000; Zheng et al., Nat Genet 23:268-70, 1999.

图3显示了flake突变的定位。A.转基因对数似然比(Lod值,Z)分析显示了在小鼠19号染色体上连锁的单峰值。该分析中包括了总计59个信息标记(横轴),且39个配子(19个野生型和17个突变动物)为对所有标记的基因型。B.19号染色体末端区域的精确定位。对总数283个配子(显示了其中3个代表)的分析将flake突变限定在相距2.6Mb的2个邻近标记之间。C.依照ENSEMBL数据库的flake位点基因结构。该Scd1基因被突出显示。Figure 3 shows the location of the flake mutation. A. Transgene log-likelihood ratio (Lod value, Z) analysis shows a single peak of linkage on mouse chromosome 19. A total of 59 informative markers (horizontal axis) were included in the analysis, and 39 gametes (19 wild type and 17 mutant animals) were genotyped for all markers. B. Precise mapping of the terminal region of chromosome 19. Analysis of a total of 283 gametes (3 representatives of which are shown) confined the flake mutation to 2 adjacent markers separated by 2.6 Mb. C. Gene structure of the flake locus according to the ENSEMBL database. The Scd1 gene is highlighted.

Scd1的6个外显子可通过从C57BL/6对照小鼠和flk/flk突变体中分离的基因组DNA进行扩增。对扩增子的直接测序揭示了外显子5的对应于cDNA序列(索取号BC055453,参见图4A)中的#938位点的突变点(C至A)。经预测ENU诱导的碱基转换可能引起SCD1内的错义突变(T227K)。在Scd2和Scd3cDNA中未检测到突变。The six exons of Scd1 can be amplified from genomic DNA isolated from C57BL/6 control mice and flk/flk mutants Direct sequencing of the amplicon revealed a mutation point (C to A) in exon 5 corresponding to position #938 in the cDNA sequence (accession number BC055453, see Figure 4A). It was predicted that ENU-induced base conversion may cause a missense mutation (T227K) in SCD1. No mutations were detected in Scd2 and Scd3 cDNA.

该微粒体酶SCD1是一种带6个预测跨膜区的355个氨基酸的离子结合41kDa蛋白。它可催化长链不饱和脂肪酸的Δ9去饱和,从而导致作为其主要产物的棕榈油酸盐(C16:1)和油酸盐(C18:1)的生物合成。如图4B所示,突变蛋白中中性氨基酸(T)对带电残基(K)的替换发生在预测跨膜区内,并预计可破坏SCD1的结构完整性。The microsomal enzyme SCD1 is an ion-binding 41 kDa protein of 355 amino acids with six predicted transmembrane domains. It catalyzes the Δ9 desaturation of long-chain unsaturated fatty acids, leading to the biosynthesis of palmitoleate (C16:1) and oleate (C18:1) as its major products. As shown in Figure 4B, the substitution of a neutral amino acid (T) for a charged residue (K) in the mutein occurs within the predicted transmembrane region and is predicted to disrupt the structural integrity of SCD1.

图4显示了flake突变的分子特征。A.来自于纯合体flake突变小鼠(顶部图)和正常动物(底部图)的扩增基因组DNA跟踪文件。B.SCD1蛋白和flake突变定位的图示。蓝框对应于SMART分析预测的跨膜结构域。Figure 4 shows the molecular characterization of the flake mutation. A. Amplified genomic DNA trace files from homozygous flake mutant mice (top panel) and normal animals (bottom panel). B. Schematic representation of the localization of the SCD1 protein and flake mutation. Blue boxes correspond to the transmembrane domains predicted by SMART analysis.

为对这一假设进行测试,可对来自于对照和flk/flk小鼠的皮肤切片的脂质组成进行薄层色谱(TLC)分析。与有关Scd1KO的报导相类似,后一动物显示了胆固醇酯的下降(图5A),从而提示该flk表型实际上是由观察到的Scd1等位基因变体所引起的。To test this hypothesis, thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis of the lipid composition of skin sections from control and flk/flk mice was performed. Similar to what was reported for Scdl KO, the latter animal showed a decrease in cholesteryl esters (Fig. 5A), suggesting that the flk phenotype was in fact caused by the observed Scdl allelic variant.

图5显示了野生型和flake突变小鼠的脂含量的薄层色谱分析。A.野生型(B6)或flake(flk)突变小鼠的皮肤切片中提取的脂质的TLC。B.从金黄色葡萄球菌皮下感染1小时或24小时后的野生型小鼠(B6+)的皮肤中纯化得到的脂质的TLC。M:标记,Cs:胆固醇,TG:甘油三酸酯,CE:胆固醇酯。Figure 5 shows TLC analysis of lipid content in wild-type and flake mutant mice. A. TLC of lipids extracted from skin sections of wild-type (B6) or flake (flk) mutant mice. B. TLC of lipids purified from the skin of wild-type mice (B6+) 1 hour or 24 hours after subcutaneous infection with S. aureus. M: marker, Cs: cholesterol, TG: triglyceride, CE: cholesteryl ester.

实施例4Example 4

在体外和体内具有内在抗菌活性的棕榈油酸盐和油酸盐Palm oleate and oleate with intrinsic antimicrobial activity in vitro and in vivo

Scd1flk/flk突变小鼠中C18和C16脂肪酸去饱和酶活性的缺失提示我们考虑油酸盐和/或棕榈油酸盐的缺失是否能解释上述皮肤的免疫缺陷表型。事实上,尽管没有证据说明MUFA在体内发挥保护作用,许多报导均指出MUFA显示了对革兰氏阳性细菌的抗菌活性。Miller等人,Arch Dermatol 124:209-15,1988;Wille及Kydonieus,SkinPharmacol Appl Skin Physiol 16:176-87,2003。为了对这一工作假设进行测试,首先进行了一系列的体外试验,其中检测了各种脂质对化脓链球菌,金黄色葡萄球菌和大肠杆菌生长的作用。The loss of C18 and C16 fatty acid desaturase activity in Scd1 flk/flk mutant mice prompted us to consider whether loss of oleate and/or palmitoleate could explain the immunodeficiency phenotype in the skin described above. In fact, although there is no evidence that MUFAs exert protective effects in vivo, many reports indicate that MUFAs exhibit antibacterial activity against Gram-positive bacteria. Miller et al., Arch Dermatol 124:209-15, 1988; Wille and Kydonieus, SkinPharmacol Appl Skin Physiol 16:176-87, 2003. To test this working hypothesis, a series of in vitro experiments were first performed in which the effect of various lipids on the growth of S. pyogenes, S. aureus and Escherichia coli was examined.

该结果确认了棕榈油酸盐和油酸盐均具有对化脓链球菌和金黄色葡萄球菌的强烈抑菌和杀菌活性。两种化合物的最小抑制浓度(MIC,见表1)均在微摩尔范围内,并可与鼠杀菌肽AMP(CRAMP)观察到的结果相比较。相对重量而言,MUFA的效力约为杀菌肽的20倍。MUFA还对金黄色葡萄球菌有活性,而CRAMP对此完全无活性。另一方面,即使在毫摩尔级的MUFA浓度下也未观察到抑菌或杀菌活性,这与对革兰氏阳性细菌的特异性作用相一致。This result confirms that both palm oleate and oleate have strong bacteriostatic and bactericidal activities against Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus. The minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs, see Table 1) for both compounds were in the micromolar range and were comparable to those observed with murine cecropin AMP (CRAMP). Relative to weight, MUFAs are approximately 20 times more potent than cecropins. MUFA is also active against Staphylococcus aureus, while CRAMP is completely inactive against it. On the other hand, no bacteriostatic or bactericidal activity was observed even at millimolar MUFA concentrations, consistent with a specific effect on Gram-positive bacteria.

表1.以μM表示的杀菌肽(CRAMP),油酸和棕榈油酸对化脓链球菌和金黄色葡萄球菌的最小抑制浓度(MIC)和最小杀菌浓度(MGBC)Table 1. The minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) and minimum bactericidal concentration (MGBC) of cecropin (CRAMP), oleic acid and palmitoleic acid against Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus expressed in μM

Figure A20068002659301021
Figure A20068002659301021

数值代表了3个试验的平均值,nd,未检测Values represent mean of 3 experiments, nd, not tested

为考察这一抗菌活性的生理关联,以金黄色葡萄球菌对野生型小鼠接种,并对感染动物以棕榈油酸盐(100μl的100μM,DMSO的溶液)或单独DMSO在感染位点重复(每两天)皮下注射进行处理。本实验的结果如图6A和B所示。对于两组小鼠(n=6只动物),其发光表示为初始接种物的一个百分比,并在感染后24小时测定。金黄色葡萄球菌接种9天后,以棕榈油酸盐处理的动物显示出与载体处理小鼠相比90%的发光减少。作为金黄色葡萄菌清除率提高的结果,脂质处理动物中的溃疡性创面的直径(在第9日测得)是对照中的四分之一(图6C)。这些清楚显示了MUFA体外和体内抗菌活性的数据还揭示了这种基于脂质的防御机制在普通小鼠中并非最大有效。To investigate the physiological relevance of this antibacterial activity, wild-type mice were inoculated with Staphylococcus aureus, and infected animals were repeatedly treated with palmitoleate (100 μl of 100 μM in DMSO) or DMSO alone at the site of infection (per Two days) subcutaneous injection for treatment. The results of this experiment are shown in Figures 6A and B. Luminescence was expressed as a percentage of the initial inoculum for two groups of mice (n=6 animals) and was measured 24 hours after infection. Nine days after S. aureus inoculation, palm oleate-treated animals showed a 90% reduction in luminescence compared to vehicle-treated mice. As a result of the increased clearance of S. aureus, the diameter of ulcerated wounds (measured at day 9) in lipid-treated animals was one-fourth that of controls (Fig. 6C). These data, which clearly show the in vitro and in vivo antibacterial activity of MUFAs, also reveal that this lipid-based defense mechanism is not maximally effective in normal mice.

在类似的棕榈油酸盐施用条件下,flake突变体显示了在第1天和第4天之间细菌生长的明显减少(同样在野生型小鼠中观察到),但金黄色葡萄菌在接种2周后仍然可测。如图6D和E所示,更高剂量的棕榈油酸(100μl的75mM溶液)中度提高了flk/flk突变体的细菌清除率和随后的溃疡愈合(图6F)。然而,该药物疗法未实现该表型的完全挽救。Under similar palm oleate application conditions, the flake mutant showed a marked reduction in bacterial growth between days 1 and 4 (also observed in wild-type mice), but S. Still measurable after 2 weeks. As shown in Figures 6D and E, higher doses of palmitoleic acid (100 μl of a 75 mM solution) moderately improved bacterial clearance and subsequent ulcer healing in flk/flk mutants (Figure 6F). However, this drug therapy did not achieve complete rescue of this phenotype.

图6显示棕榈油酸具有体内抗菌活性。A.棕榈油酸注射加速了野生型小鼠中的细菌清除。对以金黄色葡萄球菌(在0天)接种并以载体(DMSO)或棕榈油酸盐每两天注射一次(箭头)进行处理的对照(C57BL/6)小鼠的发光(表示为初始接种物的一个百分比)进行了测定。B.以金黄色葡萄球菌感染后9天以DMSO(顶部)或棕榈油酸盐(底部)注射进行处理的对照(C57BL/6)小鼠的图片。C.显示感染后9天以DMSO或棕榈油酸盐处理的对照(B6)小鼠中测得的病斑尺寸的柱状图。**指P值<0.01。D.对金黄色葡萄球菌感染的flake小鼠的棕榈油酸盐处理。除了以75mM棕榈油酸盐进行100μl注射以外,该方案与A类似。E.以DMSO(顶部)或棕榈油酸盐(底部)处理12天后的感染flake小鼠的图片。F.以DMSO或棕榈油酸盐处理的感染flk突变体中的病斑尺寸(在12天测得)。*指P值<0.05。Figure 6 shows that palmitoleic acid has antibacterial activity in vivo. A. Palmitoleic acid injection accelerates bacterial clearance in wild-type mice. Luminescence (indicated as initial inoculum) of control (C57BL/6) mice inoculated with S. aureus (on day 0) and treated with vehicle (DMSO) or palmitoleate injections (arrows) every two days A percentage of ) was measured. B. Pictures of control (C57BL/6) mice treated with DMSO (top) or palmitoleate (bottom) injections 9 days after S. aureus infection. C. Bar graph showing lesion size measured in control (B6) mice treated with DMSO or palmitoleate 9 days post infection. ** means P value < 0.01. D. Palmitoleate treatment of S. aureus-infected flake mice. The protocol was similar to A except that 75 mM palmitoleate was used for 100 μl injections. E. Photographs of infected flake mice treated with DMSO (top) or palmitoleate (bottom) for 12 days. F. Lesion size (measured at 12 days) in infected flk mutants treated with DMSO or palmitoleate. * means P value < 0.05.

实施例5Example 5

革兰氏阳性细菌感染过程中的TLR2依赖型的Scd1转录激活TLR2-dependent Scd1 transcriptional activation during Gram-positive bacterial infection

勿庸置疑的MUFA的体内抗菌功能提示我们考虑其合成是否在免疫应答中得到提高,类似于其它效应分子如CRAMP的情况,我们对Scd1启动子的一个5kb片段进行了分析并注意到多个NF-κB结合位点的存在(Fig.7A)。进行了对来自于普通或感染小鼠的皮肤切片的半定量RT-PCR试验。图7B显示了金黄色葡萄球菌感染下的对照(C57BL/6)小鼠皮肤中Scd1mRNA积累受到了强烈的诱导,而大肠杆菌接种未产生作用。此外,对于带有经定位致变的Tlr2基因(Tlr-/-)的小鼠Scd1基因不响应革兰氏阳性细菌接种。然而,假设感染和RNA分离之间有24小时的迟滞,Scd1转录诱导也可能由间接机制引起。The undoubted antibacterial function of MUFA in vivo prompted us to consider whether its synthesis is enhanced in the immune response, similar to the case of other effector molecules such as CRAMP, we analyzed a 5kb fragment of the Scd1 promoter and noticed multiple NF Presence of -κB binding site (Fig. 7A). Semi-quantitative RT-PCR experiments on skin sections from normal or infected mice were performed. Figure 7B shows that Scd1 mRNA accumulation was strongly induced in the skin of control (C57BL/6) mice under S. aureus infection, whereas E. coli inoculation had no effect. Furthermore, the Scd1 gene for mice with a site-mutated Tlr2 gene (Tlr −/− ) did not respond to inoculation with Gram-positive bacteria. However, assuming a 24-h lag between infection and RNA isolation, Scd1 transcriptional induction may also be caused by an indirect mechanism.

图7显示了小鼠中Scd1基因表达的感染和TLR2依赖型诱导。A.Scd1启动子的信号扫描分析。显示了NF-κB和ISRE(干扰素-刺激调节元件)。B.在未感染的对照(C57BL/6,第1泳道)和Tlr2-/-(第4泳道)动物或以金黄色葡萄球菌(第2和第5泳道)或大肠杆菌(第3泳道)感染后的Scd1和β-肌动蛋白转录的RT-PCR检测。显示了30和40循环后的PCR产物。M,大小标准。C.对照(0)和从2,4和18小时后的野生型小鼠中分离得到的MALP诱导的腹膜巨噬细胞中Scd1和β-肌动蛋白转录的RT-PCR检测。D.Scdl/β-肌动蛋白比的定量。Figure 7 shows infection and TLR2-dependent induction of Scdl gene expression in mice. A. Signal scanning analysis of the Scd1 promoter. NF-κB and ISRE (Interferon-stimulated regulatory element) are shown. B. In uninfected control (C57BL/6, lane 1) and Tlr2-/- (lane 4) animals or infected with S. aureus (lanes 2 and 5) or E. coli (lane 3) Post-RT-PCR detection of Scd1 and β-actin transcription. PCR products after 30 and 40 cycles are shown. M, standard size. C. RT-PCR detection of Scd1 and β-actin transcription in control (0) and MALP-induced peritoneal macrophages isolated from wild-type mice after 2, 4 and 18 hours. D. Quantification of the Scdl/β-actin ratio.

根据最近的报导,代表了研究TLR信号转导的理想系统的巨噬细胞同样可以表达Scd1基因。Uryu等人,Biochem Biophys ResCommun 303:302-5,2003。为了检测分离的巨噬细胞是否能够上调Scd1以及检测该响应的动力学,可以用一种已知的TLR2激动剂-合成巨噬细胞激活脂酰肽(MALP-2,EMC microcollections GmbH,Germany)刺激从野生型小鼠分离得到的腹膜巨噬细胞。Takeuchi等人,J Immunol 164:554-7,2000。对分离的RNA样本在刺激后2,4,8和18小时采用RT-PCR进行Scd1表达的考察。如图7C和D所示,Scd1表达在MALP诱导后2小时开始增加,并在18小时内达到4倍。该Scd1的转录诱导与感染动物的皮肤中脂质合成的增加有关(参见图5B)。According to recent reports, macrophages, which represent an ideal system for studying TLR signaling, can also express the Scd1 gene. Uryu et al., Biochem Biophys ResCommun 303:302-5, 2003. To test whether isolated macrophages are able to upregulate Scd1 and to examine the kinetics of this response, they can be stimulated with a known TLR2 agonist, synthetic macrophage-activating fatty acyl peptide (MALP-2, EMC microcollections GmbH, Germany). Peritoneal macrophages isolated from wild-type mice. Takeuchi et al., J Immunol 164:554-7, 2000. Scd1 expression was examined by RT-PCR on isolated RNA samples at 2, 4, 8 and 18 hours after stimulation. As shown in Figure 7C and D, Scd1 expression started to increase 2 hours after MALP induction and reached a 4-fold within 18 hours. This transcriptional induction of Scd1 was associated with increased lipid synthesis in the skin of infected animals (see Figure 5B).

如前文指出,Scd1主要在皮脂腺中表达,且flake,以及asebia和Scd1KO小鼠中表现出这些结构的萎缩。为证实人皮肤防御中的可诱导Scd1表达与革兰氏阳性病原体的潜在关联,在永生化皮脂腺细胞系SZ95中考察了MALP-2的作用。Zouboulis等人,J.InvestDermatol.113:1011-1020,1999。首先,MALP-2,而不是LPS处理,诱导了快速和有效的炎症响应,并通过IL-6和IL-8生成的增加得到显示(图8A和B)。随后,在该人细胞系中观察到MALP-2刺激4小时后SCD1转录也受到上调(图8C和D)。这些观察通过对脂肪酸去饱和酶(FADS2)基因表达的监测得到了扩大。FADS2编码了一种具有与SCD1类似酶特性的蛋白,且最近显示在一种体现为唇干裂,臂部和腿部的角化皮疹以及会阴皮炎的严重皮肤疾病中缺失。Williard等人,J.Lipid Res.42:501-508,2001。在人皮脂腺细胞中,经MALP-2刺激18小时后FADS2得到了轻微但特异的诱导。As noted previously, Scd1 is predominantly expressed in the sebaceous glands, and flake, asebia and Scd1 KO mice exhibit atrophy of these structures. To demonstrate the potential association of inducible Scd1 expression in human skin defenses with Gram-positive pathogens, the role of MALP-2 was examined in the immortalized sebocyte cell line SZ95. Zouboulis et al., J. Invest Dermatol. 113:1011-1020, 1999. First, MALP-2, but not LPS treatment, induced a rapid and potent inflammatory response, shown by increased IL-6 and IL-8 production (Fig. 8A and B). Subsequently, upregulation of SCD1 transcription was also observed after 4 hours of MALP-2 stimulation in this human cell line (Fig. 8C and D). These observations were amplified by monitoring the expression of the fatty acid desaturase (FADS2) gene. FADS2 encodes a protein with similar enzymatic properties to SCD1 and was recently shown to be absent in a severe skin disorder manifested by chapped lips, keratotic rashes on the arms and legs, and perineal dermatitis. Williard et al., J. Lipid Res. 42:501-508, 2001. In human sebocytes, FADS2 was slightly but specifically induced by MALP-2 stimulation for 18 hours.

图8显示了以MALP-2刺激人皮脂腺细胞所显示的炎症反应和SCD1和FADS2基因的上调。A.以MALP-2(50ng/ml)处理后SZ95细胞中的IL-6产量。LPS(100ng/ml)刺激显示了最小的作用。B.在A的条件下IL-8的定量。C.LPS和MALP-2刺激后4和18小时SCD1和FADS2表达的RT-PCR检测。GAPDH表达被用作对照。D.在以GAPDH信号规范化的两个独立试验(+/-s.e.m)中测得的SCD1和FADS2信号。Figure 8 shows the inflammatory response and up-regulation of SCD1 and FADS2 genes in human sebocytes stimulated with MALP-2. A. IL-6 production in SZ95 cells after treatment with MALP-2 (50 ng/ml). LPS (100 ng/ml) stimulation showed minimal effect. B. Quantification of IL-8 under the conditions of A. C. RT-PCR detection of SCD1 and FADS2 expression 4 and 18 hours after LPS and MALP-2 stimulation. GAPDH expression was used as a control. D. SCD1 and FADS2 signals measured in two independent experiments (+/- s.e.m) normalized to GAPDH signal.

实施例6Example 6

Toll样受体2响应的使哺乳动物防御革兰氏阳性细菌皮肤感染的脂质效应途径A Toll-like receptor 2-responsive lipid-effector pathway that equips mammalian defense against Gram-positive bacterial skin infection

SCD1是一种负责MUFA,主要是棕榈油酸盐(C16:1)和油酸盐(C18:1)的生物合成的酶。Ntambi,Prog Lipid Res 34:139-50,1995。它可催化碳链的Δ9顺式去饱和,并使用棕榈酰辅酶A和硬脂酰辅酶A作为底物。该酶在脂质代谢中的功能已经得到了集中的研究。Ntambi和Miyazaki,Prog Lipid Res 43:91-104,2004。Scd1-/-小鼠明显瘦于野生型动物并可抵御饮食诱导的肥胖(一种由脂肪酸氧化相关基因的表达的提高介导的作用)。此外,肥胖(ob)和Scd1基因的次形态突变的化合物纯合子显示出肥胖表型的显著减少。Ntambi等人,Proc Natl Acad Sci 99:11482-6,2002。Scd1在ob突变体中Scd1过度表达的现象提示至少部分的瘦素代谢作用是由Scd1的抑制引起的。Cohen等人,Science 297:240-3,2002。两个Scd1的自发性突变体等位基因已被描述并命名为asebia(ab)-J和-2J。Sundberg等人,Am J Pathol 156:2067-75,2000;Zheng等人,Nat Genet 23:268-70,1999。尽管表型差异很小,这些等位基因中每一个的纯合性均与皮脂腺萎缩,秃头症和鳞状皮肤等这些携带该基因的靶向破坏的小鼠中观察到的表型相关。Miyazaki等人,J Nutr 131:2260-8,2001.SCD1 is an enzyme responsible for the biosynthesis of MUFAs, mainly palmitoleate (C16:1) and oleate (C18:1). Ntambi, Prog Lipid Res 34:139-50, 1995. It catalyzes the Δ9 cis desaturation of carbon chains and uses palmitoyl-CoA and stearoyl-CoA as substrates. The function of this enzyme in lipid metabolism has been intensively studied. Ntambi and Miyazaki, Prog Lipid Res 43:91-104, 2004. Scd1 -/- mice were significantly leaner than wild-type animals and protected against diet-induced obesity, an effect mediated by increased expression of genes involved in fatty acid oxidation. Furthermore, compounds homozygous for hypomorphic mutations in the obese (ob) and Scd1 genes showed a significant reduction in the obese phenotype. Ntambi et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 99:11482-6, 2002. The overexpression of Scd1 in ob mutants suggests that at least part of the leptin metabolism is caused by inhibition of Scd1. Cohen et al., Science 297:240-3, 2002. Two spontaneous mutant alleles of Scd1 have been described and named asebia(ab)-J and -2J. Sundberg et al., Am J Pathol 156:2067-75, 2000; Zheng et al., Nat Genet 23:268-70, 1999. Although phenotypic differences were small, homozygosity for each of these alleles was associated with the phenotypes observed in mice carrying a targeted disruption of this gene, including sebaceous atrophy, alopecia, and scaly skin. Miyazaki et al., J Nutr 131:2260-8, 2001.

本研究中提供了一种flake突变--一种带有高选择性先天免疫缺陷表型的可视的隐性表型变体,该变体不能清除来自皮肤的革兰氏阳性(而非革兰氏阴性)生物。采用表型驱动疗法,flk突变可追溯至SCD1蛋白的六个跨膜结构域的第四个区域内的反义错误(T227K)。在该区域以带电残基替换中性氨基酸可备选地修饰通常位于微粒体膜内的去饱和酶的构型,或影响酶活性所需的铁原子的协调。不管为何种机制,均显示从flake突变小鼠的皮肤分离得到的脂质中的胆固醇酯(其合成需要MUFA)的水平的下降,从而证实了新等位基因的萎缩功能。Presented in this study is a flake mutation - a visible recessive phenotypic variant with a highly selective innate immunodeficiency phenotype that does not clear Gram-positive (rather than Gram-positive) from the skin. Lang's negative) organisms. Using phenotype-driven therapy, flk mutations were traced to an antisense error (T227K) within the fourth region of the six transmembrane domains of the SCD1 protein. Substitution of neutral amino acids with charged residues in this region may alternatively modify the configuration of the desaturase, which is normally located within the microsomal membrane, or affect the coordination of iron atoms required for enzyme activity. Regardless of the mechanism, a reduction in the level of cholesteryl esters, whose synthesis requires MUFA, was shown in lipids isolated from the skin of flake mutant mice, confirming the atrophic function of the new allele.

此处描述了SCD1及其针对革兰氏阳性细菌的上皮先天免疫的催化活性的产物。据显示以MUFA富集的食物饲养Scd1缺陷小鼠并未减少突变体表型,这提示实现皮肤的正常外观和功能需要MUFA的从头合成。因此,为了扩大体外观察,对以棕榈油酸盐向金黄色葡萄球菌感染小鼠皮内施用的作用进行了监测。这些体内试验显示棕榈油酸盐重复皮下注射降低了细菌扩增并显著提高了感染小鼠的恢复(通过溃疡性创面的减小得到证明)。然而,即使重复注射更高剂量的棕榈油酸盐,棕榈油酸盐在flake突变体中的这一有益效果仍然不太明显。在Scd1突变体中观察到的过度活化的脂质分解代谢可能导致注射脂质的半衰期变短并解释了这一差异。然而,据指出以类维生素A(诱导皮脂腺的萎缩)处理痤疮问题的人体可能遭受副作用-周期性金黄色葡萄球菌感染。Leyden等人,J InvestDermatol 86:390-3,1986。该类患者中还观察到眼部革兰氏阳性细菌感染。Egger等人,Ophthalmologe 92:17-20,1995。事实上,如更早期在Scd1KO小鼠中所示,在flake突变体中也观察到了眼部感染(见图1C)。Miyazaki等人,J Nutr 131:2260-8,2001。从flk/flk小鼠获得的数据强调了皮脂腺以及其它产脂器官(可能包括眼睑的专门睑板腺)在先天免疫应答中的重要作用,Here described are the products of SCD1 and its catalytic activity for epithelial innate immunity against Gram-positive bacteria. It was shown that feeding Scd1-deficient mice on a MUFA-enriched diet did not reduce the mutant phenotype, suggesting that de novo synthesis of MUFA is required for normal skin appearance and function. Therefore, to extend the in vitro observations, the effect of intradermal administration of palmitoleate to S. aureus-infected mice was monitored. These in vivo experiments showed that repeated subcutaneous injections of palmitoleate reduced bacterial expansion and significantly improved recovery in infected mice (as evidenced by a reduction in ulcerated wounds). However, this beneficial effect of palmitoleate remained less pronounced in flake mutants even with repeated injections of higher doses of palmitoleate. The hyperactivated lipid catabolism observed in Scd1 mutants may contribute to the shortened half-life of injected lipids and explain this difference. However, it has been noted that persons dealing with acne problems with retinoids (which induce atrophy of the sebaceous glands) may suffer from a side effect - recurrent Staphylococcus aureus infections. Leyden et al., J Invest Dermatol 86:390-3, 1986. Ocular Gram-positive bacterial infections have also been observed in such patients. Egger et al., Ophthalmologe 92:17-20, 1995. In fact, ocular infection was also observed in flake mutants as shown earlier in Scd1 KO mice (see Figure 1C). Miyazaki et al., J Nutr 131:2260-8, 2001. The data obtained from flk/flk mice emphasize the important role of the sebaceous glands, as well as other lipid-producing organs, possibly including the specialized meibomian glands of the eyelids, in the innate immune response,

MUFA选择性溶解革兰氏阳性细菌的机制尚待测定。碳链的长度和/或不饱和的水平可能是功效的重要决定因素。此外,还可测定脂质和AMP之间的协同。Flake/CRAMP双敲除小鼠将证明为研究该问题的有用工具。该试验不排除除了抗菌活性外,棕榈油酸盐和油酸盐可间接促进耐受性的可能性。通过蛋白修饰调节信号转换可能是机制之一。据报导,最近在肌肉细胞中的胰岛素信号转导显示,质谱可从其它src同源结构域3激酶Fyn(可能影响免疫细胞激活)中的翻译后修饰中鉴别棕榈油酸盐。Liang等人,J Biol Chem279:8133-9,2004;Rahman等人,Proc Natl Acad Sci 100:11110-5,2003.The mechanism by which MUFA selectively lyses Gram-positive bacteria remains to be determined. The length of the carbon chain and/or the level of unsaturation may be an important determinant of efficacy. In addition, synergy between lipids and AMPs can also be determined. The Flake/CRAMP double knockout mouse will prove to be a useful tool to study this question. This trial does not rule out the possibility that palm oleate and oleate may indirectly promote tolerance in addition to antimicrobial activity. Regulation of signal conversion through protein modification may be one of the mechanisms. Mass spectrometry can identify palmitoleate from post-translational modifications in the other src homology domain 3 kinase, Fyn, which may affect immune cell activation, as reported recently in insulin signaling in muscle cells. Liang et al., J Biol Chem279:8133-9, 2004; Rahman et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 100:11110-5, 2003.

在小鼠和人细胞中SCD1转录以TLR-2依赖的方式被强烈上调。患有罕见皮肤紊乱如带有毛发缺乏症和恐光症的毛囊性鱼鳞病综合症(IFAP综合症,OMIM 308205)的人类患者具有萎缩的皮脂腺,偶发Flake表型的秃头症和周期性皮肤感染(综述见Alfadley等人,Pediatr.Dermatol.20:48-51,2003)。根据最近对TLR2和6在人皮脂腺表达的认识(Zouboulis等人,准备中),该结果指出了皮脂腺在皮肤先天免疫防御中的显著和无疑的作用。总而言之,该数据显示了皮肤中可诱导的基于脂质的杀菌效应途径的存在,并建立了脂质代谢和先天免疫性之间的明确连接。SCD1 transcription is strongly upregulated in a TLR-2-dependent manner in mouse and human cells. Human patients with rare skin disorders such as ichthyosis follicularis with atrichosis and photophobia (IFAP syndrome, OMIM 308205) have atrophic sebaceous glands, alopecia with occasional Flake phenotype and recurrent skin infections (Reviewed in Alfadley et al., Pediatr. Dermatol. 20:48-51, 2003). In light of the recent recognition of the expression of TLR2 and 6 in human sebaceous glands (Zouboulis et al., in preparation), this result points to a significant and unambiguous role of the sebaceous gland in the innate immune defense of the skin. Altogether, the data demonstrate the existence of an inducible lipid-based bactericidal effector pathway in the skin and establish a clear link between lipid metabolism and innate immunity.

实施例7Example 7

材料和方法Materials and methods

小鼠。使用N-乙基N-亚硝基脲(ENU)进行的胚系突变已在Hoebe等人,J Endotoxin Res 9:250-5,2003得到描述。动物在Scripps研究院免疫学部门的动物房中在无病原体条件下饲养。本实验中所采用的小鼠均为8-12周大。小鼠的处理和试验过程的进行均参照动物管理和使用制度指南。mice. Germline mutation using N-ethylN-nitrosourea (ENU) has been described in Hoebe et al., J Endotoxin Res 9:250-5, 2003. Animals were housed under pathogen-free conditions in the animal room of the Immunology Division of the Scripps Research Institute. The mice used in this experiment were all 8-12 weeks old. The handling of mice and the conduct of the experimental process were carried out in accordance with the institutional guidelines for animal care and use.

细菌。金黄色葡萄球菌Xen8.1(亲本株8325-4),化脓链球菌Xen20(源自菌株591的血清型M49)以及大肠杆菌Xen14(源自EPECWS2572)均从Xenogen(Carnbury,NJ)获得。bacteria. S. aureus Xen8.1 (parental strain 8325-4), S. pyogenes Xen20 (serotype M49 derived from strain 591), and E. coli Xen14 (derived from EPECWS2572) were all obtained from Xenogen (Carnbury, NJ).

细胞培养。SZ95皮脂腺细胞在带有/不带50ng/ml MALP-2或100ng/ml LPS添加了10%热灭活FCS,5ng/ml人表皮生长因子,1mM CaCl2,10-5M棕榈酸,50μg/ml庆大霉素的HSG-Med(Sebomed,Berlin,Germany)中培养2,4,8,18小时,收集上清液使用ELISA测定IL6和IL8。使用RNeasy Midi试剂盒(Qiagen,Hilden,Germany)从4和18小时样本中分离RNA,并用RNase-Free DNaseset(Qiagen)纯化以进行RT-PCR。cell culture. SZ95 sebocytes with/without 50ng/ml MALP-2 or 100ng/ml LPS supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FCS, 5ng/ml human epidermal growth factor, 1mM CaCl 2 , 10 -5 M palmitic acid, 50μg/ HSG-Med (Sebomed, Berlin, Germany) with ml gentamicin was cultured for 2, 4, 8, and 18 hours, and the supernatant was collected to measure IL6 and IL8 by ELISA. RNA was isolated from 4 and 18 h samples using the RNeasy Midi kit (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany) and purified with RNase-Free DNaseset (Qiagen) for RT-PCR.

试剂。棕榈油酸和油酸均购自Sigma。S.minesota Re595LPS购自Alexis(Carlsbad,CA),MALP-2购自EMC microcollectionsGmbH(Tubingen,Germany)。reagent. Both palmitoleic acid and oleic acid were purchased from Sigma. S. minesota Re595LPS was purchased from Alexis (Carlsbad, CA) and MALP-2 was purchased from EMC microcollections GmbH (Tubingen, Germany).

皮肤感染。在指数生长期对细菌培养物进行离心并将菌体重悬浮于含有10mg/ml作为载体的惰性Cytodex珠(Sigma)的10体积PBS中。以约100μl 5x105c.f.u的发光细菌在麻醉后动物的背部进行皮下注射。采用化学脱毛在接种前去除毛发。采用CCD相机进行每日的发光检测(暴露动物5分钟)并以Xenogen的IVIS程序进行定量。skin infection. Bacterial cultures were centrifuged in exponential phase and resuspended in 10 volumes of PBS containing inert Cytodex beads (Sigma) at 10 mg/ml as carrier. Approximately 100 μl of 5×10 5 cfu of luminescent bacteria were injected subcutaneously in the back of anesthetized animals. Chemical hair removal is used to remove hair before vaccination. Daily luminescence detection was performed with a CCD camera (exposing the animals for 5 minutes) and quantification was performed with Xenogen's IVIS program.

薄层色谱。用氯仿/甲醇从皮肤切片中提取的总脂质可用硅胶TLC分离。使用己烷/二乙醚/醋酸(70∶30∶1)作为显影剂,喷涂报春花灵溶液(5mg,溶于100ml丙酮/水,80/20)后可在UV灯下显示脂质。TLC. Total lipids extracted from skin sections using chloroform/methanol can be separated by TLC on silica gel. Using hexane/diethyl ether/acetic acid (70:30:1) as a developer, lipids were visualized under UV light after spraying a primrose solution (5 mg, dissolved in 100 ml acetone/water, 80/20).

半定量RT-PCR。对野生型和Tlrr2-/-突变小鼠去毛并以金黄色葡萄球菌或大肠杆菌(5X105pfu)进行皮下注射。24小时后,切开感染区域的皮肤并以Trizol(Gibco)法提取总RNA。使用1μg RNA合成以寡脱氧胸苷酸引物的cDNA,该cDNA随后用作PCR反应的模板,该PCR反应使用对Scd1(在外显子5的3′-ctctatggatatcgcccctacgacaagaacattc-5′以及在外显子6的3′-gaagctaggaacaaggagggatgtattcaggagg-5′,可允许基因组和cDNA扩增的区分)或β-肌动蛋白基因特异的引物。将4μl PCR反应物加载至琼脂糖凝胶。腹膜巨噬细胞的分离及刺激已另有描述。Hoebe等人,J Endotoxin Res 9:250-5,2003。SZ95皮脂腺细胞中的hSCDl和hFADS2表达可采用下列寡聚核苷酸进行半定量RT-PCR检测:Semi-quantitative RT-PCR. Wild-type and Tlrr2 −/− mutant mice were shaved and injected subcutaneously with S. aureus or E. coli (5×10 5 pfu). After 24 hours, the skin of the infected area was incised and total RNA was extracted by the Trizol (Gibco) method. 1 μg of RNA was used to synthesize cDNA primed with oligo-dT, which was then used as a template for a PCR reaction using a pair of Scd1 (3'-ctctatggatatcgcccctacgacaagaacattc-5' at exon 5 and 3' at exon 6). '-gaagctaggaacaaggagggatgtattcaggagg-5', which allows differentiation of genomic and cDNA amplification) or β-actin gene-specific primers. 4 μl of the PCR reaction was loaded onto an agarose gel. Isolation and stimulation of peritoneal macrophages has been described elsewhere. Hoebe et al., J Endotoxin Res 9:250-5, 2003. The expression of hSCD1 and hFADS2 in SZ95 sebocytes can be detected by semi-quantitative RT-PCR using the following oligonucleotides:

hSCD1f 5′-TTCAGAAACACATGCTGATCCTCATAATTCCC-3′,hSCD1f 5′-TTCAGAAACACATGCTGATCCTCATAATTCCC-3′,

hSCD1r 5′-ATTAAGCACCACAGCATATCGCAAGAAAGTGG-3′hSCD1r 5′-ATTAAGCACCACAGCATATCGCAAGAAAGTGG-3′

hFADS2f5′-ACTTTGGCAATGGCTGGATTCCTACCCTC-3′hFADS2f5'-ACTTTGGCAATGGCTGGATTCCTACCCTC-3'

hFADS2r5′-ACATCGGGATCCTTGTGGAAGATGTTAGG-3′hFADS2r5'-ACATCGGGATCCTTGTGGAAGATGTTAGG-3'

使用甘油醛-3-磷酸脱氢酶(GAPDH)表达作为对照。Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) expression was used as a control.

本说明书中所引用的所有公开和专利申请均以各种目的全文引用作为参考,如同将每一个单独的公开和专利申请均为特定的单独的以各种目的引用作为参考。All publications and patent applications cited in this specification are incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes as if each individual publication and patent application were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference for all purposes.

尽管前述发明已通过阐释目的的图示和示例进行详细描述,本领域的普通技术人员根据本发明的教导应当能够轻易理解可在不脱离附加权利要求的精神和范围的情况下对其进行一定的更改和调整。Although the foregoing invention has been described in detail by illustrations and examples for illustrative purposes, those of ordinary skill in the art should be able to readily understand that certain modifications can be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the appended claims based on the teachings of the present invention. Changes and adjustments.

Claims (68)

1.一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括给该对象施用有效量的能激活Scd1基因表达的化合物。CLAIMS 1. A method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound capable of activating expression of the Scd1 gene. 2.如权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述化合物为toll样受体2的激动剂。2. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is an agonist of toll-like receptor 2. 3.如权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述的化合物为小化学分子,抗体,反义核酸,短发夹RNA,或短干扰RNA。3. The method of claim 1, wherein said compound is a small chemical molecule, antibody, antisense nucleic acid, short hairpin RNA, or short interfering RNA. 4.如权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述的革兰氏阳性细菌感染是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染。4. The method of claim 1, wherein the Gram-positive bacterial infection is a Streptococcus pyogenes infection or a Staphylococcus aureus infection. 5.如权利要求2所述的方法,其中所述的对象具有Scd1基因的功能缺失或功能下降突变。5. The method of claim 2, wherein said subject has a loss-of-function or down-function mutation of the Scd1 gene. 6.一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括给该对象施用有效量的能激活Scd1基因产物的化合物。6. A method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound that activates the Scd1 gene product. 7.如权利要求6所述的的方法,其中所述的化合物是toll样受体2的激动剂。7. The method of claim 6, wherein said compound is an agonist of toll-like receptor 2. 8.如权利要求6所述的方法,其中所述化合物为小化学分子,抗体,反义核酸,短发夹RNA,或短干扰RNA。8. The method of claim 6, wherein the compound is a small chemical molecule, an antibody, an antisense nucleic acid, short hairpin RNA, or short interfering RNA. 9.如权利要求6所述的方法,其中所述的革兰氏阳性细菌感染是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染。9. The method of claim 6, wherein the Gram-positive bacterial infection is a Streptococcus pyogenes infection or a Staphylococcus aureus infection. 10.如权利要求7所述的方法,其中所述的对象具有Scd1基因的功能缺失或功能下降突变。10. The method of claim 7, wherein said subject has a loss-of-function or down-function mutation of the Scd1 gene. 11.一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括给该对象施用有效量的一种单不饱和脂肪酸。11. A method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a monounsaturated fatty acid. 12.如权利要求11所述的方法,其中所述的单不饱和脂肪酸为棕榈油酸盐或油酸盐。12. The method of claim 11, wherein the monounsaturated fatty acid is palmitoleate or oleate. 13.如权利要求11所述的方法,其中所述的革兰氏阳性细菌感染是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染。13. The method of claim 11, wherein the Gram-positive bacterial infection is a Streptococcus pyogenes infection or a Staphylococcus aureus infection. 14.如权利要求11所述的方法,其中有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸的施用为局部或皮内施用。14. The method of claim 11, wherein the administration of the effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acid is topical or intradermal. 15.如权利要求11所述的方法,其中有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸的施用为肌内,皮下,腹腔或静脉施用。15. The method of claim 11, wherein the effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acid is administered intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally or intravenously. 16.一种在哺乳动物对象中治疗革兰氏阳性细菌感染的方法,其包括给该对象施用有效量的作为Scd1生物合成途径产物的化合物。16. A method of treating a Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound that is a product of the Scd1 biosynthetic pathway. 17.如权利要求16所述的方法,其中所述的化合物为一种单不饱和脂肪酸。17. The method of claim 16, wherein said compound is a monounsaturated fatty acid. 18.如权利要求17所述的方法,其中所述的单不饱和脂肪酸为棕榈油酸盐或油酸盐。18. The method of claim 17, wherein the monounsaturated fatty acid is palmitoleate or oleate. 19.如权利要求16所述的方法,其中所述的革兰氏阳性细菌感染是化脓链球菌感染或金黄色葡萄球菌感染。19. The method of claim 16, wherein the Gram-positive bacterial infection is a Streptococcus pyogenes infection or a Staphylococcus aureus infection. 20.如权利要求16所述的方法,其中有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸的施用为局部或皮内施用。20. The method of claim 16, wherein the administration of the effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acid is topical or intradermal. 21.如权利要求16所述的方法,其中有效量的单不饱和脂肪酸的施用为肌内,皮下,腹腔或静脉施用。21. The method of claim 16, wherein the effective amount of monounsaturated fatty acid is administered intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally or intravenously. 22.一种对调节细胞内革兰氏阳性杀菌活性的化合物进行鉴定的方法,其包括:22. A method of identifying a compound that modulates intracellular gram-positive bactericidal activity, comprising: 将测试化合物与包含了细胞表达的toll样受体2的基于细胞的分析系统进行接触,Exposure of the test compound to a cell-based assay system comprising cell-expressed toll-like receptor 2, 向分析系统提供经选定可有效激活toll样受体2信号转导的数量的配体,其中toll样受体2信号转导可以转导对配体的响应并调节Scd1基因表达,以及providing the assay system with an amount of the ligand selected to be effective in activating toll-like receptor 2 signaling, wherein toll-like receptor 2 signaling transduces a response to the ligand and modulates Scd1 gene expression, and 检测测试化合物对toll样受体2信号转导和Scd1基因表达调控的作用,该测试化合物在该分析中的有效性作为革兰氏阳性杀菌活性的指示。The effect of the test compound on toll-like receptor 2 signaling and regulation of Scd1 gene expression was detected, and the effectiveness of the test compound in this assay was taken as an indication of Gram-positive bactericidal activity. 23.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述配体为内源性配体或外源性配体。23. The method of claim 22, wherein the ligand is an endogenous ligand or an exogenous ligand. 24.如权利要求23所述的方法,其中所述的外源性配体为脂多糖,类脂A,双酰脂酰肽,三酰脂酰肽,S-MALP-2,R-MALP-2,细菌脂酰肽,Pam2CSK4,脂磷壁酸或酵母聚糖A。24. The method of claim 23, wherein said exogenous ligand is lipopolysaccharide, lipid A, diacyl fatty acyl peptide, triacyl fatty acyl peptide, S-MALP-2, R-MALP- 2. Bacterial fatty acylpeptides, Pam2CSK4, lipoteichoic acid or zymosan A. 25.如权利要求24所述的方法,其中所述的外源配体为S-MALP-2或R-MALP-2。25. The method of claim 24, wherein the exogenous ligand is S-MALP-2 or R-MALP-2. 26.如权利要求23所述的方法,其中所述的外源配体为来自Salmonella Minnesota的粗糙型脂多糖,光滑型脂多糖,或类脂A。26. The method of claim 23, wherein the exogenous ligand is rough lipopolysaccharide, smooth lipopolysaccharide, or lipid A from Salmonella Minnesota. 27.如权利要求23所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括对细胞中Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物的激活进行检测,其中Scd1基因表达或Scd1基因产物响应细胞与外源配体的接触而被激活。27. The method of claim 23, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting activation of Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product in cells, wherein Scd1 gene expression or Scd1 gene product responds to interaction between cells and exogenous ligands activated by contact. 28.如权利要求27所述的方法,其中所述的外源配体为革兰氏阳性细菌的成分,而非革兰氏阴性细菌的成分。28. The method of claim 27, wherein the exogenous ligand is a component of a gram-positive bacterium other than a gram-negative bacterium. 29.如权利要求23所述的方法,其中所述的内源性配体为一种脂质。29. The method of claim 23, wherein said endogenous ligand is a lipid. 30.如权利要求22所述的的方法,其中所述的化合物是toll样受体2途径信号转导的激动剂。30. The method of claim 22, wherein said compound is an agonist of toll-like receptor 2 pathway signaling. 31.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括对由该化合物增强的配体与toll样受体2之间的结合进行检测。31. The method of claim 22, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting the binding of the compound-enhanced ligand to toll-like receptor 2. 32.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中对提高的Scd1基因产物进行检测。32. The method of claim 22, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting an elevated Scd1 gene product in a cellular assay. 33.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中对提高的Scd1基因产物活性进行检测。33. The method of claim 22, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting increased Scd1 gene product activity in a cellular assay. 34.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中对提高的单不饱和脂肪酸合成进行检测。34. The method of claim 22, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting increased monounsaturated fatty acid synthesis in a cellular assay. 35.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的细胞分析进一步包括巨噬细胞。35. The method of claim 22, wherein said analysis of cells further comprises macrophages. 36.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的细胞分析进一步包括来自于皮脂腺的细胞。36. The method of claim 22, wherein said cell analysis further comprises cells from sebaceous glands. 37.如权利要求36所述的方法,其中所述的细胞分析进一步包括皮脂腺细胞。37. The method of claim 36, wherein said cell analysis further comprises sebocytes. 38.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的检测步骤进一步包括对标记配体与toll样受体2的结合的检测。38. The method of claim 22, wherein said detecting step further comprises detecting binding of the labeled ligand to toll-like receptor 2. 39.如权利要求38所述的方法,其中所述的标记配体为经过放射性标记或荧光标记。39. The method of claim 38, wherein the labeled ligand is radiolabeled or fluorescently labeled. 40.如权利要求22所述的方法,进一步包括向分析系统提供toll样受体2,并在分析系统内检测测试化合物对toll样受体2的信号转导的作用,测试化合物在分析中的有效性被作为对调节的指示。40. The method of claim 22, further comprising providing the toll-like receptor 2 to the analysis system, and detecting the effect of the test compound on the signal transduction of the toll-like receptor 2 in the analysis system, the effect of the test compound in the analysis Effectiveness is taken as an indication of conditioning. 41.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的检测步骤进一步包括通过该化合物实现配体与toll样受体2的结合的减弱。41. The method of claim 22, wherein said detecting step further comprises reducing ligand binding to toll-like receptor 2 by said compound. 42.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的检测步骤进一步包括通过该化合物实现配体与toll样受体2的结合的增强。42. The method of claim 22, wherein said detecting step further comprises enhancing ligand binding to toll-like receptor 2 by said compound. 43.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中检测硬脂酰辅酶A去饱和酶1活性的提高。43. The method of claim 22, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting an increase in stearoyl-CoA desaturase 1 activity in a cellular assay. 44.如权利要求43所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中对提高的单不饱和脂肪酸合成进行检测。44. The method of claim 43, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting increased monounsaturated fatty acid synthesis in a cellular assay. 45.如权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述的测试步骤进一步包括在细胞分析中对革兰氏阳性杀菌活性的提高进行检测。45. The method of claim 22, wherein said testing step further comprises detecting an increase in Gram-positive bactericidal activity in a cell assay. 46.一种在哺乳动物对象中诊断革兰氏阳性细菌感染的风险因子的方法,其包括:46. A method of diagnosing risk factors for Gram-positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject, comprising: 从该对象中去除细胞或组织,remove cells or tissue from the subject, 将细胞或组织与toll样受体2的内源性配体或外源性配体接触,contacting the cell or tissue with an endogenous or exogenous ligand for toll-like receptor 2, 检测与配体接触的细胞或组织的Scd1基因产物的产生,检测哺乳动物对象中Scd1基因产物的功能下降或功能缺失。Detecting production of a Scd1 gene product in a cell or tissue contacted with a ligand, detecting decreased function or loss of function of a Scd1 gene product in a mammalian subject. 47.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的细胞或组织来自巨噬细胞,皮脂腺细胞或皮脂腺。47. The method of claim 46, wherein said cells or tissues are from macrophages, sebocytes or sebaceous glands. 48.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的Scd1基因产物的功能下降或缺失增加了革兰氏阳性细菌感染的风险。48. The method of claim 46, wherein said decreased function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product increases the risk of Gram-positive bacterial infection. 49.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的Scd1基因产物的功能下降或缺失减少了细胞内单不饱和脂肪酸的合成。49. The method of claim 46, wherein the decreased function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product reduces intracellular synthesis of monounsaturated fatty acids. 50.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的Scd1基因产物的功能下降或缺失降低了对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的炎症反应。50. The method of claim 46, wherein the reduced function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product reduces the inflammatory response to Gram-positive bacterial infection. 51.如权利要求50所述的方法,其中所述的Scd1基因产物的功能下降或缺失降低了患者受伤部位的炎症反应。51. The method of claim 50, wherein the reduced function or deletion of the Scd1 gene product reduces the inflammatory response at the site of injury in the patient. 52.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的Scd1基因产物的缺失增加了以发炎作为预期防御机制的情况下的风险。52. The method of claim 46, wherein deletion of the Scd1 gene product increases risk in the event of inflammation as the intended defense mechanism. 53.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的配体是一种外源性配体,脂磷壁酸(LTA),双酰脂酰肽,三酰脂酰肽,S-MALP-2,细菌脂酰肽,肽聚糖,甘露聚糖,非甲基化CpG DNA,鞭毛蛋白或单链RNA。53. The method of claim 46, wherein said ligand is an exogenous ligand, lipoteichoic acid (LTA), diacyl fatty acyl peptide, triacyl fatty acyl peptide, S-MALP- 2. Bacterial fatty acyl peptides, peptidoglycan, mannan, unmethylated CpG DNA, flagellin or single-stranded RNA. 54.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的外源配体为S-MALP-2。54. The method of claim 46, wherein the exogenous ligand is S-MALP-2. 55.如权利要求46所述的方法,其中所述的配体是一种内源性配体,脂质,脂肪,固醇,脂蛋白,脂肪酸,氧化LDL,血小板反应素或β淀粉样蛋白。55. The method of claim 46, wherein said ligand is an endogenous ligand, lipid, fat, sterol, lipoprotein, fatty acid, oxidized LDL, thrombospondin or amyloid beta . 56.一种诊断Scd1基因功能缺失诱导的紊乱或因此在哺乳动物对象中诱导的遗传倾向的方法,其包括从哺乳动物对象中获取的细胞样本,蛋白样本或核酸样本中检测突变的Scd1蛋白或编码突变Scd1蛋白的核酸的存在,其中该蛋白或核酸的存在指示了Scd1基因功能缺失诱导的紊乱或由此导致的遗传倾向。56. A method of diagnosing a disorder induced by loss of function of the Scd1 gene or thus a genetic predisposition induced in a mammalian subject, comprising detecting a mutated Scd1 protein or in a cell sample, protein sample or nucleic acid sample obtained from a mammalian subject The presence of a nucleic acid encoding a mutant Scd1 protein, wherein the presence of the protein or nucleic acid is indicative of a loss-of-function-induced disorder of the Scd1 gene or a genetic predisposition thereby. 57.如权利要求56所述的方法,其中所述的Scd1基因功能缺失诱导的紊乱为对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性的增强。57. The method of claim 56, wherein the loss-of-function-induced disorder of the Scd1 gene is increased susceptibility to Gram-positive bacterial infection. 58.如权利要求56所述的方法,进一步包括将蛋白样本或细胞样本与抗Scd1抗体接触,并检测野生或突变Scd1蛋白的存在。58. The method of claim 56, further comprising contacting the protein sample or the cell sample with an anti-Scd1 antibody and detecting the presence of wild-type or mutant Scd1 protein. 59.如权利要求58所述的方法,其中所述的检测步骤进一步包括对来自哺乳动物对象的单核巨噬细胞或巨噬细胞进行荧光激活细胞分类(FACS)分选。59. The method of claim 58, wherein said detecting step further comprises fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) sorting of mononuclear macrophages or macrophages from the mammalian subject. 60.如权利要求56所述的方法,进一步包括在杂交条件下,将核酸样本与编码突变Scd1基因的标记DNA或RNA分子进行接触,并在杂交后检测标记DNA或RNA分子,其中标记DNA或RNA的检测指示了样本中编码突变Scd1基因的核酸分子的存在。60. The method of claim 56, further comprising contacting the nucleic acid sample with a marker DNA or RNA molecule encoding a mutant Scd1 gene under hybridization conditions, and detecting the marker DNA or RNA molecule after hybridization, wherein the marker DNA or Detection of RNA indicates the presence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the mutant Scd1 gene in the sample. 61.如权利要求56所述的方法,进一步包括将核酸样品与识别序列受突变Scd1基因的突变影响的限制性内切酶接触,并检测与限制性内切酶接触后核酸片段的存在或缺失或者变异片段的存在,其中与限制性内切酶接触后核酸片段的缺失或变异片段的存在指示了样品中编码突变Scd1基因的核酸分子的存在。61. The method of claim 56, further comprising contacting the nucleic acid sample with a restriction endonuclease whose recognition sequence is affected by the mutation of the mutant Scd1 gene, and detecting the presence or absence of nucleic acid fragments after contacting with the restriction endonuclease Or the presence of a variant fragment, wherein the absence of the nucleic acid fragment after contact with a restriction enzyme or the presence of a variant fragment is indicative of the presence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a mutant Scd1 gene in the sample. 62.一种包含了外源核酸的转基因非人类动物,其中所述的核酸包括Scd1基因的功能缺失等位基因,且该动物显示了一种与野生型的表型相对的包含对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性的表型。62. A transgenic non-human animal comprising an exogenous nucleic acid, wherein said nucleic acid comprises a loss-of-function allele of the Scd1 gene, and the animal exhibits a Gram-containing expression relative to a wild-type phenotype Phenotype of susceptibility to positive bacterial infection. 63.如权利要求62所述的转基因非人类动物,其中所述的Scd1突变动物的表型特征为萎缩型皮脂腺或丧失合成单不饱和脂肪酸的能力。63. The transgenic non-human animal of claim 62, wherein said Scd1 mutant animal is phenotypically characterized by atrophied sebaceous glands or loss of ability to synthesize monounsaturated fatty acids. 64.如权利要求62所述的转基因非人类动物,其中所述的Scd1基因的功能缺失等位基因为T227K的氨基酸替换。64. The transgenic non-human animal of claim 62, wherein the loss-of-function allele of the Scd1 gene is a T227K amino acid substitution. 65.如权利要求62所述的转基因非人类动物,其中所述的动物为一种小鼠或大鼠。65. The transgenic non-human animal of claim 62, wherein said animal is a mouse or a rat. 66.一种衍生自根据权利要求62所述的转基因非人类动物的细胞或细胞系。66. A cell or cell line derived from the transgenic non-human animal of claim 62. 67.一种筛选Toll样受体2信号转导活性调节剂的体外方法,该方法包括:将权利要求66所述的细胞或细胞系与测试化合物接触,并检测细胞中单不饱和脂肪酸合成量、对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性或者Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的增加或减少,从而鉴定该测试化合物为Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的调节剂。67. An in vitro method for screening Toll-like receptor 2 signal transduction activity modulators, the method comprising: contacting the cell or cell line according to claim 66 with a test compound, and detecting the amount of monounsaturated fatty acid synthesis in the cell , susceptibility to Gram-positive bacterial infection, or an increase or decrease in Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage activation activity, thereby identifying the test compound as a modulator of Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage activation activity . 68.一种筛选Toll样受体2信号转导活性调节剂的体内方法,该方法包括:将权利要求62所述的转基因动物与测试化合物接触,并检测细胞中单不饱和脂肪酸合成量、对革兰氏阳性细菌感染的易感性或者Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的增加或减少,从而鉴定该测试化合物为Toll样受体2诱导的巨噬细胞激活活性的调节剂。68. An in vivo method for screening Toll-like receptor 2 signal transduction activity modulators, the method comprising: contacting the transgenic animal according to claim 62 with a test compound, and detecting the amount of monounsaturated fatty acid synthesis in cells, the effect on Susceptibility to Gram-positive bacterial infection or an increase or decrease in Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage activation activity, thereby identifying the test compound as a modulator of Toll-like receptor 2-induced macrophage activation activity.
CNA2006800265932A 2005-07-20 2006-07-20 Compositions and methods for treating Gram positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject Pending CN101568262A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US70121605P 2005-07-20 2005-07-20
US60/701,216 2005-07-20
US11/490,457 2006-07-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101568262A true CN101568262A (en) 2009-10-28

Family

ID=41284103

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CNA2006800265932A Pending CN101568262A (en) 2005-07-20 2006-07-20 Compositions and methods for treating Gram positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN101568262A (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102834719A (en) * 2010-03-31 2012-12-19 积水医疗株式会社 Method and reagent for avoiding the influence of endogenous lipoprotein
CN107148480A (en) * 2014-05-09 2017-09-08 张颖 Identification of novel antiviral activity against Borrelia burgdorferi
CN109646678A (en) * 2017-10-12 2019-04-19 中国科学院上海生命科学研究院 SUN2 albumen, its pharmaceutical applications and drug
CN110241168A (en) * 2014-04-24 2019-09-17 经纬生物科技有限公司 Kit and method for cell detection

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102834719A (en) * 2010-03-31 2012-12-19 积水医疗株式会社 Method and reagent for avoiding the influence of endogenous lipoprotein
CN110241168A (en) * 2014-04-24 2019-09-17 经纬生物科技有限公司 Kit and method for cell detection
CN107148480A (en) * 2014-05-09 2017-09-08 张颖 Identification of novel antiviral activity against Borrelia burgdorferi
CN109646678A (en) * 2017-10-12 2019-04-19 中国科学院上海生命科学研究院 SUN2 albumen, its pharmaceutical applications and drug

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20090202519A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating gram positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject
US20060257411A1 (en) Compositions and methods for modulating cells via CD14 and toll-like receptor 4 signaling pathway
US8236933B2 (en) Modified animal lacking functional PYY gene, monoclonal antibodies that bind PYY isoforms and uses therefor
EP1352961A1 (en) Synovial cell protein
PL185549B1 (en) Genetic se
US7705199B2 (en) Compositions and methods for treatment of autoimmune and related diseases
CA2189740C (en) Transgenic arthritic mice
CN101568262A (en) Compositions and methods for treating Gram positive bacterial infection in a mammalian subject
JP5045992B2 (en) Use of GP2 as an intestinal M cell marker
US7405342B2 (en) Transgenic mice expressing heterologous complement receptor type 1 (CR1) molecules on erythrocytes and uses therefor
EP1367123A1 (en) Neurotonin and use thereof
JPH10505508A (en) ICAM-4 Materials and Methods
US20100034788A1 (en) Method for diagnosing and treating bone-related diseases
AU2006235216A1 (en) Modified animal lacking functional PYY gene, monoclonal antibodies that bind PYY isoforms and uses therefor
JP2001508181A (en) ICAM-4 and its diagnostic use
JPWO2002051999A1 (en) Novel atopic dermatitis-related genes and proteins
WO2002101034A1 (en) Leptin-induced gene

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C02 Deemed withdrawal of patent application after publication (patent law 2001)
WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication

Application publication date: 20091028